• Save
QCTest™ CDMA Air Interface Tester (CAIT™)  3.1 User’s Guide
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×
 

QCTest™ CDMA Air Interface Tester (CAIT™) 3.1 User’s Guide

on

  • 2,103 views

QUALCOMM Proprietary ...

QUALCOMM Proprietary
Export of this technology or software is regulated by the U.S. Government. Diversion contrary to Ulaw prohibited.
All data and information contained in or disclosed by this document are confidential and proprietinformation of QUALCOMM Incorporated, and all rights therein are expressly reserved. By acceptthis material, the recipient agrees that this material and the information contained therein are heldconfidence and in trust and will not be used, copied, reproduced in whole or in part, nor its contentsrevealed in any manner to others without the express written permission of QUALCOMM Incorporated.

Statistics

Views

Total Views
2,103
Views on SlideShare
2,101
Embed Views
2

Actions

Likes
1
Downloads
0
Comments
0

1 Embed 2

http://www.pdfok.com 2

Accessibility

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

QCTest™ CDMA Air Interface Tester (CAIT™)  3.1 User’s Guide QCTest™ CDMA Air Interface Tester (CAIT™) 3.1 User’s Guide Document Transcript

  • QCTest™ CDMA AirInterface Tester (CAIT™)3.1 User’s GuideQUALCOMM ProprietaryExport of this technology or software is regulated by the U.S. Government. Diversion contrary to U.S.law prohibited.All data and information contained in or disclosed by this document are confidential and proprietaryinformation of QUALCOMM Incorporated, and all rights therein are expressly reserved. By acceptingthis material, the recipient agrees that this material and the information contained therein are held inconfidence and in trust and will not be used, copied, reproduced in whole or in part, nor its contentsrevealed in any manner to others without the express written permission of QUALCOMMIncorporated.QUALCOMM Incorporated, 5775 Morehouse Drive, San Diego, California 92121-1714 U.S.A.http://www.qualcomm.com80-67702-13, Rev. B
  • Software changes may have occurred after this printing. QUALCOMM reserves the right to make changes in technicaland product specifications without prior notice. The Products/Equipment described in the attached documentation aremanufactured under one or more of the following U.S. Patents:4,901,307 5,056,109 5,099,204 5,101,501 5,103,459 5,107,225 5,109,390 5,193,094 5,228,0545,257,283 5,265,119 5,267,261 5,267,262 5,280,472 5,283,536 5,289,527 5,307,405 5,309,4745,337,338 5,339,046 5,341,456 5,383,219 5,392,287 5,396,516 D356,560 5,408,697 5,414,7285,414,796 5,416,797 5,426,392 5,437,055 D361,065 5,442,322 5,442,627 5,452,473 5,461,6395,469,115 5,469,471 5,471,497 5,475,870 5,479,475 5,483,696 5,485,486 5,487,175 5,490,1655,497,395 5,499,280 5,504,773 5,506,865 5,509,015 5,509,035 5,511,067 5,511,073 5,513,1765,515,177 5,517,323 5,519,761 5,528,593 5,530,928 5,533,011 5,535,239 5,539,531 5,544,1965,544,223 5,546,459 5,548,812 5,559,881 5,559,865 5,561,618 5,564,083 5,566,000 5,566,2065,566,357 5,568,483 5,574,773 5,574,987 D375,740 5,576,662 5,577,022 5,577,265 D375,9375,588,043 D376,804 5,589,756 5,590,069 5,590,406 5,590,408 5,592,548 5,594,718 5,596,5705,600,754 5,602,834 5,602,833 5,603,096 5,604,459 5,604,730 5,608,722 5,614,806 5,617,0605,621,752 5,621,784 5,621,853 5,625,876 5,627,857 5,629,955 5,629,975 5,638,412 5,640,4145,642,398 5,644,591 5,644,596 5,646,991 5,652,814 5,654,979 5,655,220 5,657,420 5,659,5695,663,807 5,666,122 5,673,259 5,675,581 5,675,644 5,680,395 5,687,229 D386,186 5,689,5575,691,974 5,692,006 5,696,468 5,697,055 5,703,902 5,704,001 5,708,448 5,710,521 5,710,7585,710,768 5,710,784 5,715,236 5,715,526 5,722,044 5,722,053 5,722,061 5,722,063 5,724,3855,727,123 5,729,540 5,732,134 5,732,341 5,734,716 5,737,687 5,737,708 5,742,734 D393,8565,748,104 5,751,725 5,751,761 5,751,901 5,754,533 5,754,542 5,754,733 5,757,767 5,757,8585,758,266 5,761,204 5,764,687 5,774,496 5,777,990 5,778,024 5,778,338 5,781,543 5,781,8565,781,867 5,784,406 5,784,532 5,790,589 5,790,632 5,793,338 D397,110 5,799,005 5,799,2545,802,105 5,805,648 5,805,843 5,812,036 5,812,094 5,812,097 5,812,538 5,812,607 5,812,6515,812,938 5,818,871 5,822,318 5,825,253 5,828,348 5,828,661 5,835,065 5,835,847 5,839,0525,841,806 5,842,124 5,844,784 5,844,885 5,844,899 5,844,985 5,848,063 5,848,099 5,850,6125,852,421 5,854,565 5,854,786 5,857,147 5,859,612 5,859,838 5,859,840 5,861,844 5,862,4715,862,474 5,864,760 5,864,763 5,867,527 5,867,763 5,870,427 5,870,431 5,870,674 5,872,4815,872,774 5,872,775 5,872,823 5,877,942 5,878,036 5,870,631 5,881,053 5,881,368 5,884,1575,884,193 5,884,196 5,892,178 5,892,758 5,892,774 5,892,816 5,892,916 5,893,035 D407,7015,898,920 5,903,554 5,903,862 D409,561 5,907,167 5,909,434 5,910,752 5,911,128 5,912,882D410,893 5,914,950 5,915,235 5,917,708 5,917,811 5,917,812 5,917,837 5,920,284 5,920,834D411,823 5,923,650 5,923,705 5,926,143 5,926,470 5,926,500 5,926,786 5,926,786 5,930,2305,930,692 Other patents pending.Information in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part ofQUALCOMM Incorporated. No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for anypurpose other than the purchaser’s personal use, without the express written permission of QUALCOMM Incorporated.QUALCOMM Incorporated assumes no responsibility for any errors which may appear in this document nor does itmake expressed or implied warranty of any kind with regard to this material, including, but not limited to, the impliedwarranties of merchantability and fitness for the particular purpose.QUALCOMM Incorporated shall not be liable for incidental or consequential damages in connection with, or arising outof the furnishing, performance, or use of this document and the program material which it describes.QUALCOMMis a registered trademark and registered service mark, PCubed, CAIT, QCP, QCT, QCTest, FriendlyViewer, and Retriever are trademarks, and CD-7000, QCP-800, QCP-1900, QCT-1000, and QSec are registeredtrademarks of QUALCOMM Incorporated. Microsoft and Excel are registered trademarks and Windows is a trademarkof Microsoft Corporation. HP is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company. PostScript is a registered trademark ofAdobe Systems Incorporated. All other product and brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of theirrespective owners.Copyright © 2000–2004 QUALCOMM Incorporated.All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America.
  • QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide QUALCOMM Proprietary Contents iiiContentsAbout This Guide .................................................................... xiiiWho should use this guide ........................................................xiiiDocument revisions....................................................................xiiiSymbols used in this manual.....................................................xivTechnical support........................................................................xiv1. Getting Started .............................................................................. 1What is CAIT?................................................................................. 1System requirements ..................................................................... 2Requirements for throughput performance testing........... 3Setting up CAIT.............................................................................. 3Connecting phones ................................................................. 4Connecting the security key .................................................. 5Installing CAIT software........................................................ 6Starting CAIT for the first time ............................................. 7CAIT main window....................................................................... 8CAIT menus............................................................................. 9CAIT status bar...................................................................... 10CAIT session transcript ........................................................ 10Capturing CAIT displays..................................................... 11Pausing CAIT displays......................................................... 12CMML in CAIT ............................................................................ 12Upgrading CAIT .......................................................................... 12CAIT Help..................................................................................... 13CAIT License and Feature summary ........................................ 13Uninstalling CAIT........................................................................ 132. Signal Analysis............................................................................ 15Overview....................................................................................... 15Temporal Analyzer window ...................................................... 15Temporal Analyzer menu........................................................... 16Viewing displays.......................................................................... 18Toggle display under noise floor........................................ 20Increase or decrease scaling................................................. 21Increase or decrease power limit ........................................ 22Toggle Grid ............................................................................ 24Display Finger PN and Ec/Io.............................................. 24Configuring the Temporal Analyzer......................................... 25WCDMA Temporal Analyzer window .................................... 27 View slide
  • iv Contents QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s GuideSignal Graphs window................................................................ 28Signal Information window ....................................................... 32Finger Placement window.......................................................... 34PN Scanner windows .................................................................. 36PN Grid window................................................................... 36PN Graph window................................................................ 38WCDMA Pilot Scanner window................................................ 42Replaying log files........................................................................ 443. Statistics ........................................................................................ 47Overview....................................................................................... 47Communications statistics.......................................................... 48Markov statistics .......................................................................... 49MUX1 and layer 2 statistics ........................................................ 51MUX2 statistics............................................................................. 54IS2000 MUX statistics .................................................................. 56Paging and access statistics ........................................................ 57Common channel statistics......................................................... 59Data testing ................................................................................... 62Graph configuration ............................................................. 66MDR status.................................................................................... 71RLP statistics................................................................................. 72Simple TDSO statistics ................................................................ 731xEV AT status ............................................................................. 751xEV finger information ............................................................. 771xEV pilot sets .............................................................................. 781xEV forward link statistics........................................................ 801xEV reverse link statistics ......................................................... 821xEV RLP statistics ...................................................................... 831xEV protocol summary ............................................................. 85WCDMA block error rate ........................................................... 90WCDMA layer 1 state.................................................................. 91WCDMA downlink TFCS........................................................... 93WCDMA physical channels ....................................................... 94WCDMA transport channels...................................................... 95WCDMA RLC uplink UM channel parameters ...................... 96WCDMA RLC downlink ciphering and UM........................... 97WCDMA RLC uplink TM channel parameters....................... 98WCDMA RLC downlink TM channel parameters.................. 98WCDMA RLC uplink AM channel parameters ...................... 99WCDMA RLC downlink AM channel parameters............... 101WCDMA RLC logical channel setup ...................................... 102WCDMA RRC status ................................................................. 104WCDMA MAC channel mapping........................................... 106 View slide
  • QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide QUALCOMM Proprietary Contents vWCDMA MAC parameters...................................................... 107WCDMA NAS errors................................................................. 109WCDMA NAS mobility management .................................... 109WCDMA NAS CS connection management.......................... 112WCDMA NAS PS connection management .......................... 1174. Status and Control .................................................................... 123Overview..................................................................................... 123System status .............................................................................. 123WCDMA system status...................................................... 126GPS information......................................................................... 127Mobile version information...................................................... 129Pilot sets....................................................................................... 130DIP switch configuration .......................................................... 132Active set configuration ............................................................ 134Active set information............................................................... 135Service configuration................................................................. 136Memory peek/poke................................................................... 136QPCH information..................................................................... 138Factory test mode....................................................................... 138gpsOne information................................................................... 142Call monitor................................................................................ 143WCDMA call monitor ........................................................ 147Using call monitor timers................................................... 149Mobile screen display................................................................ 1505. Logging and Messages............................................................. 153Overview..................................................................................... 153CAIT logging conventions........................................................ 153Logging Status window ............................................................ 154Log file naming options ............................................................ 156Logging Status menu................................................................. 157Annotating log files ................................................................... 158Viewing log files......................................................................... 159Logging Mask dialog box ......................................................... 160Effective Logging Mask window............................................. 163Diagnostic Logging window.................................................... 163Mobile Messages window ........................................................ 165Mobile Messages menu............................................................. 166Mobile Messages Configuration dialog box .......................... 168Log message displays................................................................ 170Logging power-up messages ................................................... 174
  • vi Contents QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s GuideUsing the CAIT conversion utilities........................................ 174Converting log files............................................................. 178Concatenating log files ....................................................... 179Friendly Viewer parsing utility................................................ 1806. Mapping...................................................................................... 181Locating map files...................................................................... 182Copying map data to your hard drive............................. 182Locating files on the map CDs .......................................... 182Loading map files....................................................................... 184Setting up layers and labels............................................... 185Viewing map data...................................................................... 188Selecting data sources......................................................... 188Selecting map features........................................................ 189Zooming and panning........................................................ 1897. Scripting...................................................................................... 191Overview..................................................................................... 191Scripting window....................................................................... 191Scripting directory ..................................................................... 193Using scripts ............................................................................... 193Script command conventions................................................... 195Script commands list ................................................................. 196Non-volatile items...................................................................... 1968. System Configuration .............................................................. 197Overview..................................................................................... 197Configuring CAIT...................................................................... 197Configuring extended debug messages........................... 205Configuring cells........................................................................ 206Enabling PN reuse............................................................... 208Saving and restoring cell configurations ......................... 209Configuring a Retriever phone ................................................ 209Configuring phone definitions................................................. 214Configuring event-based alarms ............................................. 216GPS Position Server ................................................................... 219Saving and loading configuration profiles............................. 223Changing fonts in supported windows.................................. 2259. User-defined Forms .................................................................. 227Creating a new form.................................................................. 227Saving a form.............................................................................. 228Reverting to a saved form.................................................. 229
  • QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide QUALCOMM Proprietary Contents viiDesigning a form........................................................................ 229Form editing conventions .................................................. 229Adding individual cells to a row ...................................... 230Adding rows ........................................................................ 230Adding columns.................................................................. 230Adjusting columns.............................................................. 230Combining cells into a column.......................................... 231Defining cell contents ......................................................... 233Defining cell formatting ..................................................... 235Adding buttons.................................................................... 239Adding tab pages ................................................................ 240Setting form properties....................................................... 241Setting the form font........................................................... 245Editing, renaming, or deleting existing forms....................... 245A. Script Command List ...............................................................247Overview..................................................................................... 247Script commands........................................................................ 247AKEY..................................................................................... 247APPEND_LOG .................................................................... 248ANNOTATE ........................................................................ 248APR_LIST_WR .................................................................... 248APR_LIST_WR_683 ............................................................ 248AUDIO_CONTROL............................................................ 249BAUD_RATE ....................................................................... 250BEEP...................................................................................... 250CAIT_VERSION.................................................................. 251CALL_INFO......................................................................... 251CARRIER (analog test command) .................................... 251CDATA (analog test command) ....................................... 251CDMA_RSSI......................................................................... 251CLOSE_CAIT_SCREEN ..................................................... 252CLOSELOG.......................................................................... 252CLS ........................................................................................ 252COMP (analog test command).......................................... 252COMPUTE_RTC_LONG_CODE_MASK ........................ 252CWAIT.................................................................................. 253DATA_PARM_GET............................................................ 253DIAL...................................................................................... 253DIAL_CST ............................................................................ 255DIAL_END........................................................................... 255DIPSW................................................................................... 256DP_READ............................................................................. 256DP_WRITE ........................................................................... 256
  • viii Contents QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s GuideDTMF (analog test command)........................................... 256END_WCDMA_CALL ....................................................... 257ERR_CLR.............................................................................. 257ERR_GET.............................................................................. 257EXIT_CAIT........................................................................... 257FEATURE_QUERY ............................................................. 258FTM_ACQUIRE................................................................... 258FTM_ACQUIRE_HDR_PILOT.......................................... 258FTM_ACQUIRE_HDR_SYSTEM_TIME.......................... 259FTM_ASSIGN_FWD_FCH ................................................ 259FTM_ASSIGN_FWD_SCH................................................. 260FTM_ASSIGN_REV_FCH.................................................. 260FTM_ASSIGN_REV_SCH.................................................. 261FTM_DEASSIGN_HDR_CHANNELS............................. 262FTM_DEASSIGN_TRAFFIC.............................................. 262FTM_DEMOD_HDR_CC_MAC_FTC.............................. 262FTM_LOOPBACK_FCH .................................................... 262FTM_LOOPBACK_SCH .................................................... 263FTM_MODULATE_REV_ACCESS_CH.......................... 263FTM_MODULATE_REV_TRAFFIC_CH......................... 264FTM_SET_MODE................................................................ 265FTM_SYNC .......................................................................... 265GET_BAUD_RATES ........................................................... 265GET_CAIT_OPTION .......................................................... 265GET_EXT_STATE................................................................ 267GET_PORT........................................................................... 267GET_SCREEN...................................................................... 267GET_SMS.............................................................................. 268GPS_LAST_PKT .................................................................. 268GPS_SESS_CTRL................................................................. 268HELP..................................................................................... 269HDR_DIPSW_CLEAR_ALL .............................................. 269HDR_DIPSW_RD_MASK.................................................. 269HDR_DIPSW_RESET ......................................................... 270HDR_DIPSW_SET............................................................... 270HDR_DIPSW_SET_MASK................................................. 270HL_PR_LIST_RD................................................................. 270HL_PR_LIST_WR................................................................ 270HS_LOCK............................................................................. 271INP......................................................................................... 271KEY........................................................................................ 271KEY_HOLD.......................................................................... 275LIST_CAIT_SCREENS........................................................ 275LIST_PROFILES................................................................... 275
  • QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide QUALCOMM Proprietary Contents ixLOAD_PROFILE ................................................................. 275LOAD_SYNTH (analog test command) .......................... 275LOG_ON_DEMAND.......................................................... 276LOGGING ............................................................................ 276LOGMASK ........................................................................... 276MAKE_WCDMA_CALL.................................................... 277MODE ................................................................................... 277NV_READ ............................................................................ 278NV_READ_HEX.................................................................. 278NV_WRITE........................................................................... 278NV_WRITE_ITEM............................................................... 279NV_WRITE_ONLINE......................................................... 279OPEN_CAIT_SCREEN....................................................... 279OPENLOG............................................................................ 279OUTP..................................................................................... 280PARM_GET.......................................................................... 280PARM_SET........................................................................... 281PASSWORD......................................................................... 281PAUSE .................................................................................. 281PCM_LB................................................................................ 282PEEK ..................................................................................... 282PHONE_STATE .................................................................. 282PILOT_SETS......................................................................... 282PKT_LB................................................................................. 283POKE..................................................................................... 283PR_ LIST_RD ....................................................................... 283PR_LIST_WR........................................................................ 284PRINT ................................................................................... 284RCVERSUS1 (analog test command) ............................... 284RCVS1 (analog test command).......................................... 285RSSI (analog test command).............................................. 285RUN....................................................................................... 285RXMUTE (analog test command)..................................... 285SATOFF (analog test command)....................................... 285SATON (analog test command)........................................ 286SAVE_CAIT_SCREEN........................................................ 286SAVE_PHONE_SCREEN................................................... 286SCAN_CONFIG .................................................................. 287SCAN_NLIST....................................................................... 287SCAN_OFF........................................................................... 288SCAN_ON............................................................................ 288SCAN_PARSE...................................................................... 288SCAN_PN_ID ...................................................................... 290SCAN_RF_CNTL ................................................................ 290
  • x Contents QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s GuideSCAN_TRANS..................................................................... 291SEND_DATA....................................................................... 291SEND_DATA_FILE ............................................................ 291SEND_IS801_MESSAGE .................................................... 292SEQ_NUMS.......................................................................... 293SER_REPORT....................................................................... 293SER_RESET .......................................................................... 293SET_ALARMS_DIR ............................................................ 293SET_ATTN (analog test command).................................. 293SET_CAIT_OPTION ........................................................... 294SET_EXT_INT_TYPE.......................................................... 295SET_EXT_RSSI..................................................................... 295SET_LOG_DIR..................................................................... 297SET_MAX_FWD_MUX ...................................................... 297SET_NV_DEFS_DIR ........................................................... 298SET_PORT............................................................................ 298SET_SCRIPT_DIR................................................................ 298SET_STATUS_FLAG_MASK............................................. 299SLEEP.................................................................................... 299SPC ........................................................................................ 300SRCH_PARM....................................................................... 300SRCH_95B_SOFT_ENA ..................................................... 301ST (analog test command).................................................. 302TERMINATE (analog test command).............................. 303TIMESTAMP........................................................................ 303TO_DATA_MODE.............................................................. 303TXMUTE (analog test command) ..................................... 303VERSION_REQUEST ......................................................... 303WAIT..................................................................................... 304WAIT_EVENT ..................................................................... 304WAIT_FOR_PHONE.......................................................... 304WSTS (analog test command) ........................................... 305B. SCAN_CONFIG Parameters ..................................................307SCAN_MODE............................................................................. 308All PNs mode....................................................................... 308List mode.............................................................................. 308INCR ............................................................................................ 309WIN_SIZ...................................................................................... 309Incr*64 mode (recommended)........................................... 309Use WinN and User Specified modes.............................. 310INTEG.......................................................................................... 310HO_TYP....................................................................................... 311LOG_FMT ................................................................................... 312
  • QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide QUALCOMM Proprietary Contents xiLOG_THR ................................................................................... 312LOG_MSK ................................................................................... 313C. Sample Script Files ..................................................................315Overview..................................................................................... 315Service programming script file............................................... 315Call origination test scripts....................................................... 320D. Predefined Tone and Sound Codes ......................................325Predefined tones......................................................................... 325Complex sounds......................................................................... 327E. CAIT Automation Interface ...................................................331ICAITController ......................................................................... 332ICAITEventSink ......................................................................... 334F. Cell Configuration File Format .............................................335Index ........................................................................................... 337
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide xiiiAbout This GuideThis document is a user’s guide to the QCTestTM CDMA AirInterface Tester (CAITTM) application.Who should use this guideThis user’s guide is written for technicians, administrators, andother personnel who operate CAIT software. It assumes that you arefamiliar with:■ Basic CDMA technology■ Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, or Windows XP■ Software programming fundamentals (for those using thescripting command interface)If you are installing CAIT on Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, orWindows XP, you must have Administrator access to the Windowsworkstation on which CAIT is to be installed. This is required forusing the CAIT configuration features.Document revisionsThis guide is revised periodically to maintain consistency with thecurrent system hardware and software releases, to describe orupdate operational enhancements, and to incorporate customersuggestions.The quantity and scope of changes dictate whether individualchange pages are issued or if a new manual is released.
  • xiv QUALCOMM ProprietarySymbols used in this manualThroughout this guide the following warning and caution symbolsprecede the procedures to which they apply:Caution A caution indicates that if procedures or instructions are not followed, there is arisk of damage to the equipment.Note The note adds commentary, such as information requiring special attentionduring a procedure.Tip Tips point out helpful features or procedures that may not be obvious.Technical supportFor technical problems and questions, contact QUALCOMM’sQCTest Technical Support:Telephone: 858-651-7958Fax: 858-658-3069We encourage you to contact us by email:■ For technical questions, email qctest-support@qualcomm.com■ For copy protection key upgrade questions, and permission filerequests and support, email qctest-upgrades@qualcomm.com■ For extranet account requests, emailqctest-support-extranet@qualcomm.com■ For renewal and pricing questions, and to request a quote, emailqctest-info@qualcomm.comTip To help resolve any problems, have information available about your computer,phone, and GPS receiver hardware, as well as your operating system type. Also,consult the About CAIT dialog box (described in “CAIT License and Featuresummary” on page 13) and collect the information provided there about theversion of CAIT you are using, your CAIT license, and the features supported byyour license.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 1GettingStarted1 Getting StartedWhat is CAIT?The QCTestTMCDMA Air Interface Tester (CAITTM) is a testing andanalysis tool that logs and displays call information going over theair to and from a mobile phone in a cellular network. It allows youto view, collect, and manage phone status, operating parameters,and messages. The application runs on an IBM-compatible personalcomputer (PC) connected by a serial link to a mobile phone. You canuse CAIT to do the following:■ View and evaluate network conditions using the TemporalAnalyzer, Signal Graphs, and PN Scanner displays■ Collect call performance statistics■ Report diagnostic messages (when the message feature isenabled in the phone)■ Log over-the-air (OTA) messages■ Log position data from a Global Positioning System (GPS)receiver (when installed)■ Replay log files for further analysis■ Control and automate phone testing from CAIT using a large setof scripting commands or the Call Monitor display■ Collect data to help you evaluate the performance of over-the-airdata calls■ Define your own data display windows that combine logmessage values you want to track with formulas and functionsthat format the data to meet your specific needs■ View real-time map displays of logging data containing GPScoordinatesCAIT uses a serial communication protocol that connects the PC toseveral different types of mobile phones, asynchronously, via serial
  • 2 Chapter 1: Getting Started QUALCOMM Proprietaryinterface, at either 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, or 115.2 kbps. CAIT can test avariety of phones based on the QUALCOMM chipset and onQUALCOMM diagnostic software.CAIT supports the following GPS protocols:■ NMEA (National Marine Electronics Association 0183 protocol)■ TAIP (Trimble ASCII Interface Protocol)■ ETAK (The old poll and response ETAK, not the newer ETAK)System requirementsThe following table describes the hardware items and operatingsystem required to operate the CAIT system. If your current setupmeets or exceeds these requirements, then no upgrade is necessaryto use CAIT.Item DescriptionComputer Desktop or laptop computer; 500 MHz Pentium IIIminimum, 800 MHz Pentium III recommended.Note: This configuration is adequate for use with asingle test phone connected. For running multipleinstances of CAIT for use with multiple test phones (see“Installing for multiple phones” on page 6), a fasterprocessor speed and more RAM is recommended.RAM 128 MB minimum, 256 MB or greater recommended.Hard drive Application requires 40 MB or greater. An additional36 MB per hour is used when generating log files at fullrate.Operating system Windows 2000, Windows XPorWindows NT 4.0 Service Pack 5 or higher.SerialcommunicationsA free serial I/O port (two if using GPS) or USBconnection.Additional port A parallel port, USB port, or PCMCIA slot is required forattaching the copy protection key hardware.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 3GettingStartedRequirements for throughput performance testingThe minimum system requirements mentioned in the previous tablemay not be sufficient for throughput performance testing. When youuse QCTest CAIT with a data phone or terminal during a data call,it is recommended that a high-performance system be used. Such asystem is necessary to achieve the highest throughput possible whilemaintaining a diagnostic link with the phone or terminal.For example, when testing the 1xEV Forward Link throughputperformance at the maximum allowable rate of 2.4 Mbps, thefollowing configuration is recommended:■ Pentium 3 1066 MHz CPU or better■ 512 MB of RAM or better (for a single instance of QCTest CAIT)Setting up CAITCAIT installation occurs in the following stages:1. Connecting the mobile phone to the computer2. Connecting the security key3. Installing the CAIT software and permission file4. Initial startupThis section contains the information needed for initially setting upand configuring the CAIT system. For information about yourcomputer or mobile phone, refer to the user’s guide provided forthat product.Note To install CAIT on Windows NT, Windows 2000, or Windows XP you must haveAdministrator privileges for the system. Once CAIT is installed, you can run itfrom any user account. Contact your computer support organization if you needAdministrator privileges granted.PC-to-phoneconnecting cablePC-to-phone serial interface cable. Users ofnon-QUALCOMM made handsets must acquire serialinterface cables from their phones’ manufacturer. See“Connecting phones” on page 4 for more information.Copy protection WIBU®security key, QUALCOMM model DAMST0050,DAMST0052, or DAMST0053Item Description
  • 4 Chapter 1: Getting Started QUALCOMM ProprietaryIf you need more information or assistance during system setup,please contact QUALCOMM Technical Support as described in“Technical support” on page xiv.Connecting phonesBefore installing CAIT, you should connect a mobile phone to thecomputer using a serial or USB connector cable that is appropriatefor that phone. There are some considerations that you should keepin mind when selecting such a connector, which concern the fact thatthe test phone can communicate with the PC via two separateprotocols:■ DIAG, the diagnostic protocol, which CAIT uses tocommunicate with the test phone during any type of call■ DATA, the modem protocol, which other programs can use tooriginate calls by sending AT commands to the phoneMost phones on the commercial market today that are based on aQUALCOMM chipset support the DIAG protocol over the primaryUART (UART1) via a RS-232 DB-9 serial connection.With the MSM5500 and subsequent chipsets, the DIAG protocol canbe mapped to a USB connection, allowing simultaneous access toDATA and DIAG protocols. If you are using a test phone based onMSM5500 or greater that was not manufactured by QUALCOMM,please contact that phone’s manufacturer to find out if they haveimplemented support for DIAG over USB, and if so, how to obtainthe USB drivers they approve for use with their device.QUALCOMM does not distribute USB drivers for other handsetmanufacturers, even though they use a QUALCOMM chipset.Commercial phones based on earlier MSM chipsets (MSM3100through MSM5105) may include a USB data cable, but those phonesmay support only the DATA mode over USB, while DIAG moderemains on UART1. With these types of phones, it is possible toswitch the USB connection between DATA and DIAG modes, butdoing so does not provide simultaneous access to DATA and DIAG.QUALCOMM has teamed up with handset manufacturer KyoceraWireless Corporation to develop a Dual Port Adaptor for theirhandsets, which allows DATA and DIAG to be mapped to UART1and UART2, respectively. This special piece of hardware goesbetween the host PC running CAIT and the test phone, and allowsfor simultaneous DATA and DIAG mode access. For more
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 5GettingStartedinformation on this product, visit QUALCOMM’s web site athttp://www.qualcomm.com/qctest/products/dpak.html.Connecting the security keyCAIT is copy-protected through the use of security key hardwareand corresponding driver software. The security key is a WIBU®type or equivalent. There are three types of key available:■ Parallel port, model number DAMST0050■ USB Port, model number DAMST0052■ PCMCIA card, model number, DAMST0053To connect the security key to the CAIT computer, attach it to theappropriate port on your computer. If you use the parallel or serialport model, you can then attach any other cable or hardware thatwas previously attached to the port to the pass-through connectoron the key.For the security key to run properly, you must install the WIBU-KEYdriver software along with the CAIT application software. To dothis, select the Install Security Key option from the CAIT CD’sautorun menu.Licensed CAIT users who have issues with broken or lostcopy-protection devices should contact QUALCOMM TechnicalSupport as specified in “Technical support” on page xiv.A “Network Server” feature is also supported by the WIBU-KEYdriver software. This feature allows multi-license “network” keys tobroadcast available CAIT licenses across a LAN. Single license keyswill not function across a network in this way. If you wish toupgrade your single license key to a network key supporting one ormore licenses, please contact your QCTest Account Manager, orsend email to qctest-info@qualcomm.com. You will need to have anew key issued to you, as the part number of the key is different forlogistical and tracking purposes.
  • 6 Chapter 1: Getting Started QUALCOMM ProprietaryInstalling CAIT softwareBefore installing CAIT as described in “Installing CAIT” on page 6,read the following section on the multi-phone installation option inCAIT.Installing for multiple phonesThe installer has the ability to set up multiple instances of CAIT,which lets you operate multiple test phones connected to yourcomputer.To take advantage of this feature, select the Custom installation type(as opposed to Typical or Compact). Selecting this option presentsyou with an expandable list of selectable component options. In thislist, select the check box for each serial port to which a test phonemight be connected.When installation is completed, the Start menu folder for CAITcontains a separate shortcut to CAIT for each port that was selected.Installing CAITTo install the CAIT software, do the following:1. Insert the CAIT CD into your CD-ROM drive. From the autoplaymenu that appears, select Install CAIT. If the autoplay featureisn’t enabled on your computer, double-click the Autoplay.exeprogram in the CD’s root directory.2. To continue the installation, follow the instructions provided bythe installer.When the Setup Complete dialog box appears, the applicationhas been installed successfully.3. To complete installation, click Finish or press Enter.Installing the CAIT permission fileYour CAIT software distribution includes a 3.5-inch diskettecontaining your customized QUALCOMM permission file (endingin a .QPF extension). To enable all CAIT features that your licensesupports, copy the permission file to the directory where youinstalled CAIT.The permission file diskette includes directions for placing thepermission file, as well as a small batch file that you can run to placethe file in the default CAIT installation directory.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 7GettingStartedStarting CAIT for the first timeBefore starting CAIT, connect the test phone and, optionally, GPSreceiver to your computer’s serial ports. Also be sure that the copyprotection key is attached and the permission file is in place.To start CAIT for the first time, do the following:1. Power up the test phone.2. From the Start menu, select Programs : QCTest CAIT : QCTestCAIT.The application automatically loads. At this point, CAIT isoperating normally and can perform any test functions needed.If the application fails to start and operate normally, verify thatthe test phone and copy protection key are correctly installedaccording to the instructions in “Setting up CAIT” on page 3.By default, CAIT expects the phone to be attached to COM1. If itis attached elsewhere, you will need to configure CAIT to lookfor it on the appropriate port.Note If you need information about setting the configuration parameters for CAIT, see“Configuring CAIT” on page 197.
  • 8 Chapter 1: Getting Started QUALCOMM ProprietaryCAIT main windowThe CAIT main window is the primary user interface for viewingand controlling mobile phone functions, as well as for logging anddisplaying call data. It allows you to open and manipulate files;select options, views, and subordinate windows; display temporalanalyzer and signal graphs information; and get online operatinginstructions.The CAIT main window consists of the main menu bar, viewingarea, and customizable status bar. Several controls, such asminimize, maximize, and scrolling, allow you to open or closevarious menus and displays, and change how the window appears.The window’s title bar displays the COM port of the currentlyconnected phone, or the name of the configuration profile if one is inuse.MaximizeControlMinimizeControlCloseControlScrollUpScrollBarScrollDownMain MenuOpenWindowMinimizedWindowCustomizable Status BarIcon BarCurrent profile namedisplayed in Title bar
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 9GettingStartedCAIT menusThe main menu bar has six drop-down menus that are alwayspresent. Other menus appear only in conjunction with specificwindows. For example, the Temporal Analyzer menu appears in themain menu bar only when the Temporal Analyzer window is active.The following table lists the menus in the CAIT main window.Item DescriptionFile Presents options for shutting down CAIT as well assaving and loading profiles, or GUI configurations, sothat you can easily switch between different windowsetups, or “views.” It also allows you to open a log filefor viewing or replay.Options Presents options for configuring the CAIT program,creating and accessing user-defined windows, andcontrolling logging. Also lets you explicitly set the baudrate used for communication with the test phone.View Lets you select features or displays used to operateCAIT.User Forms Presents options for creating and editing user-definedforms and accessing those forms already defined.Capture Captures the contents of the current window or entireCAIT screen and saves it to a bitmap file.Windows Lists and switches between open windows in CAIT,and cascades or tiles them on the window.Help Presents information about CAIT and online Helpinstructions for using the application.Context Controlled Context-controlled menus in CAIT appear inconjunction with the active component window thatthey support. In general, these menus present optionsfor configuring the information displayed in theassociated window.
  • 10 Chapter 1: Getting Started QUALCOMM ProprietaryCAIT status barThe Customizable status bar in CAIT lets you decide whichinformation you want to see, at a glance, at the bottom of the CAITwindow. This status bar shows as many individual status boxes asthe window’s current size will allow. To change the informationshown in any one of these boxes, click the arrow at the right of thebox, and choose the information you want displayed from theresulting menu.Sometimes notices will scroll over the status bar area, most notablywhen the CAIT license is within 30 days of expiring.CAIT session transcriptThe CAIT Session Transcript window displays messages generatedby CAIT during its run time.In addition to messages generated by the alarms you define (see“Configuring event-based alarms” on page 216), messages abouttest phone connections as well as copy-protection key andpermission file issues are listed in this window.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 11GettingStartedButtons in this window let you clear the current transcript contentsor save them to a file. You can also have CAIT save the transcript toa file automatically, when it exits (see “Configuring CAIT” on page197).A check box, Don’t warn me about expirations, keepslicense-expiration warnings out of the transcript when enabled(checked).Capturing CAIT displaysCAIT provides a screen capture feature that lets you save snapshotsof the CAIT window or its component displays as bitmap (BMP)files.■ To capture the contents of the entire CAIT window, from theCapture menu, select CAIT Screen. Or, press Ctrl+P.■ To capture the contents of the currently active CAIT window,from the Capture menu, select Current Window. Or, pressShift+Ctrl+P.After capturing the window snapshot, CAIT displays a Save Asdialog box so that you can specify how to save the file. Click Save tocomplete the screen capture.You can also capture CAIT displays using theSAVE_CAIT_SCREEN scripting command, as described in“SAVE_CAIT_SCREEN” on page 286.
  • 12 Chapter 1: Getting Started QUALCOMM ProprietaryPausing CAIT displaysCAIT lets you pause its real-time event displays whenever you needto review or capture a specific reading. A traffic-light icon on theIcon Bar lets you click to pause the action in all active displays. Whenclicked, the icon turns from red to green, to indicate that re-clickingit will resume the display of event processing.This Pause/Resume functionality is also available on the Optionsmenu, and via two hot-key combinations: Ctrl+S to pause andCtrl+Q to resume.CMML in CAITThe logging messages that CAIT processes are defined usingQUALCOMM’s CDMA Messages Markup Language, or CMML.CMML is a metadata representation of the signaling messagesdefined by CDMA, WCDMA, and GSM standards, as well as thelogging and diagnostic messages reported by test phones thatsupport those standards.Metadata has been traditionally understood to be “data about data.”In this case, it is XML data that describes CDMA signaling, logging,and diagnostic messages.XML, or eXtensible Markup Language, is a meta-language forcreating specialized markup languages. That is, XML is a languagefor defining markup language elements, or tags, and the structuralrelationships between them. In this way, CMML is defined by XML.For more information on XML, you may want to look at thespecification maintained by the World Wide Web Consortium(W3C) at http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-xml.Upgrading CAITOccasionally, CAIT is upgraded to include corrections,enhancements, and new features. Licensed users of CAIT who haveregistered the application are notified of any new upgrade. Currentinformation about CAIT is available at any time fromQUALCOMM’s QCTest Technical Support. See “Technical support”on page xiv for contact information, or visit the QUALCOMM Website at http://www.qualcomm.com
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 13GettingStartedCAIT HelpThe Help menu in CAIT gives you access to online hypertextinformation about using CAIT and the scripting language.To open CAIT Help, select Contents from the Help menu, or pressthe F1 key.CAIT License and Feature summaryThe About CAIT dialog box contains three tabbed views thatprovide CAIT version, license, and feature information. To accessthis information, select About CAIT from the Help menu.If you discover that you cannot access certain features of CAIT,consult the License Info and Feature Info tabs in this dialog box todetermine what level of support is provided by your CAIT softwarelicense before contacting QCTest Technical Support.Uninstalling CAITUninstall CAIT using the Add/Remove Programs application in theWindows Control Panel, as follows:1. From the Windows Start menu, select Settings, then chooseControl Panel from the Settings submenu.2. Locate the Add/Remove Programs application in the ControlPanel window and double-click on it. The Add/RemovePrograms window appears.
  • 14 Chapter 1: Getting Started QUALCOMM Proprietary3. In the Add/Remove Programs window, make sure the Changeor Remove Programs tab (Windows 95, 98, ME, or NT) or option(Windows 2000 or XP) is selected, then find CAIT in the list ofprograms and click to select it.4. Click the Change/Remove button, then follow the remaininginstructions in the Uninstall Wizard to complete the removal.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 15SignalAnalysis2 Signal AnalysisOverviewCAIT contains several different windows that provide graphicdisplays of mobile phone signals. The Temporal Analyzer windowtracks the strength and arrival times of the multipaths of thosesignals from sectors in the phone’s Active (and, optionally,Neighbor) set. CAIT also supports QUALCOMM’s Retriever™ pilotscanner phone when CAIT is in Retriever mode (see “Configuring aRetriever phone” on page 209). The Signal Graphs window displaysvarious characteristics of the transmit and receive signals from themobile phone. The PN Grid and PN Graph windows display signalactivity at every PN offset or in a regular sampling of PN offsetswhen used with the Retriever pilot scanner.Temporal Analyzer windowThe Temporal Analyzer window displays graphs or line plots ofactive signals and neighbor signals for a mobile phone under test.This window shows signal power relative to the time offset in PN(pseudo noise) chips. With the Temporal Analyzer, you can do thefollowing:■ View signal levels above or below the noise floor■ Increase or decrease the grid scale of the time offset or horizontalaxis of the display■ Increase or decrease the limit for the transmit (Tx) power control■ Configure the Temporal Analyzer display
  • 16 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryYou can use the Temporal Analyzer menu in the CAIT mainwindow to change power level and time offset settings for thedisplay. To view the Temporal Analyzer window, select TemporalAnalyzer from the View menu or press the F2 key.This section provides detailed information about using theTemporal Analyzer.Temporal Analyzer menuThe Temporal Analyzer menu allows you to control the informationparameters and viewing modes of the Temporal Analyzer window.You can access this menu in the CAIT main menu bar only when theTemporal Analyzer window is active.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 17SignalAnalysisThe menu functions are defined in the following table.Item Description FunctionKeyConfiguration Opens Temporal Analyzer Configuration dialogbox to specify and control information displayedsuch as background color, legend, scaling andaveragingCView Neighbors Controls display of neighboring cells and relatedinformation displayed in the Temporal AnalyzerwindowNView Legend Shows scale labels (for example, -10 dB) in theTemporal Analyzer windowLView Finger PN Displays the PN offset number of the pilot aboveeach finger crosshair (T)Ctrl+FView FingerEc/IoDisplays the Ec/I0 value of the pilot above eachfinger crosshair (T)Ctrl+EToggleBackgroundColorSwitches the Temporal Analyzer window’sbackground color between black (the default) orthe window color defined in WindowsAppearance settings.BToggle DisplayUnder NoiseFloorSwitches test RF signal level to display above orbelow the noise floor in the operatingenvironmentHToggle Grid Hides or displays the Temporal Analyzer grid. Ctrl+GIncreaseScalingIncreases the horizontal scale width of theTemporal Analyzer window (indicated in chips)IDecreaseScalingDecreases the horizontal scale width of theTemporal Analyzer window (indicated in chips)DIncrease PowerLimitIncreases the vertical scale height of theTemporal Analyzer window (indicated in dB)Ctrl+IDecreasePower LimitDecreases the vertical scale height of theTemporal Analyzer window (indicated in dB)Ctrl+D
  • 18 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryViewing displaysThe Temporal Analyzer window shows multiple traces in differentcolors (when the colors are set up on the Configure Cells dialogbox—see “Configuring cells” on page 206). Each trace represents thesweep signal of a mobile phone searcher. The window displays agrid with horizontal and vertical axes that are divided into twodifferent scales.When the signal traces on the window stabilize and average, you candetermine the timing and power of the signals by using the X- andY-axis scales of the display.The horizontal or X-axis represents the time offset with a scale inpseudo noise (PN) chips. The vertical or Y-axis represents the signalpower level or strength with a scale in decibels (dB) for the energyper chip over the interference noise (Ec/I0). The horizontal scaleranges from ±12 to ±96 chips, and the vertical scale ranges from 0 to−40 dB.Special indicator symbols are displayed to represent the signalpeaks for up to twelve fingers (demodulators). The number of thefinger is listed inside a diamond at the top of the indicator. A circleat the bottom of the symbol surrounds the exact finger position.For 1xEV phones, the circle surrounding the finger position is filled(a solid dot) when the finger is locked. When no fingers(demodulators) are assigned, these symbols do not appear with anyof the signal peaks. This is the case when using QUALCOMM’sRetriever™ Pilot Scanner phone in scanning mode. (See“Configuring a Retriever phone” on page 209 for more informationabout using this phone.)Finger numberEc/I0PN offsetFinger position(filled when locked)
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 19SignalAnalysisAt the bottom of the Temporal Analyzer window are four text boxesdisplaying signal information as described in the following table.Item DescriptionWindow Address The address of the center of the search window. Theleast significant 16 bits are in hexadecimal, forexample, 0x2D30.Time Scale Indicates the time or X-axis using PN scale, forexample, +/−24 chips.View Mode Shows whether the Temporal Analyzer displays theActive sectors only, or Neighbor sectors as well.Sample Average The number of samples being averaged for the display.Ranges from 1 to 128.
  • 20 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryToggle display under noise floorThe Temporal Analyzer can display tracked signals relative to thelevel of the noise floor in the operating environment. The noise flooris the upper boundary or average limit of the ambient noise (I0)density.The Temporal Analyzer uses the configurable noise threshold tolimit display of Ec/I0 below the threshold value—that is, valuesunder the noise threshold are “clipped” to the noise threshold. TheToggle Display under Noise Floor menu option toggles the range ofthe display of the Temporal Analyzer. When the option is enabled(checked), the display expands as the user changes the threshold sothat the corresponding value of Ec/I0 is always at the bottom of thegraph. When the option is disabled (unchecked), the bottom of thegraph corresponds to the value -40 dB Ec/I0, independent of thenoise threshold setting.To toggle the Temporal Analyzer display, do the following:1. In the View menu, click Temporal Analyzer or press F2 to openthe Temporal Analyzer window with all plot lines above thenoise floor.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 21SignalAnalysis2. To switch to the display with the plot lines below the noise floor,click Toggle Display Under Noise Floor in the menu or press H.3. To switch back to the display with signal plot lines below thenoise floor, click Toggle Display Under Noise Floor in the menuor press H.Increase or decrease scalingThe Temporal Analyzer lets you change the scale of the time offsetor X-axis of the tracked signals in the display. You can eitherincrease or decrease the time-offset scaling in increments of a factorof two. The range goes from a minimum of +/−12 chips to amaximum of +/−96 chips. Changing the scale lets you zoom thedisplay in and out around the center of the window.To change the scaling in the Temporal Analyzer window, do thefollowing:1. Select Increase Scaling in the menu or press the I key to increasethe time-offset value in the display.
  • 22 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM Proprietary2. Select Decrease Scaling from the menu or press the D key todecrease the time-offset value in the display.Increase or decrease power limitThe Temporal Analyzer lets you change the power limit of the signalstrength in dB shown in the display. You can either increase ordecrease the power limit scale in increments of 2 dB. The availablerange is from 0 dB to −40 dB. By increasing the power limit, you raisethe pedestal of the power level, allowing the display to reduce thenumber of plot lines to focus on the primary signal. By decreasing
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 23SignalAnalysisthe power limit, you lower the pedestal of the power level, allowingthe display to show more plot lines for neighboring signals ormultipaths.To change power limit scaling in the Temporal Analyzer window,do the following:1. Click Increase Power Limit in the menu or press Ctrl+I toincrease the power limit value in the display.2. Click Decrease Power Limit in the menu or press Ctrl+D todecrease the power limit value in the display.
  • 24 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryToggle GridYou can toggle the display of the power level/PN offset grid byselecting Toggle Grid from the Temporal Analyzer menu orpressing Ctrl+G.Display Finger PN and Ec/IoYou can toggle the display of the numeric readouts of both the PNoffset value and Ec/I0 value for each searcher finger displayed.To display the numeric PN offset value for all searcher fingers, selectFinger PN from the Temporal Analyzer menu or press Ctrl+F. PNvalues that are followed by a plus sign (+) indicate that the finger islocked onto a Transmit Diversity pilot.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 25SignalAnalysisTo display the numeric Ec/I0 value for all searcher fingers, selectFinger Ec/I0 from the Temporal Analyzer menu or press Ctrl+E.Configuring the Temporal AnalyzerYou can configure the way information appears in the TemporalAnalyzer window by using the TA Configuration dialog box. Toaccess this dialog box, press C or choose Configuration from theTemporal Analyzer menu.To configure the display, select various options in the TAConfiguration dialog box; then, click OK to activate your selections.
  • 26 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe fields and functions of the TA Configuration dialog box aredescribed in the following table.Select the check boxes for the configuration items you want toactivate. You can select some options without using the panel, asdescribed in the following sections.Item DescriptionShow Neighbors When checked, enables display of searches forNeighbor List sectors. When unchecked, the TemporalAnalyzer displays searches for Active Set sectors only.Show Legend Displays power level scale on the right margin ofwindow. Index is 0 dB, −10 dB, −20 dB, and −30 dB.Show Finger Ec/Io Displays the Ec/I0 value of the pilot above each fingercrosshair (T).Show Finger PN Displays the PN offset number of the pilot above eachfinger crosshair (T).Show Grid Hides or displays the Temporal Analyzer grid.Hide Below Noise Displays the signal below the noise floor.BackgroundColor—BlackSets the display background color to black.BackgroundColor—SystemSets the display background color to the defaultWindow color defined in the Windows Appearancesettings.X Axis Scale Increases or decreases the time offset or horizontal (x)axis of the tracked signals in the display. Controls thewidth of the search window in chips. Scale: ±12, ±24,±48, ±96 chips.Averaging Increases or decreases the rate of signal averaging persamples. Scale: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, and 128 samples.Noise Threshold Increases or decreases the noise threshold relative tothe signal level.OK Control button that closes the dialog box and saves theView configuration parameters for the TemporalAnalyzer window.Cancel Control button that closes the dialog box and rolls backany changes you specified.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 27SignalAnalysisWCDMA Temporal Analyzer windowThe WCDMA Temporal Analyzer window displays graphs or lineplots of active signals and neighbor signals for WCDMA calls.In the View menu, click UMTS, then Temporal Analyzer to openthe window.This window lets you toggle the viewing of finger PSC and Ec/I0values, as well as the display grid, from the context-sensitiveWCDMA Temporal Analyzer menu. A column at the right of thewindow lists the sector name (as defined in the Cell Configurationdialog box, see “Configuring cells” on page 206) and PSC value foreach finger displayed.Two sliding controls at the bottom of this window allow you toadjust the time offset range displayed to maximize your view of thefinger data. Green arrow indicators appear at the bottom of the griddisplay to point out the direction of any signal plots that have beenscrolled off the display.Finger numberEc/I0PSCFinger position(filled when locked)
  • 28 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryFinger position indicators function similar to those in the standardTA window. The number of the finger is listed inside a diamond atthe top of the indicator. A circle at the bottom of the symbolsurrounds the exact finger position. The circle surrounding thefinger position is filled (a solid dot) when the finger is locked.Tip You can open multiple instances of the WCDMA Temporal Analyzer window atthe same time, allowing you to simultaneously view PSCs that are widelyspaced.Signal Graphs windowThe Signal Graphs window displays a user-selectable set of graphsproviding call performance information about the phone under test.The window presents the available graphs in an expandable tree,with some graphs organized into categories by their function.Clicking on a plus sign (+) next to a category displays the graphs thatit contains.Click the check box for the graph you want to view. A check markindicates the graph is selected, whereas no check mark indicates thatit is not selected.In the View menu, click Signal Graphs or press Alt+N to use thiswindow.This window provides two ways to view the graphical datadisplayed. By default, each graph contains a cursor that moves from
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 29SignalAnalysisleft to right and redraws the graph with each pass. To change thisbehavior, right click in any graph and, in the resulting pop-up menu,select Toggle Display Mode. This changes the display of all graphsso that the data is drawn at the right of the screen and scrolls off tothe left. When you toggle the display mode, existing data is erasedfrom all graphs.The graphs available in this window are defined in the followingtable.Graph DescriptionIS95 Tx/Rx Power Upper graph plots transmit power and receive power ona scale of 33 dB to -110 dB. There is 40 dB of overlapbetween the transmit range (33 dB to -60 dB) and thereceive range (-20 dB to -110 dB).Lower graph plots the transmit power adjust asdetermined by the reverse link closed-loop powercontrol, on a scale of 64 dB to -64 dB.IS95 Frame ErrorRatePlots the frame error rate on a configurable range offrames received.IS95Forward/ReverseFrame RatePlots both the forward/receive and reverse/transmitframe rates.IS2000 Tx/Rx Power Upper graph plots transmit power and receive power ona scale of 33 dB to -110 dB. There is 40 dB of overlapbetween the transmit range (33 dB to -60 dB) and thereceive range (-20 dB to -110 dB).Lower graph plots the transmit power adjust asdetermined by the reverse link closed-loop powercontrol, on a scale of 64 dB to -64 dB.IS2000 FCH/SCHFERPlots the frame error rate for IS2000 fundamental andsupplemental channels on a configurable range offrames received.Forward FCH/SCHFrame RatePlots the forward frame rate: Erasure, Eighth, Quarter,Half, Full, or Blank.Reverse FCH/SCHFrame RatePlots the reverse frame rate: Other, Eighth, Quarter,Half, Full, or Blank.RLP Data Rate Plots the RLP data rate in bytes per second up to 25kilobytes/sec.
  • 30 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryForward LinkSetpoints andDecision HistoryShows forward power control information for thefundamental, supplemental, and dedicated controlchannels. Upper graph displays power control set pointvalues for FCH, SCH0, SCH1, and DCCH; two lowergraphs display the delta of each frame’s 16 individualpower control decision bits.Reverse Link Powerand Decision HistoryShows reverse power control information for thefundamental, supplemental, and dedicated controlchannels. Upper graph displays transmit power valuesfor FCH, SCH0, SCH1, and DCCH; lower graphdisplays the delta of each frame’s 16 individual powercontrol decision bits.Best Active Set Pilot Signal-to-noise ratio for the best Active Set Pilot in theprevious frame’s last 16 odd half-slots.Best Active Set PilotStrengthStrength, in dB, of the best Active Set Pilot in theprevious frame’s last 16 odd half-slots.DRC Lock/FLImbalance StatusUpper graph plots the DRC lock bits sent by the accessnetwork for each Active Set Pilot.Lower graph plots the FL imbalance on a scale of 15 to–15 dB.Data Rate Control Data rate control indices predicted by the predictor forthe 16 slots of the previous frames.Power The total transmit power, as determined by the entireTX AGC mechanism, in units of 1/256 dB.Packet Error Rate Plots the Instantaneous Packet Error Rate. This valueis calculated once for every 16 packets received, bydividing the number of bad packets by 16.Reverse PowerControlThe total receive power, as seen by Antenna 0, in unitsof 1/256 dB.UMTS/WCDMATx/Rx PowerUpper graph plots transmit power and receive power ona scale of 40 dB to -120 dB. There is 36 dB of overlapbetween the transmit range (28.25 dB to -57 dB) andthe receive range (-20.75 dB to -106 dB).Lower graph plots the transmit power adjust asdetermined by the reverse link closed-loop powercontrol, on a scale of 64 dB to -64 dB.UMTS/WCDMAEstimate Signal toInterference RatioPlots the estimated SIR for WCDMA calls.Graph Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 31SignalAnalysisYou can configure the graphs in this window by right-clicking in agraph, then choosing Configure from the resulting pop-up menu. Agraph-specific configuration dialog box appears.The following table describes the configuration options available inthis dialog box.UMTS/WCDMAVocoder FrameError Rate DownLinkPlots the downlink FER for WCDMA calls.UMTS/WCDMAVocoder FrameError Rate Up LinkPlots the uplink FER for WCDMA calls.Graph DescriptionItem DescriptionGraphing Duration This drop-down list lets you set the amount of timedisplayed on the graph’s horizontal (x) axis: 15, 30, or60 seconds.Graph BackgroundColorDouble-click the color box to pick a differentbackground color for the graph.Graph Grid Color Double-click the color box to pick a different color forthe graph’s grid.
  • 32 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietarySignal Information windowPerformance characteristics for the test phone appear in the SignalInformation window. This window has colored bar indicators toshow instantaneous call performance measurements.In the View menu, click Signal Information or press Ctrl+Alt+I touse the window.The signal data fields in the display are defined in the followingtable.Label Color Double-click the color box to pick a different color forthe labelTrace Name From this drop-down list, select the trace for which youwant to change trace and label colors.Trace Color Double-click the color box to pick a different color forthe line representing the selected trace.Display Range Type or click the arrow buttons in the Upper and Lowerboxes to change the upper and lower limits of the rangeof received frames on which to calculate the frame errorrate (FER) for IS95 or IS2000 channels.Data AveragingScaleFor the forward power control graph, this drop-down listlets you change the data average scale used. You canselect a scale of 1 to 5.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 33SignalAnalysisNote In the Signal Information window, the receive power level is derived from the testphone’s automatic gain control (AGC), and depends on the calibration curvesbuilt into the diagnostic monitor software. Do not take receive values as precisemeasurements. Some values may be inaccurate if you are using an unknowntype of mobile phone.The signal level values appearing in this window are in read-onlyformat; you cannot control them directly.Item DescriptionTx power Level indicator showing transmit (TX) signal power qualityin dBm. Corresponding graphic display, in blue, rangesfrom −60 to 33 dBm.Rx power Level indicator showing receive (RX) signal power qualityin dBm. Corresponding graphic display, in red, ranges from−110 to −20 dBm.Tx adjust: Level indicator displaying adjust the value of the TransmitPower Adjust as determined by the reverse linkclosed-loop power control, in dB. Corresponding graphicdisplay, in green, ranges from −64 to +64 dB.IS-95 FER Status indicator displaying frame error rate in percentage(%). Corresponding graphic display, in yellow, scaled inpercentage (%).Tx frame rate Indicates the transmit rate: Other (blank), Eighth, Quarter,Half, or Full. A corresponding graphic display of thetransmit rate is provided, in magenta.Rx frame rate Indicates the receive rate: Other (blank), Eighth, Quarter,Half, Full, or Erasure. A corresponding graphic display ofreceive rate is provided, in cyan.DRC requested The Data Request Channel rate requested by the AT. Acorresponding graphic display is provided, in blue.Mean servedthroughputThe average throughput of sent packets. A correspondinggraphic display is provided, in green.
  • 34 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryFinger Placement windowEnergy and delay information for up to six mobile phone receiverfingers appear in graphic scales in the Finger Placement window.This window graphs the time offset PN, sector name, energysignal-to-noise ratio (Ec/I0), and internal time delay from systemtime for each RF receive signal or finger you select.The number of fingers displayed is determined by the number offingers employed by the test phone.The lower portion of the window displays a graphicalrepresentation of the power levels of the various fingers. A dottedline represents a single finger. A thick, colored line representscombined power levels of multiple fingers that are locked onto thesame PN.In the View menu, click Finger Placement or press Alt+P to openthe window.The following table describes the fields and functions in the FingerPlacement window.Item DescriptionPN Shows PN offset of the sector on which the finger is placed.Sector Symbolic name of the sector which can be set using the CellConfiguration dialog box described in “Configuring cells” onpage 206.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 35SignalAnalysisThe values in the display are in graphic form, but can be viewed innumeric form in the Pilot Sets window, described in “Pilot sets” onpage 130.To change the measurement unit and range of the Delay readings onthe Finger Placement window, press C or choose Configure fromthe Finger Placement menu to display the Finger PlacementConfiguration dialog box.From the Delay Units options, select either Chips, Microseconds, orHundreds of Meters to have the internal delay measured in chips,time, or propagation distance, respectively.Slide the Delay Range selector to modify the scale of measurementdisplayed in the Delay bar-graph displays. The selector lets youEc/Io (dB) Demodulator finger strength in decibels (dB), representingthe energy per chip over noise (Ec/I0).-25 dB − 0 dB Graphic scale indicating the power level or strength indecibels (dB), representing the energy per chip over noise(Ec/I0). Vertical white lines indicate power peaks for eachfinger.Delay Shows the delay of each finger placement from the earliestarriving multipath. The units used in this display isconfigurable via the Finger Placement menu or theconfiguration panel.0-x Chips0-x Meters0-xMicrosecondsGraphic scale indicating the delay of finger placement frominternal system time. Vertical white lines indicate delaypeaks for each finger. Both the range and units areconfigurable via the Finger Placement menu or theconfiguration panel.Item Description
  • 36 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM Proprietaryspecify a maximum range from 10-200 chips, 8-162 microseconds, or2441 to 48828 meters.PN Scanner windowsThe PN Grid and PN Graph windows provide users ofQUALCOMM’s Retriever™ phone with two views of the currentPN offset usage in the system.The graphic displays in these two windows work with anysupported test phone, but display more information when aRetriever phone is attached.PN Grid windowThe PN Grid window displays a single grid cell for every sector inthe set currently being searched.In the View menu, click PN Grid or press Ctrl+Alt+P to use thewindow.In this window, a single grid cell represents a single sector. Coloredblocks denote sectors where the signal power meets or exceedsthresholds defined for the Active, Neighbor, and Remaining sets ofsectors.These thresholds, and the colors that represent them, can be setusing the Configure PN Grid dialog box. In the PN Grid menu, clickConfigure to use the dialog box.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 37SignalAnalysisThe fields and functions of the dialog box are described in thefollowing table.Item DescriptionGeneral TabShowinformationfor sector undercursorWhen checked, displays a Sector Under Cursor area at thetop of the PN Grid window that lists the PN offset value,Name, Set, and Ec/I0 value in decibels for the grid cellcurrently under the cursor.Showinformation forselected sectorWhen checked, displays a Selected Sector area at the topof the PN Grid window that lists the PN offset value, Name,Set, and Ec/I0 value in decibels for the currently selectedgrid cell.Show thresholdcolor legendWhen checked, displays the Color Legend area at the topof the PN Grid window, indicating the current color settings.Show cell hints When checked, enables cell hints, which appear when thepointer is held over a cell in the PN Grid, providingadditional information about that sector.Active/Neighbor/Remaining Set TabsSignal Strength(dB)Click the up and down arrows on this control to raise orlower the threshold for the Active, Neighbor, or Remainingset from 0 dB to –25 dB.
  • 38 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryPN Graph windowThe PN Graph window shows the same information as the PN Gridwindow, but in a bar graph format where the relative power levelsof the PN offsets are more immediately visible.To display this window, choose PN Graph from the View menu orpress Ctrl+Alt+R.Show PN offset(AboveThreshold)When checked, displays the PN offset number in PN Gridcells for those sectors that are above the defined thresholdfor the applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Show sectorname(AboveThreshold)When checked, displays the sector name in PN Grid cellsfor those sectors that are above the defined threshold forthe applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Show signalstrength(AboveThreshold)When checked, displays the signal’s Ec/I0 power level(from 0 to –25 dB) in PN Grid cells for those sectors that areabove the defined threshold for the applicable set (Active,Neighbor, or Remaining).Color(AboveThreshold)Click in the colored block that appears here to display acolor palette from which you can choose a different color torepresent sectors that are above the defined threshold forthe applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Show PN offset(BelowThreshold)When checked, displays the PN offset number in PN Gridcells for those sectors that are below the defined thresholdfor the applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Show sectorname(BelowThreshold)When checked, displays the sector name in PN Grid cellsfor those sectors that are below the defined threshold forthe applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Show signalstrength(BelowThreshold)When checked, displays the signal’s Ec/I0 power level(from 0 to -25 dB) in PN Grid cells for those sectors that arebelow the defined threshold for the applicable set (Active,Neighbor, or Remaining).Color(BelowThreshold)Click in the colored block that appears here to display acolor palette from which you can choose a different color torepresent sectors that are below the defined threshold forthe applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 39SignalAnalysisIn the PN Graph window, the horizontal or X-axis represents thecomplete set of 512 sectors. The vertical or Y-axis represents thesignal power level or strength with a scale of 0 to −25 decibels (dB)for the energy per chip over the interference noise (Ec/I0). Coloredmarkers indicate sectors where the signal power meets or exceedsthresholds defined for the Active, Neighbor, and Remaining sets.Colored, horizontal lines indicate the current positions of the threesettable thresholds.These thresholds, the colors that represent them, and the number ofsectors to display can be set using the Configure PN Graph dialogbox. In the PN Graph menu, click Configure to use the dialog box.
  • 40 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe fields and functions of the dialog box are described in thefollowing table.Item DescriptionGeneral TabShowinformation forsector undercursorWhen checked, displays a Sector Under Cursor area at thetop of the PN Graph window that lists the PN offset value,Name, Set, and Ec/I0 value in decibels for the graph barcurrently under the cursor.Showinformation forselected sectorWhen checked, displays a Selected Sector area at the topof the PN Graph screen that lists the PN offset value, Name,Set, and Ec/I0 value in decibels for the currently selectedgraph bar.Show thresholdcolor legendWhen checked, displays the Color Legend area at the topof the PN Graph window, indicating the current colorsettings.Sector TabOrder These three options determine the way the PN Graph issorted, left to right. Choose Sort by PN offset to sort thesectors in ascending order by their PN offset number.Choose Sort by sector name to sort the sectors by theiruser-assigned names. Choose Sort by signal strength tosort the sectors in descending order by power level.Color These options let you choose how the sector colors areassigned. Choose Use threshold colors to use thethreshold colors assigned in theActive/Neighbor/Remaining Set tabs of this dialog box.Choose Use sector colors to use the colors assigned toeach sector in the Cell Configuration dialog box, which isdescribed in “Configuring cells” on page 206.Maximumnumber ofsectorsThis setting allows you to limit the number of sectors shownin the graph, when sorting by signal strength, to make itmore readable. Click the up and down arrows on this controlto raise or lower the number of sectors displayed.This option is available only when the Sort by signalstrength option is selected under Order.Active/Neighbor/Remaining Set TabsSignal Strength(dB)Click the up and down arrows on this control to raise orlower the threshold for the Active, Neighbor, or Remainingset from 0 dB to –25 dB.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 41SignalAnalysisShow PN offset(AboveThreshold)When checked, displays the PN offset number in PN Graphmarkers for those sectors that are above the definedthreshold for the applicable set (Active, Neighbor, orRemaining).Show sectorname(AboveThreshold)When checked, displays the sector name in PN Graphmarkers for those sectors that are above the definedthreshold for the applicable set (Active, Neighbor, orRemaining).Show signalstrength(AboveThreshold)When checked, displays the signal’s Ec/I0 power level(from 0 to –25 dB) in PN Graph markers for those sectorsthat are above the defined threshold for the applicable set(Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Color(AboveThreshold)Click in the colored block that appears here to display acolor palette from which you can choose a different color torepresent sectors that are above the defined threshold forthe applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Show PN offset(BelowThreshold)When checked, displays the PN offset number in PN Graphmarkers for those sectors that are below the definedthreshold for the applicable set (Active, Neighbor, orRemaining).Show sectorname(BelowThreshold)When checked, displays the sector name in PN Graphmarkers for those sectors that are below the definedthreshold for the applicable set (Active, Neighbor, orRemaining).Show signalstrength(BelowThreshold)When checked, displays the signal’s Ec/I0 power level(from 0 to –25 dB) in PN Graph markers for those sectorsthat are below the defined threshold for the applicable set(Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Color(BelowThreshold)Click in the colored block that appears here to display acolor palette from which you can choose a different color torepresent sectors that are below the defined threshold forthe applicable set (Active, Neighbor, or Remaining).Item Description
  • 42 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA Pilot Scanner windowThe WCDMA Pilot Scanner window displays a bar graph of activePSC power levels.In the View menu, click UMTS, then Pilot Scanner to open thewindow.This window displays a vertical bar for each active PSC. The barrepresenting the active set is filled with a solid color; others use across-hatch fill. Numbers beneath each bar identify the PSC andRSCP (received signal code power) displayed, and the number offingers represented. The power scale, in decibels, is listed at the left.Communication status is indicated in the lower right corner.Horizontal lines mark the upper and lower power thresholds; youcan drag to move these lines. A three-color bar on the Y-axisindicates the colors that correspond to three power-level ranges:■ Over the upper threshold■ Between the thresholds■ Under the lower thresholdYou can click each segment of this bar to assign it a new color froma Color dialog box.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 43SignalAnalysisBy default, the PSC power bars are assigned the color of thepower-level range they currently fall into, so that they change coloras their power level changes from one range to another. To have thepower-level bars remain the same color, regardless of their powerlevel, you can have CAIT color the bars according to their cellassignment, as described below.A context-sensitive menu is available when this window is active. Byselecting Configure from this menu, you can set options for thisdisplay as described in the following table. Many of these optionsare also available directly on the WCDMA Pilot Scanner menu.Item DescriptionView Energy Toggles display of the energy values at the top of eachbar.View PSC Toggles display of the PSC numbers under each bar.View RSCP Toggles display of the RSCP (received signal codepower) numbers under each bar.View Finger Count Toggles display of the finger count under each bar.View Monitored Set Toggles display of PSCs from the Monitored Set.View Unlisted Set Toggles display of PSCs from the Unlisted Set.Use Cell Color Substitutes the graph bars’ default colors with thosedefined in the current cell configuration, overriding thecolor-coding by threshold level. (See “Configuring cells”on page 206 for information on setting cell colors.)Sort Items These options specify how the graph bars are sorted,left to right: by PSC, Energy, or Pilot Set.
  • 44 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryReplaying log filesCAIT provides a playback feature that lets you replay log files.When using the playback feature, you can view log file data in theCAIT real-time display windows. Input from any attached testphones or GPS unit is ignored when CAIT is in playback mode.To access this feature, choose Replay Log File from the File menu.The Log File Replay window appears.At the top, left of this window is a directory pane for locating andselecting a folder containing log files. Log files in the selected folderare listed in the pane on the right, with columns of informationabout each log file. You can click the headings of each column to sortby the column’s values, in ascending or descending order.Tip If you right-click in the log files pane (top right), the resulting pop-up menu letsyou toggle a Show All Files option. By default, CAIT displays in this pane onlythose files that it determines are log files. Enabling this option overrides thisfiltering behavior and displays all files in the selected folder, while reducing thetime required to display the files. You may want to use this option whensearching through folders that contain many files.Note that after enabling the Show All Files option, if the first file listed is not aCAIT-readable log file, CAIT will display a message dialog box stating that it isnot, and asking if you want to try and open it. After clicking Yes or No, you canthen select a valid log file from the list.Background Color These options specify the background color: Black orWhite.Signal Threshold This box lets you specify a specific, upper thresholdvalue.Noise Threshold This box lets you specify a specific, lower thresholdvalue.Retain data for xsecondsThis value determines how much logging data will beincluded in the display at any given time. Increasing thenumber of seconds that data is retained will decreasethe likelihood of missing any PSC data.Display Packet These options determine which log packet is used toprovide values for this graph: Finger Info for TA(0x4003) or List Searcher (0x414F).Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 45SignalAnalysisBelow the log file list is a drop-down list box that shows thecurrently selected file. Clicking the arrow button at the right of thisbox displays a list of previously selected log files; you can reopen afile by choosing it from this list.A pane on the lower left lists all messages and annotations in theselected log file. Markers to the left of this pane indicate messagesthat are set as the current start and stop points for replaying withinthe file, as well as any annotations and bookmarks that have beendefined. Right-click in this pane to display a pop-up menu of optionsthat apply to the current log file, as described in the following table:Playback controls:Play, Pause, Stop,and Next (SingleStep)Sliding controls let youchange Start, Current,and Stop positionsSpeed control;move to the left forslower playback,right for fasterIndicators for individual messages indicate, top to bottom: Replay Start,Bookmark, Annotation, Replay EndItem DescriptionSave As Select this to save the current log file, with any changesyou’ve made, using a Save As dialog box.Save As Text Select this to save a text version of the current log filewith any changes you’ve made, using a Save As dialogbox.Toggle DetailFormat (Hex/Text)Select this to toggle the message detail in the lowerright pane between text values and hexadecimal.
  • 46 Chapter 2: Signal Analysis QUALCOMM ProprietaryTo the right of the message list pane is a message detail pane thatdisplays the contents of the currently selected message as text orhexadecimal values.Below the message list and detail panes is a toolbar that containsplayback controls (Play, Pause, Stop, and Next), a slider control forviewing and changing the current position in the file being playedas well as start and stop points, and another slider control thatchanges the speed of the playback (move it to the left for slowerplayback, to the right for faster playback). Note that using thesliding start and stop position controls will undo any start and stopsettings made with specific messages in the message list pane. Themiddle slider on the toolbar indicates the current message positionand its timestamp; you can slide this control to advance or back upto a different message position.The Next button lets you step through a log file one message at atime. It is unavailable while a log file is being replayed; click Pauseto make it available for the current file.Toggle Replay Start Select this, or type Ctrl+S, to designate the currentlyselected message as the replay start point.Toggle Replay End Select this, or type Ctrl+E, to designate the currentlyselected message as the replay end point.Bookmarks From the submenu that appears, you can choose thefollowing: Toggle Bookmark (Ctrl+T) to add or removea bookmark from the currently selected message;Previous Bookmark (Ctrl+P) to jump to the previousbookmark; Next Bookmark (Ctrl+N) to jump to the nextbookmark; Clear (Ctrl+L) to remove all bookmarks.Annotation From the submenu that appears, you can choose thefollowing: Insert (Ctrl+A) to insert an annotation afterthe currently selected message; Edit/Goto (Ctrl+I) todisplay an Annotations dialog box that lets you editannotations or jump to a specific one; Delete (Ctrl+D)to delete the currently selected annotation.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 47Statistics3 StatisticsOverviewCAIT collects a variety of status and performance statistics thatprovide real-time status information, as well as specific and overallindicators for analyzing mobile phone and system performance.You can access statistics for the following:■ Communication links■ Markov calls■ MUX1 and Layer 2 information■ Traffic Channel MUX2 information■ Paging and access channel usage■ Common channel usage■ Data calls■ Medium Data Rate calls■ IS2000 MUX information■ Radio Link Protocol (RLP) usage■ Test data service option (TDSO) calls■ AT status, finger information, forward and reverse linkstatistics, pilot sets, protocol information, and RLP statistics for1xEV calls■ WCDMA callsStatus and performance statistics appear in windows that you canopen through the View menu in the CAIT main window. Thissection provides detailed information about using these statistics.
  • 48 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryCommunications statisticsStatistics for the performance of the serial communication linkbetween the phone and computer appear in the CommunicationsStatistics window. This window displays packet and data bytetransmission statistics, as well as the percentage of bandwidth usedby the communications link. It also shows, in milliseconds, theinternal delay while CAIT processes messages from the test phones.Two different display modes show statistics in accumulated or delta(difference) form. This window also shows the amount of time, inseconds, that CAIT has been operating since the last time thesestatistics were reset.In the View menu, click Statistics, then Communications Statisticsor press Ctrl+Alt+C to open the window.This window reports communication data on two tabs. The LinkState tab contains three fields that report the communication status,current baud rate, and communication mode (polling or streaming)of the test phone. Viewing this tab lets you monitor the process ofCAIT acquiring a link to the test phone. The Statistics tab reportsvarious information about an active connection to the test phone.The fields and functions in the Statistics tab are described in thefollowing table.Item DescriptionPacketsSent by CAIT Number of packets sent by CAIT to the test phoneReceived by CAIT Number of packets received by CAIT from the testphoneCRC Errors Number of packets received with CRC (cyclicredundancy check or code) error
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 49StatisticsThe statistics shown in the Communications Statistics windowcannot be directly edited, but you can use the Stats menu to havesome control over how parameters are displayed. This menu isactive along with the Communications Statistics window.Markov statisticsThe transmission quality at each frame rate appears in the MarkovStatistics window. The window also gives various combinations ofdim and burst rate signaling statistics for Markov-originated calls incell or subscriber station traffic channels. Markov statistics are usedto determine the frame error rate (FER) of the system. The FER isused to approximate the voice quality of calls.Timeouts Number of packets that did not receive a response(timeout)Time (secs) The number of seconds that the counters have beencollecting and displaying statistics since thestatistics were last reset.Display ModeAccumulated Selects display of statistics accumulatedcontinuously since the time the clear button was lastclicked or the window was openedDelta Selects delta display showing statistics for the last1-second periodBytesSent by CAIT Number of bytes sent by CAIT to the testphoneReceived by CAIT Number of bytes received by CAIT from the testphonePerformanceLink Utilization Amount of bandwidth used for transmitting andreceiving operations versus the available bandwidthin a link, shown as a percentageInternal Delay (ms) Amount of internal delay in transmitting andreceiving operations, shown in millisecondsClear Control button that clears or resets all parameters inthe windowItem Description
  • 50 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe Markov Statistics window consists of two sections. The uppersection shows transmission status parameters; the lower sectionshows actual received packet count statistics for the expected packettype shown in the left column. The data received should correlate tothe expected data. These values are color-coded and appear atcolumn and row intersections.In the View menu, click Statistics, then Markov Statistics or pressF7 to open the window.The fields and functions in this window are defined in the followingtable.Item DescriptionMode Current operating mode of the subscriber station.State State of the test phone. State types: CDMA Acquisition,Sync, Traffic Initialization, Traffic, Exit, Unknown PhoneState.Markov Rate Current Markov rate; variable mimics typical speechpattern. Rate types: Full or Variable.Total Frames Number of frames recorded during transmission.Bad Frames Number of bad frames recorded during transmission.Includes erasures and full rate with bit errors.Error Rate Percentage of errors consisting of bad frames/total frames.Clear Control button that clears or resets all parameters in thewindow.Received Markov ColumnsExpected Predicted or expected rate of Markov transmission.Full Maximum rate of primary traffic transmission. Rate types:9.6 kbps or 14.4 kbps.D1/2 Dim and burst rate 1/2 signalling.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 51StatisticsThe statistics in this window cannot be modified, but you have somecontrol over how parameters are displayed when you use the Clearbutton.This window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from theMarkov Statistics menu that is available when the window is active,as described in “Changing fonts in supported windows” on page225.MUX1 and layer 2 statisticsStatistical data for the forward and reverse MUX1 traffic channelsand layer 2 protocol appear in the MUX1 and Layer 2 Statisticswindow. These statistics indicate the quality of the traffic channelsand characterize the types of traffic channel frames being used.In the View menu, click Statistics, then MUX1 and L2 Statistics orpress Ctrl+Alt+F4 to open the window.D1/4 Dim and burst rate 1/4 signalling.D1/8 Dim and burst rate 1/8 signalling.BSig Blank and burst secondary signalling.Half Half-rate (1/2) primary traffic transmission. Rate types:4.8 kbps or 7.2 kbps.Quarter Quarter-rate (1/4) primary traffic transmission. Rate types:2.4 kbps or 3.6 kbps.Eighth Eighth-rate (1/8) primary traffic transmission. Rate types:1.2 kbps or 1.8 kbps.FErrs Detected frame error. The packet received does not meetquality metrics.Erasures Frames qualified as erasures.BitErrs Total bit errors for all categories.Percent Percentage of bad frames (rate and bit errors excludingsignaling frames) per total frames for each expected rate.It becomes progressively more serious when packets arelost approaching full rate.Item Description
  • 52 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe following table lists the fields and functions for this window.Item DescriptionMUX1 ParametersForward Number of frames received on the forward trafficchannel (measured from the base station to test phone)Reverse Number of frames sent on the reverse traffic channel(measured from the test phone to the base station)9600, primary or nulltraffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps for primaryor null traffic only9600, d&b rate 1/2primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps for 1/2 rateprimary and signaling traffic9600, d&b rate 1/4primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps for 1/4 rateprimary and signaling traffic9600, d&b rate 1/8primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps for 1/8 rateprimary and signaling traffic9600, b&b signalingonlyThe number of frames sent at 9.6 kbps for signalingtraffic.4800, primary or nulltraffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 4.8 kbps for primaryand null traffic only2400, primary or nulltraffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 2.4 kbps for primaryand null traffic only
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 53StatisticsThe statistics shown in this window cannot be modified, but youhave some control over how parameters are displayed when you usethe Clear button.1200, primary or nulltraffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 1.2 kbps for primaryand null traffic only9600 with bit errors Number of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps with biterrors for all categoriesErasures Number of internal primary traffic erasuressent/received for all categories9600, d&b rate 1/2primary andsecondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps for 1/2 rateprimary and secondary traffic9600, d&b rate 1/4primary andsecondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps for 1/4 rateprimary and secondary traffic9600, d&b rate 1/8primary andsecondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps for 1/8 rateprimary and secondary traffic9600, b&bsecondary onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 9.6 kbps forsecondary traffic onlyLayer 2 Statistics# of ACK >= 1 Number of Layer 2 messages that needed one or moreretransmissions# of ACK >= 2 Number of Layer 2 messages that needed two or moreretransmissions# of ACK >= 3 Number of Layer 2 messages that needed three ormore retransmissionsCall Failures due toN1m TimeoutNumber of failed calls in traffic channels caused byexceeding the N1m timeout limit# of Messages sentwithout ACKNumber of messages sent without exchanging anyacknowledgment messagesClear Control button that clears or resets all parameters in thewindowItem Description
  • 54 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThis window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from the MUX1and Layer 2 Statistics menu that is available when the window isactive, as described in “Changing fonts in supported windows” onpage 225.MUX2 statisticsStatistical data for the forward and reverse MUX2 traffic channelsappear in the MUX2 Statistics window, indicating the transmissionquality of the traffic channels and the types of traffic channel framesbeing used.In the View menu, click Statistics, then MUX2 Statistics or pressAlt+F6 or Alt+F7 to open the window.The following table describes the fields and functions in thiswindow.Item DescriptionTraffic Channel MUX2 StatisticsForward Number of frames received on the forward trafficchannel (measured from the base station to the testphone)Reverse Number of frames sent on the reverse traffic channel(measured from the test phone to the base station)14.4k, primary ornull traffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps forprimary or null traffic only
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 55Statistics14.4k, d&b rate 1/2primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for 1/2rate primary and signaling traffic14.4k, d&b rate 1/4primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for 1/4rate primary and signaling traffic14.4k, d&b rate 1/8primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for 1/8rate primary and signaling traffic14.4k, b&b signalingonlyNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for blankand burst signaling traffic only7.2k, primary or nulltraffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for primaryand null traffic only7.2k, d&b rate 1/4primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for 1/4 rateprimary and signaling traffic7.2k, d&b rate 1/8primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for 1/8 rateprimary and signaling traffic7.2k, b&b signalingonlyNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for blankand burst signaling traffic only3.6k, primary or nulltraffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 3.6 kbps for primaryand null traffic only3.6k, d&b rate 1/8primary + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 3.6 kbps for 1/8 rateprimary and signaling traffic3.6k, b&b signalingonlyNumber of frames sent/received at 3.6 kbps for blankand burst signaling traffic only1.8k, primary or nulltraffic onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 1.8 kbps for primaryand null traffic onlyInsufficient FrameQualityThe number of frames sent/received that were too poorin quality to be applied to any of the preceding groups.Traffic Channel with Secondary14.4k, d&b rate 1/2primary + secondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for rate1/2 primary and secondary traffic14.4k, d&b rate 1/4primary + secondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for rate1/4 primary and secondary traffic14.4k, d&b rate 1/8primary + secondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for rate1/8 primary and secondary traffic14.4k, b&bsecondary onlyNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for blankand burst secondary traffic only14.4k, d&b rate 1/8prim, sec + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 14.4 kbps for rate1/8 primary, secondary, and signaling trafficItem Description
  • 56 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe statistics appearing in this window cannot be modified, but youhave some control over how parameters are displayed when you usethe Clear button.This window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from the MUX2Statistics menu that is available when the window is active, asdescribed in “Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.IS2000 MUX statisticsThe IS2000 MUX Statistics window displays statistical MUX data forthe forward and reverse fundamental channel (FCH), dedicatedcontrol channel (DCCH), and supplemental traffic channel (SCH0)of IS2000 calls. These statistics indicate the quality of the trafficchannels and characterize the types of traffic channel frames beingused.Refer to TIA/EIA-IS2000.3-A-1, section 2.2.2.2.1 and higher fordetailed descriptions of these counters.In the View menu, click Statistics, then IS2000 MUX Statistics orpress Alt+F9 to open the window.7.2k, d&b rate 1/4primary + secondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for 1/4 rateprimary and secondary traffic7.2k, d&b rate 1/8primary + secondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for 1/8 rateprimary and secondary traffic7.2k, b&b secondaryonlyNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for blankand burst secondary traffic only7.2k, d&b rate 1/8pri, sec + signalingNumber of frames sent/received at 7.2 kbps for 1/8 rateprimary, secondary, and signaling traffic3.6k, d&b rate 1/8primary + secondaryNumber of frames sent/received at 3.6 kbps for 1/8 rateprimary and secondary traffic3.6k, b&b secondaryonlyNumber of frames sent/received at 3.6 kbps for blankand burst secondary traffic only1.8k, b&b secondaryonlyNumber of frames sent/received at 1.8 kbps for blankand burst secondary traffic onlyClear Control button that clears or resets all parameters in thewindowItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 57StatisticsThis window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from the IS2000MUX Statistics menu that is available when the window is active, asdescribed in “Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.Paging and access statisticsStatistical data on both paging and access channels appears in thePaging And Access Statistics window. These statistics indicate thequality of channels between the subscriber station and the basestation.In the View menu, click Statistics, then Paging and Access Statisticsor press Alt+F5 to open the window.
  • 58 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe following table describes the fields and functions in thiswindow.Item DescriptionPaging Channel# Attempted Messages Number of paging channel messages the test phoneattempted to receive# CRC Errors Number of messages received with cyclicredundancy code (CRC) errors# Messages to TestPhoneNumber of messages sent from the base station tothe test phone# 1/2 Frames Received Number of 1/2 frames received by the test phone# 1/2 Frames w. GoodMessagesNumber of frames that were received with at leastone good paging channel message# Losses of PagingChannelNumber of paging channel losses (the phone lostthe paging channel and had to reacquire the CDMAsignal)# of Idle Handoffs Number of idle handoffs by the test phoneAccess Channel# Requested Messages Number of message requests by the phone on theaccess channel# Response Messages Number of access channel response messagesgenerated by the test phoneProbes sent 2 or moretimesNumber of access probes sent two or more times
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 59StatisticsThe statistics shown in this window cannot be modified, but youhave some control over how parameters are displayed when you usethe Clear button.This window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from thePaging and Access Statistics menu that is available when thewindow is active, as described in “Changing fonts in supportedwindows” on page 225.Common channel statisticsThe Common Channel Statistics window displays various accessand paging statistics for CDMA 2000 Release A.In the View menu, click Statistics, then Common Channel Statisticsor press Alt+F9 to open the window.Probes sent 3 or moretimesNumber of access probes sent three or more timesProbes sent 4 or moretimesNumber of access probes sent four or more timesProbes sent 5 or moretimesNumber of access probes sent five or more timesProbes sent 6 or moretimesNumber of access probes sent six or more times# Access AttemptFailuresNumber of access probe attempts that failed (noresponse message)Clear Control button that clears or resets all parametersItem Description
  • 60 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe following table describes the fields and functions in thiswindow.Item DescriptionBCCHTotal BCCHencapsulated PDUsThe number of Broadcast Control Channelencapsulated PDUs the mobile station attempted toreceiveEncapsulated PDUswith bad CRCsThe number of Broadcast Control Channelencapsulated PDUs received by the mobile with aCRC that does not matchPartial frames The number of Broadcast Control Channelpartial-frames received by the mobile stationPartial frames with badCRCsThe number of Broadcast Control Channelpartial-frames received by the mobile station with aCRC that matchesTimes MS declared lossof BCCHThe number of times that the mobile stationdeclared a loss of the Broadcast Control Channel19200 bps, 40 msframesThe number of Broadcast Control Channel frames at19200 bps, 40 milliseconds9600 bps, 80 ms frames The number of Broadcast Control Channel frames at9600 bps, 80 milliseconds4800 bps, 160 msframesThe number of Broadcast Control Channel frames at4800 bps, 160 millisecondsInsufficient physicallayer frame qualityThe number of Broadcast Control Channel frameswith insufficient physical layer quality
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 61StatisticsFCCCHTotal FCCCHencapsulated PDUsThe number of Forward Common Control Channelencapsulated PDUs the mobile station attempted toreceiveEncapsulated PDUswith bad CRCsThe number of Forward Common Control Channelencapsulated PDUs received by mobile with a CRCthat does not matchMessages addressed toMSThe number of Forward Common Control Channelmessages or records received by mobile that wereaddressed to itTimes MS declared lossof FCCCHThe number of times that the mobile stationdeclared a loss of the Forward Common ControlChannel38400 bps, 5 ms frames The number of Forward Common Control Channelframes at 38400 bps, 5 milliseconds19200 bps,10 msframesThe number of Forward Common Control Channelframes at 19200 bps,10 ms38400 bps, 10 msframesThe number of Forward Common Control Channelframes at 38400 bps, 10 milliseconds9600 bps, 20 ms frames The number of Forward Common Control Channelframes at 9600 bps, 20 milliseconds19200 bps, 20 msframesThe number of Forward Common Control Channelframes at 19200 bps, 20 milliseconds38400 bps, 20 msframesThe number of Forward Common Control Channelframes at 38400 bps, 20 millisecondsInsufficient physicallayer frame qualityThe number of Forward Common Control Channelframes with insufficient physical layer qualityEACH - Basic Access ModeRequest-type SDSUstransmittedThe number of “request” type SDSUs transmitted onthe Enhanced Access Channel in Basic AccessModeResponse-type SDSUstransmittedThe number of “response” type SDSUs transmittedon the Enhanced Access Channel in Basic AccessModeAccess probes TX’d atleast twiceThe number of times an access probe wastransmitted at least two times on Enhanced AccessChannel in Basic Access modeItem Description
  • 62 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryData testingThe Data Testing window displays a user-selectable set of graphsproviding data performance information about four different dataprotocols: TCP, IP, RAS, and RLP. It provides a central location foryou to set up internet activities to test the throughput of the fourprotocols, and also provides performance statistics on thatthroughput, plus results from running the Ping program. Theperformance graphs are configurable, as described in “Graphconfiguration” on page 66.In the View menu, click Data Testing to open the window.Note The Data Testing window does not function on computers running Windows 95,Windows 98, or Windows ME operating systems. These operating systems donot support the network services required by the Data Testing window. If youroperating system does not support the required network services, then the DataTesting option is not available on the View menu. If you run CAIT on WindowsNT or Windows 2000 machines with the required network services installed(which are installed by default), then this option will be available.Access probes TX’d atleast 3 timesThe number of times an access probe wastransmitted at least three times on EnhancedAccess Channel in Basic Access modeAccess probes TX’d atleast 4 timesThe number of times an access probe wastransmitted at least four times on Enhanced AccessChannel in Basic Access modeAccess probes TX’d atleast 5 timesThe number of times an access probe wastransmitted at least five times on Enhanced AccessChannel in Basic Access modeAccess probes TX’d atleast 6 timesThe number of times an access probe wastransmitted at least six times on Enhanced AccessChannel in Basic Access modeUnsuccessful accessattemptsThe number of unsuccessful access attempts on theEnhanced Access Channel in Basic Access modeClear Control button that clears or resets all parametersItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 63StatisticsThe window presents the available graphs in a list on the left of thepane where the graphs are displayed. Click the check box for eachgraph you want to view. A check mark indicates the graph isselected, whereas no check mark indicates that it is not selected.The RLP bytes per second graph reports statistics that are measuredat and reported by the test phone; all other statistics are measured onthe PC and reported by Windows. This means that the non-RLPstatistics could include throughput generated by a network adapterother than the test phone (the PC’s LAN card or modem). Whenperforming measurements with this tool, be sure that the onlynetwork connection to your PC is through the test phone.A set of tabs across the top of this window provides access toconfiguration options and additional data displays, which aredescribed in the following table. For information on configuring thevalue ranges and colors used in the data graphs, see “Graphconfiguration” on page 66.
  • 64 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryItem DescriptionStart/Stop tab This tab lets you start and stop the transfer operations thatare set up on the other tabs, and provides some statusinformation.Start Click this button to initiate the data transfer test.Stop Click this button to end the data transfer test.Cycle Reports the number of transfer iterations that havecompleted, and, if specified using the Cycles option on thePlan tab, the total number of iterations to be performed.Minute Reports the number of minutes of operation, and, ifspecified using the Minutes option on the Plan tab, the totalnumber of the minutes allotted for the test.Operation Reports the current operation, such as Login, Downloading,Uploading, Ping, Paused, Logout, etc.Plan tab This tab lets you choose the tests to perform, their repetitionor duration, and pings or pauses to perform between tests.The controls on this tab are unavailable while a test is inprogress.FTP download Select this check box to perform an FTP download testusing the settings specified on the Host Info tab and filelocation specified on the Protocol Config tab.FTP Upload Select this check box to perform an FTP upload test usingthe settings on the Host Info tab and file location specifiedon the Protocol Config tab.HTTP download Select this check box to perform an FTP upload test usingthe settings on the Host Info tab and file location specifiedon the Protocol Config tab.Unlimited Choose this option to have the test repeat until you stop itmanually.Cycle Choose this option to have the test repeat the number oftimes you specify in the corresponding text box.Minutes Choose this option to have the test repeat the number ofminutes you specify in the corresponding text box.Ping Select this check box to run the ping program betweendownload/upload cycles. To repeat the ping betweencycles, specify the number of time to ping in thecorresponding text box.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 65StatisticsPause Select this check box to pause between download/uploadcycles. Specify the number of seconds to pause in thecorresponding text box.Host Info tab This tab lets you specify the login parameters for a FTPsession and test the FTP connection. The controls on thistab are unavailable while a test is in progress.Host name The name or IP address of the FTP host server.User name A valid user name for the specified host, or “anonymous” fordownload-only connections.Account The account name, if required by the specified FTP host.Password The password for the specified host, or a valid emailaddress for anonymous, download-only connections.Login Timeout This field lets you specify how long to wait for an FTP loginto succeed before timing out. The value is in seconds; avalue of zero indicates that CAIT should wait indefinitely.Trace Route Click this button to run a route trace that lists theintermediate servers between you and the FTP host; theresults appear on the Transcript tab.Test Login Click this button to run a test login to the FTP host; theresults appear on the Transcript tab.ProtocolConfig tabThis tab lets you specify the files to be transferred during thetest, and some transfer and connection options. Thecontrols on this tab are unavailable while a test is inprogress.Remote path The path from the FTP account’s default directory to that ofthe remote file. Click the button at the right of this box tobrowse for files on a remote site.Remote file The file to download.Local path The fully-qualified path to the local file. Click the button atthe right of this box to browse for local files.Local file The file to upload.Passive mode Select this check box to have your PC establish the dataconnection with the FTP host instead of the hostestablishing the data connection with your PC. This optionis useful for users behind firewalls and gateways, and whenexperiencing data channel errors. Note that not all FTP sitessupport passive mode.Use binarytransfersSelect this check box to up- and download files as binarydata instead of text.Item Description
  • 66 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryGraph configurationTo configure the graphs available in the Data Testing window, makesure the Data Testing window is active, then select Graph Propertiesfrom the Data Testing menu. The Data Testing Graph Propertiesdialog box appears.Source URL The Universal Resource Locator, or address, of the WorldWide Web page to download.Statistics tab This tab provides a table of numeric data to complement thedata in the display graphs.TCP Segments/SecThis row summarizes the Sent, Resent, Received, and Totalvalues from the TCP Segments/Second display graph.IP Datagrams/SecThis row summarizes the Sent, Resent, Received, and Totalvalues from the IP Datagrams/Second display graph.RAS Bytes/Sec This row summarizes the Sent, Resent, Received, and Totalvalues from the RAS Bytes/Second display graph.RLP Bytes/Sec This row summarizes the Sent, Resent, Received, and Totalvalues from the RLP Bytes/Second display graph.Round TripTimes: RLPThis row summarizes the Last and Average round trip timesfor the radio link protocol from the Round Trip Time displaygraph.Round TripTimes: PingThis row summarizes the Last and Average round trip timesfor a ping from the Round Trip Time display graph.Transcript tab This tab displays messages generated by various testoperations. Right-click in this tab to clear its contents orsave them to a file.Transcript LineLimitThe maximum number of lines to keep in the transcript. Ifset to zero, there is no maximum limit.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 67StatisticsThis dialog contains multiple tabs that let you modify the graphranges and colors. Available colors include those defined in yourWindows display properties. These options are described in thefollowing table.Item DescriptionGeneral tab The settings on this tab apply to all graphs.Graph duration(X-axis)Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the number of one-second increments displayedalong the graph’s X (horizontal) axis. The initial setting forthis value is 60.BackgroundcolorClick this setting to select from a drop-down list of availablebackground colors. The initial setting for this value is white.Label color Click this setting to select from a drop-down list of availablecolors for the Y-axis (vertical) value labels. The initial settingfor this value is navy.Grid color Click this setting to select from a drop-down list of availablecolors for the value graduations. The initial setting for thisvalue is silver.TCP tab The settings on this tab apply to the TCP Segments/secgraph.Top value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the top (highest) value, in kilobytes, of the Y-axisvalue scale. The initial setting for this value is 1000.Bottom value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the bottom (lowest) value, in kilobytes, of the Y-axisvalue scale. The initial setting for this value is 0.Grid start Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the value at which the grid begins. This settingplaces the grid above the value you select. The initial settingfor this value is 0.Grid step Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the grid line increment. The initial setting for thisvalue is 100.Packets senttraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude sent packets in the graph. Click the box at the rightto select from a drop-down list of available colors for thesent packets trace.
  • 68 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryPackets resenttraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude resent packets in the graph. Click the box at theright to select from a drop-down list of available colors forthe resent packets trace.Packetsreceived traceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude received packets in the graph. Click the box at theright to select from a drop-down list of available colors forthe received packets trace.Packets totaltraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude a trace of total packets in the graph. Click the box atthe right to select from a drop-down list of available colorsfor the packet total trace.IP tab The settings on this tab apply to the IP Datagrams/secgraph.Top value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the top (highest) value, in kilobytes, of the Y-axisvalue scale. The initial setting for this value is 1000.Bottom value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the bottom (lowest) value, in kilobytes, of the Y-axisvalue scale. The initial setting for this value is 0.Grid start Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the value at which the grid begins. This settingplaces the grid above the value you select. The initial settingfor this value is 0.Grid step Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the grid line increment. The initial setting for thisvalue is 100.Packets senttraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude sent packets in the graph. Click the box at the rightto select from a drop-down list of available colors for thesent packets trace.Packetsreceived traceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude received packets in the graph. Click the box at theright to select from a drop-down list of available colors forthe received packets trace.Packets totaltraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude a trace of total packets in the graph. Click the box atthe right to select from a drop-down list of available colorsfor the packet total trace.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 69StatisticsRAS tab The settings on this tab apply to the RAS Bytes/sec graph.Top value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the top (highest) value, in bytes, of the Y-axis valuescale. The initial setting for this value is 25600.Bottom value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the bottom (lowest) value, in bytes, of the Y-axisvalue scale.Grid start Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the value at which the grid begins. This settingplaces the grid above the value you select. The initial settingfor this value is 0.Grid step Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the grid line increment. The initial setting for thisvalue is 5120.Packets senttraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude sent packets in the graph. Click the box at the rightto select from a drop-down list of available colors for thesent packets trace.Packetsreceived traceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude received packets in the graph. Click the box at theright to select from a drop-down list of available colors forthe received packets trace.Packets totaltraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude a trace of total packets in the graph. Click the box atthe right to select from a drop-down list of available colorsfor the packet total trace.Errors trace Select (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude a trace of errors in the graph. Click the box at theright to select from a drop-down list of available colors forthe error trace.Round TripTime tabThe settings on this tab apply to the Round Trip Time graph.Top value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the top (highest) value, in milliseconds, of the Y-axisvalue scale. The initial setting for this value is 250.Bottom value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the bottom (lowest) value, in milliseconds, of theY-axis value scale.Item Description
  • 70 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryGrid start Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the value at which the grid begins. This settingplaces the grid above the value you select. The initial settingfor this value is 0.Grid step Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the grid line increment. The initial setting for thisvalue is 25.RLP RTT trace Select (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude a trace of RLP round-trip time in the graph. Click thebox at the right to select from a drop-down list of availablecolors for the RLP RTT trace.Ping trace Select (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude a trace of ping result times in the graph. Click thebox at the right to select from a drop-down list of availablecolors for the ping trace.RLP tab The settings on this tab apply to the RLP Bytes/sec graph.Top value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the top (highest) value, in bytes, of the Y-axis valuescale. The initial setting for this value is 25600.Bottom value Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the bottom (lowest) value, in bytes, of the Y-axisvalue scale.Grid start Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the value at which the grid begins. This settingplaces the grid above the value you select. The initial settingfor this value is 0.Grid step Type in this box, or click the arrows in the right side of it, tochange the grid line increment. The initial setting for thisvalue is 5120.Packets senttraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude sent packets in the graph. Click the box at the rightto select from a drop-down list of available colors for thesent packets trace.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 71StatisticsMDR statusStatistical data related to Medium Data Rate calls is displayed in theMDR Status window. MDR data is shown only for phones capableof that type of call. For other phones, it shows no data.In the View menu, click Statistics, then MDR Status or press Alt+F8to open the window.This window contains a table of values with each row representinga different data channel, the Fundamental channel andSupplemental channels 1–7.Each of the table’s first six columns represents a base station pilot.The headings of these columns indicate the PN offset for each pilot.The values in each column indicate the Walsh code for the codechannel used by each of the eight data channels for that pilot. Pilotdata received from the test phone is displayed in green; data in redis filled in by CAIT.The remaining three columns, on the right of the window, showframe error data. The Erasures column shows a count of theerroneous or dropped frames for each data channel. Next is the TotalFrames column, and after that the FER column, which shows thePacketsreceived traceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude received packets in the graph. Click the box at theright to select from a drop-down list of available colors forthe received packets trace.Packets totaltraceSelect (check) the check box to the left of this option toinclude a trace of total packets in the graph. Click the box atthe right to select from a drop-down list of available colorsfor the packet total trace.Item Description
  • 72 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM Proprietaryvalues in the Erasures column as a percentage of the total frames.This value is displayed for the Fundamental channel only.The statistics shown in this window cannot be modified, but you canreset the values displayed by clicking the Clear button.This window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from the MDRStatus menu that is available when the window is active, asdescribed in “Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.RLP statisticsStatistical data related to RLP calls is displayed in the RLP Statisticswindow. RLP data is shown only for IS-2000 mobiles (or better)that support the RLP Statistics log item. For other phones, it showsno data.In the View menu, click Statistics, then RLP Statistics or pressAlt+F10 to open the window. To clear the values in this window,select Clear from the RLP Statistics menu, or press C.This window has scalable text that gets larger as the windows sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from the RLPStatistics menu that is available when the window is active, asdescribed in “Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 73StatisticsSimple TDSO statisticsTest data service option statistics are displayed in the Simple TDSOStatistics window. This window reports the transmission quality ateach frame rate for IS-2000 data calls. The window also gives variouscombinations of dim and burst rate signaling statistics for IS-2000calls in forward and supplemental traffic channels. These statisticsare used to determine the frame error rate (FER) of the system. TheFER is used to approximate the voice and data quality of calls.The Simple TDSO Statistics window has tabs to display statistics forthe fundamental channel (FCH), supplemental channel 0 (SCH0),and dedicated control channel (DCCH). Each tab consists of twosections. The upper section shows a dynamic table of transmissionstatus parameters; the lower section shows a similar view of actualreceived packet count statistics for the expected packet type shownin the left column. The data received should correlate to the expecteddata. These values are color-coded and appear at column and rowintersections.In the View menu, click Statistics, then TDSO Statistics or pressShift+Ctrl+T to open the window.To clear the values in this window, select Clear from the STDSOStatistics menu, or press C.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.
  • 74 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryItem DescriptionFCH frame counters tabTransmitted frame countsSignalling type The type of signalling assigned to each transmitted frame(except for those in the Blank and Other categories).Frames of each rate type will fall into one of threecategories: No signalling, Dim and burst, or Blank andburst.Rate The current rate of transmission, as listed for each row inthe table: Full, Half, Quarter, Eighth, Blank, or Other.Received frame countsExpected frametypeThe expected transmission rate of each frame (except forthose in the Null, Blank, and Other categories). Frames willreturn at one of four rates: Full, Half, Quarter, or Eighth.Actual typereceivedThe actual type of frame received, regardless of the typeexpected, as listed for each row in the table: Erasures,Frames w/ bit errors, D&B frames, B&B frames, Full ratew/ no D&B, Half rate w/ no D&B, Quarter rate w/ no D&B,Eighth rate w/ no D&B, Insuff. phys. layer quality, Null,Blank, and Other.SCH0 frame counters tabTransmitted frame countsActual frametypestransmittedThe type of signalling assigned to each transmitted frame,as listed for each column in the table. Frames of each ratetype will fall into one of two categories: As expected orBlank transmitted.Rate The current rate of transmission, as listed for each row inthe table: 1x, 2x, 4x, 8x, 16x, 32x, or Blank.Received frame countsActual frametypes receivedThe actual type of frame received, regardless of the typeexpected (except for those in the Blank and Othercategories), as listed for each column in the table. Framesof each rate type will fall into one of four categories: Goodframes, Blanks, Bit errors, or Erasures.Rate The rate of each frame received, as listed for each row inthe table: 1x, 2x, 4x, 8x, 16x, 32x,Blank or Other.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 75StatisticsThis window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from theSimple TDSO Statistics menu that is available when the window isactive, as described in “Changing fonts in supported windows” onpage 225.1xEV AT statusThis window displays information that represents the status of the1xEV access terminal.In the View menu, click 1xEV, then AT Status to open the window.DCCH frame counters tabTransmitted frame countsSignalling type The type of signalling assigned to each transmitted frame(except for those in the Blank and Other categories).Frames of each rate type will fall into one of threecategories: No signalling, Dim and burst, or Blank andburst.Rate The current rate of transmission, as listed for each row inthe table: Full, Half, Quarter, Eighth, Blank, or Other.Received frame countsExpected frametypeThe expected transmission rate of each frame (except forthose in the Null, Blank, and Other categories). Frames willreturn at one of four rates: Full, Half, Quarter, or Eighth.Actual typereceivedThe actual type of frame received, regardless of the typeexpected, as listed for each row in the table: Erasures,Frames w/ bit errors, D&B frames, B&B frames, Full ratew/ no D&B, Half rate w/ no D&B, Quarter rate w/ no D&B,Eighth rate w/ no D&B, Insuff. phys. layer quality, Null,Blank, and Other.Item Description
  • 76 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionHDR software version The high data rate software release versionCompile date The compile date for the HDR softwareRelease date The release date for the HDR softwareMSM version The MSM major version and minor versionESN The electronic serial number of the access terminalAT model The identifier corresponding to the make and modelof the access terminalHDR firmware version The major version and minor version of the highdata rate firmwareHDR protocol revision The version number of the high data rate airinterfaceAT state This is a summary of access terminal states. It canbe one of the following states: Inactive (AT switchedto 1x or is in deep sleep), Acquisition, Sync, Idle,Access, ConnectedSession state This is a summary of session layer states. It can beone of the following states: Closed, AMP Setup, ATInitiated Negotiation, AN Initiated Negotiation, OpenSector ID The sector address of the serving sectorUATI The 104-bit Unicast Access Terminal Identifier thatthe AT receives from the ANMAC index The medium access control index associated withthe serving pilot
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 77Statistics1xEV finger informationThis window provides real time finger information. Fingers that arenot assigned are grayed out and show PN offset value 0xffff.In the View menu, click 1xEV, then Finger Information to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Frequency The active set channel number used by the servingpilotBand class The band class used by the serving pilotSubnet mask The sector subnet identifierColor code The color code corresponding to the sectorMean served throughput The average throughput of sent packetsMean rev data rate The average reverse channel frame countServing sector PN Data request channel cover of the serving pilotActive count The number of pilots in the active setNeighbor count The number of pilots in the neighbor setReceive diversity Indicates whether diversity is enabled for the ATTotal good CRC count The sum of the Control and Traffic Channel packetcounts with good CRCTotal bad CRC count The sum of the Control and Traffic Channel packetcounts with bad CRCPN Pseudorandom number assigned to this pilotEc/Io Ec/I0 value of this pilotSet Active, candidate, or neighborItem Description
  • 78 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM Proprietary1xEV pilot setsThis window provides real time pilot set information. When a pilotis moved from one set to another its position in the previous set isgrayed out.In the View menu, click 1xEV, then Pilot Sets to open the window.Item DescriptionMSTR (x8) Mobile station time reference offset relative to theRTC timebase in units of 1/8 chipMSTR error MSTR offset relative to the earliest arriving in-lockand enabled active set pilot in units of 1/8 chipFinger The number assigned to this fingerPN PN offset relative to the zero offset PN sequence,in units of 64 PN chips. The value 0xffff appearsfor fingers that are not assigned.RTC offset Offset in the RTC buffer for this pilot, in units of 1/8chipC/I (dB) Cumulative energy of all the search resultsLocked Lock state for this finger: 1=Locked, 0=UnlockedAntenna Antenna selection: 0=Antenna0, 1=Antenna1RPC cell RPC Cell Index. Pilots that have the same RPC bitfor the AT share the same value. Valid values are1 to 6ASP index The active set Map. Valid values are 1 to 6Diversity Indicates whether the diversity is enabled for theAT: 0=Diversity Disabled, 1= Diversity Enabled
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 79StatisticsThe fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionActive SetPN The PN offset for the pilotEnergy Pilot energyChannel The channel number for the pilotWindow The search window used for the pilotFingers The number of fingers locked onto the pilotNeighbor SetPN The PN offset for the pilotEnergy Pilot energyChannel The channel number for the pilotWindow The search window used for the pilotOffset The offset within the search windowCandidate SetPN The PN offset for the pilotEnergy Pilot energyChannel The channel number for the pilotWindow The search window used for the pilotPN Increment Pilot PN increment used by the ATRemaining Set SearchWindowSearch window to be used for the remaining set.
  • 80 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM Proprietary1xEV forward link statisticsThis window provides 1xEV forward link and packet information. Itdisplays good and bad CRC counts for control and traffic channelpackets. It also shows the breakup of various traffic channel ratesreceived on the forward link.In the View menu, click 1xEV, then Forward Link Statistics to openthe window.When this window is active, pressing C resets the packet countersmaintained by the access terminal.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionForward trafficchannel statisticsFor each of the following frame types, good and badCRC counts are listed along with the total count.Frames at 38.4 kbps Counters for 38.4 kbps traffic channel packetsFrames at 76.8 kbps Counters for 76.8 kbps traffic channel packetsFrames at 153.6 kbps Counters for 153.6 kbps traffic channel packets
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 81StatisticsShort frames at 307.2kbpsCounters for 307.2 kbps (short) traffic channelpacketsLong frames at 307.2kbpsCounters for 307.2 kbps (long) traffic channelpacketsShort frames at 614.4kbpsCounters for 614.4 kbps (short) traffic channelpacketsLong frames at 614.4kbpsCounters for 614.4 kbps (long) traffic channelpacketsFrames at 921.6 kbps Counters for 921.6 kbps traffic channel packetsShort frames at 1.228mbpsCounters for 1.228 mbps (short) traffic channelpacketsLong frames at 1.228mbpsCounters for 1.228 mbps (long) traffic channelpacketsFrames at 1.843 mbps Counters for 1.843 mbps traffic channel packetsFrames at 2.457 mbps Counters for 2.457 mbps traffic channel packetsTotal frames Total traffic channel frames of all typesControl channelstatisticsFor each of the following frame types, good and badCRC counts are listed along with the total count.Frames at 38.4 kbps Counters for 38.4 kbps control channel packetsFrames at 76.8 kbps Counters for 76.8 kbps control channel packetsTotal frames Total control channel frames of all typesForward channelinformationAT state This is a summary of access terminal states. It canbe one of the following states: Inactive (AT switchedto 1x or is in deep sleep), Acquisition, Sync, Idle,Access, ConnectedReference pilot PN Pilot PN of the finger that the mobile station timereference is tracking—typically the earliest arrivingfingerBest ASP PN The PN of the strongest Active Set pilotBest ASP SINR The Ec/I0 of the strongest Active Set pilotPage count Counter for total number of page attempts thissessionDRC requested The Data Request Channel Rate requested by theATItem Description
  • 82 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM Proprietary1xEV reverse link statisticsThis window provides Reverse Rate Indicator channel informationand reverse link packet statistics. It displays good and bad CRCcounts for the reverse traffic channel packets as well as the counts forsuccessful or failed access attempts.In the View menu, click 1xEV, then Reverse Link Statistics to openthe window.When this window is active, pressing C resets the packet countersmaintained by the access terminal.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Mean served throughput The average throughput of sent packetsPacket Error Rate(PER)An error rate calculated by dividing the number ofbad traffic frames by the number of traffic framesreceivedItem DescriptionItem DescriptionReverse traffic channel statisticsFrames at 9.6 kbps Counter for the number of packets transmitted at9.6 kbps in this sessionFrames at 19.2 kbps 19.2 kbps packet counterFrames at 38.4 kbps 38.4 kbps packet counter
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 83Statistics1xEV RLP statisticsThis window displays Radio Link Protocol frame statistics in realtime.In the View menu, click 1xEV, then RLP Statistics to open thewindow.Frames at 76.8 kbps 76.8 kbps packet counterFrames at 153.6 kbps 153.6 kbps packet counterTotal frames Combined total of all packet counts in this sessionAccess channel statisticsAccess probe successes Counter for total number of successful accessprobe attempts in this sessionAccess probe failures Counter for total number of failed access probeattempts in this sessionTotal attempts Combined total of all access probe attempts in thissessionReverse rate indicatorLast RRI RRI at which the ReverseLinkPacket wastransmitted. This should be < Max RRI.Note: If RRI < Max RRI, then the Reverse Rate isdemoted, as there is not enough data to be sent.Max RRI (AN limit) Provides the reverse rate as calculated using thealgorithm specified in Section 8.5.5.6.2 of theCDMA2000 High Rate Packet Data Air InterfaceSpecification-IS-856 – 3GPP2 C.S0024.Max RRI (PA limit) Represents the Max PA headroom at which theAT is restricted to transmit. This field uses thereverse rate enum values.AT state This is a summary of access terminal states. It canbe one of the following states: Inactive (ATswitched to 1x or is in deep sleep), Acquisition,Sync, Idle, Access, ConnectedItem Description
  • 84 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionService ID Identifies the RLP ServiceLast RLP statistics resettimeTimestamp for last statistics resetNAKs requested from AN Number of Naks requested in a single messageRetransmissions notfoundNumber of retransmissions not foundBytes requested by ANNAKSNumber of bytes requested by the AN forretransmissionDuplicate bytes rx’d by AT Number of received duplicate framesRetransmitted bytes rx’dby ATNumber of retransmitted bytes receivedNew bytes rx’d by AT Number of new data frames receivedTotal bytes rx’d by AT(new+dup+retrans)Total number of bytes receivedNAK requests tx’d by AT Number of NAK messages sentBytes requested by ATNAKsNumber of NAK bytes requested by the AT forretransmissionBytes retransmitted by AT Number of retransmitted bytesNew data bytes tx’d by AT Number of new data bytes transmittedTotal bytes tx’d(new+retrans)Total number of bytes transmitted
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 85Statistics1xEV protocol summaryThis window provides current protocol status and statistics forconnection attempts, connection releases, and session attempts.In the View menu, click 1xEV, then Protocol Summary to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.NAK aborts by AT NAK timeouts or abortsTotal RLP resets by AT orANTotal resets that have occurred, initiated either bythe AN or the ATRLP resets by AT The number of resets requested by the ATReset ACKs rx’d from AN The number of ACKs received from the ANRLP resets by AN The number of times a reset was requested by theANItem Description
  • 86 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryItem DescriptionSession state Session layer state summary; valid values are: 0=Closed,1=AMP setup, 2=AT initiated negotiation, 3=AN initiatednegotiation, 4=OpenAT state Access Terminal state summary; valid values are:0=Inactive (AT switched to 1x or in Deep Sleep),1=Acquisition, 2= Sync, 3=Idle, 4=Access, 5=ConnectedALMP state ALMP state information; valid values are:0=Inactive,1=Init, 2=Idle, 3=ConnectedInitialization state Initialization protocol state information; valid values are:0=Inactive, 1=NetDet, 2=PilotAcq, 3=SyncIdle state Idle state protocol state information; valid values are:0=Inactive, 1=Monitor, 2=Sleep, 3=ConSetupConnected state Connected state information; valid values are: 0=Inactive,1=OpenRoute updatestateRoute update protocol state information; valid values are:0=Inactive, 1=Idle, 2=ConSetup, 3= ConnectedOverhead state Overhead message protocol state information; valid valuesare: 0=Inactive, 1=PAM, 2=Sleep, 3=AHIP, 4=FCIP,5=WFLConnection AttemptsConnection Attempt StatisticsAverage duration Average time (in slots) taken to complete the attempt;Average = ((AttemptCnt –1) x Average + duration) /AttemptCntAttempts Counter for total number of connection attempts sincepower upSuccesses Counter for total number of successful connectionsFailures Counter for total number of connection failuresConnection Failure StatisticsGeneral Number of connection attempts that ended with result type0: ConnectionDenyReceived with DenyReason=GeneralNetwork busy Number of connection attempts that ended with result type1: ConnectionDenyReceived with DenyReason=NetworkBusy
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 87StatisticsAuthentication orbilling failureNumber of connection attempts that ended with result type2: ConnectionDenyReceived withDenyReason=Authentication or billing failureMaximumaccessprobesNumber of connection attempts that ended with result type3: Max. access probeSystem Lost Number of connection attempts that ended with result type4: System lost (supervision failures)Not preferred Number of connection attempts that ended with result type5: Not preferred (SD told OVHD to switch systems, QCredirect, Access network ID)RedirectreceivedNumber of connection attempts that ended with result type6: Redirect (ALMP received a redirect message)Connectionsetup timeoutNumber of connection attempts that ended with result type7: Connection setup timeoutPower downreceivedNumber of connection attempts that ended with result type8: PowerDownReceivedOffline received Number of connection attempts that ended with result type9: OfflineReceivedNAM changereceivedNumber of connection attempts that ended with result typeA: NAMChangeReceivedLast AttemptResult Indicates the possible connection attempt outcomes:0: ConnectionDenyReceived with DenyReason=General.1: ConnectionDenyReceived with DenyReason=NetworkBusy.2: ConnectionDenyReceived withDenyReason=Authentication or billing failure.3: Max. access probes.4: System lost (supervision failures)5: Not preferred (SD told OVHD to switch systems -QCredirect,Access network ID).6: Redirect (ALMP received a redirect message)7: Connection setup timeout.8: PowerDownReceived9: OfflineReceived.A: NAMChangeReceivedB–E: Reserved.F: Success.Item Description
  • 88 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryTCA/RTCACK indicates the reception status of the TCA and RTCACKmessages:0: Not received either TCA or RTCACK message.1: Received TCA message but not received RTCACKmessage.2: Received both TCA and RTCACK messagesDuration Time (in slots) taken to complete the attemptActive sethandoffsNumber of times the active set pilot changed during theconnection attempt.Sector ID Interpret this field as follows:■ If Result field indicates ConnectionDeny message wasreceived, then it represents the SectorID of the sector thatsent the ConnectionDeny message.■ If Result field indicates TCA message was received, thenit represents the SectorID of the sector that sent the TCAmessage.■ For all other cases, it represents the SectorID of theactive sector at the time that the connection setup failed.Color code Interpret this field as follows:■ If Result field indicates ConnectionDeny message wasreceived then it represents the ColorCode of the sectorthat sent the ConnectionDeny message.■ If Result field indicates TCA message was received thenit represents the ColorCode of the sector that sent theTCA message.■ For all other cases, it represents the ColorCode of theactive sector at the time that the connection setup failed.PN Interpret this field as follows:■ If Result field indicates ConnectionDeny message wasreceived then it represents the PN of the sector that sentthe ConnectionDeny message.■ If Result field indicates TCA message was received thenit represents the PN of the sector that sent the TCAmessage.■ For all other cases, it represents the PN of the activesector at the time that the connection setup failed.Connection ReleasesConnection Release StatisticsAN connectionclosedNumber of connection releases that ended with result type0: AN Connection CloseAT connectionclosedNumber of connection releases that ended with result type1: AT Connection CloseItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 89StatisticsSystem lost Number of connection releases that ended with result type2: System lost (supervision failures, TCA messagerejected)Not preferred Number of connection releases that ended with result type3: Not preferred (SD told OVHD to switch systems -QCredirect, Access network ID)RedirectreceivedNumber of connection releases that ended with result type4: Redirect (ALMP received a redirect message)Power downreceivedNumber of connection releases that ended with result type5: Power Down ReceivedOffline received Number of connection releases that ended with result type6: Offline ReceivedNAM changereceivedNumber of connection releases that ended with result type7: NAM Change ReceivedPage received Number of connection releases that ended with result type8: Page Message ReceivedUnspecifiedreasonNumber of connection releases that ended with result type9: Unspecified (ALMP rude close)Last connectionrelease reasonReason for call termination, as follows:0: AN Connection Close1: AT Connection Close2: System lost (supervision failures, TCA messagerejected)3: Not preferred (SD told OVHD to switch systems -QCredirect, Access network ID)4: Redirect (ALMP received a redirect message)5: Power Down Received6: Offline Received7: NAM Change Received8: Page Message Received9: Unspecified (ALMP rude close)Other values are reserved.Session AttemptsSession Attempt StatisticsAverage duration The average time (in slots) taken to complete an attempt.Attempts Counter for total number of attempts to open a sessionsince power-upItem Description
  • 90 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA block error rateThis window reports the block error rate for each active transportchannel.In the View menu, click UMTS, then Block Error Rate to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Successes Counter for total number of successful attempts to open asessionFailures Counter for total number of failed attempts to open asessionLast AttemptResult This field is interpreted as follows:0: Received UATIAssignment message1: Did not receive UATIAssignment messageRATI Random access terminal identifier used for opening asessionDuration Time (in slots) taken to complete the attemptUATI024 The UATI024 as part of the UATIAssignment message. Ifthe result code is 1, then this field is reserved.Color code The UATI ColorCode as part of the UATIAssignmentmessage. If the result code is 1, then this field is reserved.PN PN of the sector that sent the UATIAssignment message.If the result field is 0x1, then this field is reserved.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 91StatisticsWCDMA layer 1 stateThis window displays active set parameters as defined inMultiplexing and Channel Coding (FDD) (3G TS 25.212), Spreading andModulation (FDD),(3G TS 25.213), and Physical Layer Procedures(FDD) (3G TS 25.214). It displays neighbor set parameters generatedwhen the mobile receives a neighbor set update message from theUTRAN as defined in RRC Protocol Specification (3G TS 25.331).In the View menu, click UMTS, then Layer 1 State to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionTransport channel ID Transport channel ID; integer from 1 to 32CRCs received Number of received CRCs for this transportchannelCRC errors Number of CRCs received in errorCumulative average The cumulative mean of received CRCs for thecall duration
  • 92 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryItem DescriptionActive SetReference Indicates whether this cell is a reference cell: Yesor NoPSC Primary scrambling code index, 0 to 511SSC Secondary scrambling code index, 0 to 15CRP The active cell position, or cell reference positionCell TPC Cell TPC; integer from 0 to 5Diversity CPICH diversity per cell: None, STTD, TSTD, orSSTDEnergy Sum of the energy values for all fingers locked onthis PSCNeighbor SetPSC Primary scrambling code index, 0 to 511CRP The active cell position, or cell reference positionDiversity Diversity indicator: Yes or NoDL frequency Downlink frequency, 0 to 16383Energy Sum of the energy values for all fingers locked onthis PSCActive ChannelsDownlink channel Transport channel type: PCCPCH_S, CCPCH_N,SCCPCH0, SCCPCH1, PICH, AICH, DPCH, orPDSCHChannelization code Channelization code, 0 to 255Uplink DPCHMax transmit Power The maximum transmit power, from -50 to 33 dBmUplink DPCCHPower offset The power offset, from -164 to -6 in steps of 2 dBPCP length The power control preamble length in slots, from 0to 15PCA The power control algorithm in use: PCA1 or PCA2TPC step size The TPC step size (in dB), valid only if PCA = 1:1, 2, or Not presentTFCI present TFCI present: True or False
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 93StatisticsWCDMA downlink TFCSThis window reports the available downlink transport formatcombinations that are generated upon new channel setup, whichdetermine the current received channel rate.In the View menu, click UMTS, then Downlink TFCS to open thewindow.This window shows columns for channel identification and eighttransport format combination indexes. For each channel listed,corresponding transport format combinations are reported in theformat block_count*block_size. For example, a value of 4*3200indicates that four blocks of 3200 bits each were received. Themaximum number of blocks per channel is 32; the maximumnumber of bits per block is 6400.FBI length Feedback information bits in DPCCH: 0, 1, or 2UL puncturing limit The uplink puncturing limit(0.4 to 1, in steps of 0.04) *100Initial power The initial power, in dBmSlot format The slot format for DPCCH, 0 to 5SC type The type of scrambling code in use: Short or LongSC index The scrambling code index, 0 to 777215SF minimum Lowest allowed spreading factor: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64,128, or 256Finger Ec / Io These fields (F0–F7) show the Ec/I0 of up to eightfingers, in dBItem Description
  • 94 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA physical channelsThis window reports details about the current active uplink anddownlink transport channels.In the View menu, click UMTS, then Physical Channels to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionPhysical channels(downlink)These fields report information for downlinktransport channels—PCCPCH-S, PCCPCH-N,SCCPCH 0, SCCPCH 1, PICH, AICH, DPCH,PDSCH, and up to six DPCH channels. Separatetables are provided for common and dedicatedchannels.Scrambling code The scrambling code index, a number from 0 to8192Channelization code The channelization code index, a number from 0to 255Slot format Simultaneous slot formats of the DPDCH andDPCCH; slot format 0–16Diversity mode Diversity mode: enabled or disabledTOffset The start time offset, in chips
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 95StatisticsWCDMA transport channelsThis window reports the current active transport channelparameters for both the uplink and downlink.In the View menu, click UMTS, then Transport Channels to openthe window.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Physical channels(uplink)These fields report information for uplink transportchannels—DPCCH and PRACH.Scrambling code type The scrambling code type for DPCCH: long orshortScrambling code index The scrambling code index, a number from 0 to777215Slot format The slot format type for DPCCH, a number from 0to 5Minimum spreading factor The lowest allowed spreading factor: 4, 8, 16, 32,64, 128, or 256Item DescriptionItem DescriptionDownlinkChannel ID The transport channel ID; a real ID number 0 to 32
  • 96 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA RLC uplink UM channel parametersThis window reports the contents of the RLC uplink UM record thatis generated at logical channel setup or reconfiguration, along withuplink ciphering information.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RLC Uplink UM to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Channel type Channel type: SBCH, NBCH, DCH, DSCH, PCH, or FACHCoding rate Coding rate and type: 1/2 and convolutional, 1/3 andconvolutional, 1/3 and turbo, or No codingCRC bits Number of CRC bits: 0, 8, 12, 16, or 24TTI TTI format: 10, 20, 40, or 80Rate matching Rate-matching attribute of the channel; a number from 1 to256UplinkChannel ID The channel ID; an integer 0 to 7Channel type Channel type: DCH or RACHCoding rate Coding rate and type: No coding, 1/2 and convolutional, 2 –1/3 and convolutional, or 1/3 and turboCRC bits Number of CRC bits: 0, 8, 12, 16, or 24TTI TTI format: 10, 20, 40, or 80Rate matching Rate-matching attribute of the channel; a number from 1 to256Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 97StatisticsWCDMA RLC downlink ciphering and UMThis window provides details about downlink ciphering and UM.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RLC Downlink Ciphering toopen the window.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionID The logical channel uplink RLC ID, an integer from 0 to 18Type The type of UM uplink logical channel, DCCH or DTCHTime discard The elapsed time, in msecs, before an SDU is discarded atthe transmitterLI length The size of the length indicator field in the UMD PDU; 7 bitsor 15 bitsHyperframe The hyperframe numberBearer ID The audio bearer ID, an integer from 0 to 31Cipher mode Indicates whether ciphering is enabled or disabledCipher key The ciphering key ID: 0, 1, 2 or 3Cipher HFN Reports the cipher hyperframe numberItem DescriptionChannel ID The logical channel downlink RLC ID, an integer from 0 to18Type The type of UM downlink logical channel, DCCH or DTCHLI length The size of the length indicator field in the UMD PDU; 7bits or 15 bitsRB ID Radio bearer ID; integer from 0 to 31Hyperframe The hyperframe numberCipher mode Indicates whether ciphering is enabled or disabled
  • 98 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA RLC uplink TM channel parametersThis window provides details about the uplink TM logical channel.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RLC Uplink TM to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.WCDMA RLC downlink TM channel parametersThis window provides details about the downlink TM logicalchannel.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RLC Downlink TM to openthe window.Cipher key The ciphering key ID: 0, 1, 2 or 3Cipher HFN Reports the cipher hyperframe numberItem DescriptionItem DescriptionType The type of TM uplink logical channel: CCCH, DCCH, orDTCHID The logical channel uplink RLC ID; an integer from 0 to 18Time discarded The elapsed time, in msecs, before an SDU is discarded atthe transmitter; an integer from 0 to 10Segmented Segmentation: Yes or No
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 99StatisticsThe fields in this window are defined in the following table.WCDMA RLC uplink AM channel parametersThis window provides details about the uplink AM logical channel.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RLC Uplink AM to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionType The type of TM downlink logical channel: BCCH, PCCH,DCCH, or DTCHID The logical channel downlink RLC ID; an integer from 0 to 18Segmented Segmentation: Yes or No
  • 100 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryItem DescriptionData channel The logical data channel uplink RLC ID, an integerfrom 0 to 18Control channel The logical control channel uplink RLC ID, aninteger from 0 to 18Bearer ID The radio bearer ID, an integer from 0 to 31Channel type The type of AM uplink logical channel: DCCH orDTCHLength The size of the length indicator field in the AMDPDU, 7 bits or 15 bitsTX window size The maximum number of RLC PUs permitted tosend without receiving an ACK: 1, 8, 16, 32, 64,128, 256, 512, 768, 1024, 1536, 2047, 2560,3072, 3584, or 4095Reset retrans. timer The timer for detecting loss of RESET ACK PDU:50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500,550, 600, 700, 800, 900, or 1000Hyperframe The hyperframe numberMax reset retrans. The maximum number of retransmissions ofRESET PDU: 1, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, or 32Discard mode The mode of discharge of the RLC buffer: TBE,MAXDAT, or No discardSDU discard timer Elapsed time in ms before an SDU is discarded: 0,100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750,2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, or7500MRW retrans. timer The value used to trigger the retransmission of aSTATUS PDU containing an MRW SUFI field: 50,60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 300,400, 500, 700, or 900Max PU retrans. The number of retransmissions of a PU before theSDU to which it belongs is discarded: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40Max MRW retrans. The maximum number of retransmissions of theMRW command; integer values are: 1, 4, 6, 8, 12,16, 24, or 32Min polling interval The minimum time between polls in msecs (0disabled): from 0–550 by step 10 and from600–1000 by step 50
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 101StatisticsWCDMA RLC downlink AM channel parametersThis window provides details about the downlink AM logicalchannel.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RLC Downlink AM to openthe window.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Polling retrans. timeout The poll retransmission timeout in msecs: from0–550 by step 10 and from 600–1000 by step 50Polling interval in PUs The interval between polls in units of PUs (0 =disabled); values are 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, or128Polling interval in SDUs The interval between polls in units of SDUs (0 =disabled): 0, 1, 4, 16, or 64Poll after last TX Indicates if a poll should be sent when the last PUin the transmission buffer is transmitted: Off or OnPoll after last retrans. Indicates if a poll should be sent when the last PUin the retransmission buffer is transmitted: Off orOnPolling retrans. % When this percentage of the transmission windowis reached, a poll should be transmitted: 0, 50, 60,70, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 99Periodic polling interval The interval between polls in msecs for periodicpolling: 0, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 750, 1000, or2000Item Description
  • 102 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA RLC logical channel setupThis window provides RLC information about the downlink anduplink logical channels.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RLC Logical Channel Setupto open the window.Item DescriptionData channel The logical data channel uplink RLC ID; an integerfrom 0 to 20Control channel The logical control channel uplink RLC ID; aninteger from 0 to 20Bearer ID The radio bearer ID; an integer from 0 to 31Channel type The type of AM downlink logical channel: DCCH orDTCHLength The size of the length indicator field in the AMDPDU, 7 bits or 15 bitsWindow size The maximum number of RLC PUs allowed to bereceived: 1, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 768,1024, 1536, 2047, 2560, 3072, 3584, or 4095Timer The time to wait, in msecs, before estimatedcontrol starts to decrement: 0, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90,100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 300, 400, 500, 700,or 900Hyperframe The hyperframe numberStatus timer The time between status reports, in msecs, forperiodic status reporting: 100, 200, 300, 400, 500,750, 1000, or 2000Preserve order Indicates if RLC should preserve the order ofhigher layer PDUs, True or FalseMinimum status timer The minimum time between status reports inmsecs: 10–550 by steps of 10, and 550–1000 bysteps of 50Report missing PUs Indicates whether the phone should send (True) astatus report for each missing PU that is detected:True or False
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 103StatisticsThe fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionRLC Logical Channel Setup UplinkChannel ID The logical uplink channel RLC ID, an integer 0–20Channel type The logical uplink channel type: CCCH, DCCH, DTCHBearer ID Radio bearer uplink ID; an integer 0–31RLC mode The RLC mode: TM, UM, AM, AM Data Plane, or AM ControlPlaneChannel state The state of the RLC state machine: Null State, TM DataTransfer Ready, UM Data Transfer Ready, UM Waiting toSuspend, UM Suspended, AM Data Transfer Ready, AMWaiting to Suspend, AM Suspended, AM Reset Pending, orAM Config PendingRLC Logical Channel Setup DownlinkChannel ID The logical channel downlink ID; an integer 0–18Channel type The downlink logical channel type: BCCH, PCCH, CCCH,DCCH, CTCH, or DTCHBearer ID The radio downlink bearer ID; an integer 0–31RLC mode The RLC mode: TM, UM, AM, AM Data Plane, or AM ControlPlaneChannel state The state of the RLC state machine: Null State, TM DataTransfer Ready, UM Data Transfer Ready, AM DataTransfer Ready, or AM Reset Pending
  • 104 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA RRC statusThis window displays RRC status data.In the View menu, click UMTS, then RRC Status to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionCurrent status Displays the state of the RRC: Disconnected,Connecting, CELL_FACH, CELL_DCH,CELL_PCH, or URA_PCHNetworkUplink UARFCN The UTRA uplink Absolute RF channel numberDownlink UARFCN The UTRA downlink Absolute RF channel numberCell ID The cell identityCell Restrictions These fields report True or False as to thepresence of particular cell restrictionsBarred Cell barred: True or FalseReserved Cell reserved: True or FalseSoLSA Cell reserved for SoLSA: True or FalseCamped UE camped on cell: True or FalseEmergency only Emergency calls only: True or False
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 105StatisticsSIBS in system Each system information block type encounteredis added to this list.Last procedure errorProcedure name The RRC procedure that experienced an error;one of the following:■ Cell selection/reselection procedure■ SIB processing procedure■ Paging type 2 procedure■ Measurement control/report procedure■ RRC connection establishment procedure■ RRC connection release procedure■ UE capability information■ UE capability enquiry■ Initial direct transfer■ Uplink direct transfer■ Downlink direct transfer■ Signaling connection release■ Signaling connection release request■ Counter check■ Radio bearer establishment■ Radio bearer reconfiguration■ Radio bearer release■ Transport channel reconfiguration■ Physical channel reconfiguration■ Transport format combination control■ Cell update procedure■ URA update procedure■ UTRAN mobility information■ Active set update in soft handover■ Intersystem handover from UTRAN■ Intersystem handover to UTRAN■ Intersystem cell reselection from UTRAN■ Intersystem cell reselection to UTRAN■ Paging type 1 procedure■ Security mode control procedureRRC state Displays the state of the RRC during the lastprocedure error: Disconnected, Connecting,Cell_FACH, Cell_DCH, Cell_PCH, or URA_PCHItem Description
  • 106 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA MAC channel mappingThis window displays MAC logical channel parameters for uplinkand downlink channels.In the View menu, click UMTS, then MAC Channel Mapping toopen the window.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.RRC failure The RRC failure cause; one of the following:■ Configuration unsupported■ Physical channel failure■ Incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration■ Protocol error■ Compressed mode run-time error■ Cell reselection■ Invalid configuration■ Configuration incomplete■ Unsupported measurementProtocol error The protocol error cause; one of the following:■ ASN 1 violation or encoding error■ Msg type nonexistent or not implemented■ Msg not compatible with receiver state■ IE value not comprehended■ Conditional IE error■ Msg extension not comprehendedItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 107StatisticsWCDMA MAC parametersThis window provides information about the MAC channel, MACciphering, and RACH control.In the View menu, click UMTS, then MAC Parameters to open thewindow.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionTransport ID Transport channel ID; integer from 1 to 32Note: BCH and PCH downlink channels do nothave Transport IDs, the CCTRCH ID assigned bythe RRC (integer from 0 to 5) is displayed for thesetwo channelsTransport channel Channel type; for downlink channels, values areInvalid, BCH, PCH, FACH, or DCHFor uplink channels, values are RACH, DCH, orInvalidLogical channel ID The logical channel type; for downlink channels,valid values are BCCH, PCCH, CCCH, DCCH,CTCH, or DTCHFor uplink channels, values are CCCH, DCCH, orDTCH
  • 108 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryItem DescriptionLogical Channel ParametersTransport ch. ID The transport channel ID; integer from 1 to 32RLC ch. ID The logical channel ID; for downlinks, integer from0 to 18; for uplinks, integer 0 to 20Channel type The logical channel type; for downlinks, Invalid,BCH, PCH, FACH, or DCH; for uplinks: CCCH,DCCH, or DTCHMAC ch. ID The logical channel MAC ID (uplink only); integerfrom 1 to 15Bearer ID The radio bearer ID (uplink only); integer from 0 to31MAC ch. priority The MAC logical channel priority (uplink only);integer from 1 to 8RLC mode The RLC mode for uplink or downlink: TM, UM,AM, AM Data plane, or AM Control planeMAC Ciphering ParametersCiphering enabled Indicates whether ciphering is enabled: True orFalseCiphering key ID The ciphering key ID: 0, 1, 2, or 3Hyperframe number The hyperframe numberRACH Control ParametersAccess service class ID The access service class identifier; integer from 0to 7Persistence Persistence, a real number from 0 to 1.0, where 0indicates 0.0 and 10 indicates 1.0Maximum preamblecyclesMaximum number of preamble cycles; integerfrom 1 to 32Maximum backoff time Maximum backoff time; integer from 0 to 50Minimum backoff time Minimum backoff time; integer from 0 to 50
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 109StatisticsWCDMA NAS errorsThis window reports NAS error codes and the NAS layer in whichthey occurred.In the View menu, click UMTS, then NAS Errors to open thewindow.NAS layer values are SM, MM, GMM, REG, CC, SMS, SS, RABM, orMN.WCDMA NAS mobility managementThis window displays NAS mobility management details.In the View menu, click UMTS, then NAS Mobility Managementto open the window.
  • 110 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionMobility Management StateState The mobility management state; possible valuesare:■ NULL■ LOCATION_UPDATE_INITIATED■ WAIT_FOR_OUTGOING_MM_CONNECTION■ CONNECTION_ACTIVE■ IMSI_DETACH_INITIATED■ WAIT_FOR_NETWORK_COMMAND■ LOCATION_UPDATE_REJECTED■ WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_UL■ WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_MM■ WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_IMSI_DETACH■ REESTABLISHMENT_INITIATED■ WAIT_FOR_RR_ACTIVE■ IDLE■ WAIT_FOR_ADDITIONAL_OUTGOING_MM_CONNECTION■ WAIT_FOR_RR_CONNECTION_REESTABLISH■ WAIT_FOR_REESTABLISH_DECISIONValues not corresponding to these are INVALIDSub state The mobility management substate; possiblevalues are:■ NULL_SUBSTATE■ NO_IMSI■ PLMN_SEARCH■ LIMITED_SERVICE■ ATTEMPTING_TO_UPDATE■ LOCATION_UPDATE_NEEDED■ NO_CELL_AVAILABLE■ PLMN_SEARCH_NORMAL_SERVICE■ NORMAL_SERVICEUpdate The mobility management update status; possiblevalues are:■ UPDATED■ NOT_UPDATED■ ROAMING_NOT_ALLOWED
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 111StatisticsMobility Registration StateState The mobility registration state; possible valuesare:■ NULL■ REG_UNKNOWN_MODE■ REG_IDLE_MANU■ REG_IDLE_AUTO■ REG_NO_NETS_MANU■ REG_NO_NETS_AUTO■ TRYING_NET_MANU■ TRYING_NETS_AUTO■ USER_BROWSING_NET_LIST■ REG_IDLE_MANU■ REG_IDLE_AUTO■ WAIT_LIST_AUTO■ WAIT_LIST_MANU■ DEREGISTERING_MANU■ DEREGISTERING_AUTO■ REG_BLACKLISTED_MANU■ REG_BLACKLISTED_AUTO■ RETRYING_HOME_AUTO■ TRYING_INITIAL_NET_AUTO■ TRYING_INITIAL_NET_MANUSelection mode The mobility management selection mode:Unknown, Manual, or AutomaticOperation mode The mobility management operation mode:Class A, Class B, or Class CDynamic IDTMSI type TMSI or PTMSIPacket size The packet TMSI sizeStatic IDIMSI length Length of IMSIIMSI The International Mobile Subscriber Identity sizeIMEI The International Mobile Station EquipmentIdentity; at most 15 digits from 0 to 9International MS Equipment ID / Software Version Number SizeInternational Mobile Station Equipment Identity; atmost 15 digits from 0 to 9Item Description
  • 112 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA NAS CS connection managementThis window displays NAS circuit-switched connectionmanagement details.In the View menu, click UMTS, then NAS Circuit SwitchedConnection Management to open the window.Mobility Management CharacteristicsOperation mode The network operation mode: Class 1, Class 2,Class 3Service type The service type; possible values are:■ NO_SERVICE■ LIMITED_SERVICE■ CS_ONLY■ PS_ONLY■ CS_PS_SERVICESelected PLMN Selected PLMN IDMCC MCC integer: 0 to 9MNC MNC integer: 0 to 9Location area Location area specificationRouting area Routing area identificationPLMN ID PLMN ID for each available PLMNMCC MCC integer for each available PLMN: 0 to 9MNC MNC integer for each available PLMN: 0 to 9Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 113StatisticsThe fields in this window are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionConnection ManagementCircuit call ID Circuit call ID; integer from 0–6, 8–14Stream ID The stream ID: 0 (no bearer) to 255CC State The CC state: U0, U1, U0_1, U3, U4, U6, U7, U8,U9, U10, U10_DTMF, U11, U12, U19, U26, orU27,Multiparty state State of multiparty calls:■ MPTY_IDLE■ MPTY_REQUEST■ MPTY_CALL_IN_MPTY■ MPTY_SPLIT_REQUESTHold state Hold state of the call:■ HOLD_IDLE■ HOLD_REQUEST■ HOLD_CALL_HELD■ HOLD_RETRIEVE_REQUESTCall type Call type: Mobile-terminated or Mobile-originatedCall orig Call origination: Voice call or Data callCalling BCD Calling BCD availability: Not available or AvailableCalling party Calling party BCD (nonexistent formobile-originated calls)Called BCD Called BCD availability: 0 – Not available,1 – AvailableCalled party Called party BCD, nonexistent formobile-terminatedNAS Connection Bearer CapabilityConnection ID Connection ID; integer from 0–6, 8–14
  • 114 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryRadio channel Radio channel requirements:■ 0100 – Full rate support only MS■ 0101 – Dual rate support MS/half rate preferred■ 0110 – Dual rate support MS/full rate preferred■ 0111 – Full rate support only MS/full rate speechversion 1 supported.■ 1000 – Dual rate support MS/half rate speechversion 1 preferred, full rate speech 1 alsosupported■ 1001 – MS supports at least full rate speechversion 1, but does not support half rate speechversion 1■ 1010 – MS supports at least full rate speechversion 1, and half rate speech version 1; MShas greater preference for half rate speechversion 1■ 1011 – MS supports at least full rate speechversion 1, and half rate speech version 1; MShas greater preference for full rate speechversion 1Transfer capability Information transfer capability:■ Speech■ Unrestricted digital information■ 3.1 kHz audio, ex PLMN■ Facsimile group 3■ Other ITSStructure Structure: Service data unit integrity orUnstructuredDuplex mode Duplex mode: Half or FullRate adaptation Rate adaptation:■ 00 – No rate adaptation■ 01 – V.110, 1.460/X.30■ 10 – ITU-T X.31■ 11 – OtherSign access protection Sign access protection: 1.440/450, X.21, X.28,X.32Synchronous Synchronous or AsynchronousDate bits Number of data bits: 7 or 8Stop bits Number of stop bits: 1 or 2User rate (GSM) User rate (for GSM only) in kbits/sec:0.3, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, or 12.0Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 115StatisticsParity Parity: Odd, Even, None, Forced to 0, orForced to 1Modem type Modem type: None, V.21 (GSM only), V.22 (GSMonly), V.22 bis (GSM only), V.26 ter (GSM only),V.32, Modem for undefined interface, orAutobanding type 1Connection element Connection element: Transparent;Nontransparent (RLP); Both, transparentpreferred; or Both, nontransparent preferredUser information L2protocolUser information L2 protocol:■ Recommendation X.25■ ISO 6429 codeset 0■ Videotext profile 1■ COPnoFICT■ X.75Coding standard Coding standard: GSM standardized codingTransfer mode Transfer mode: Circuit mode or Packet modeConfiguration Configuration: Point to pointNIRR (GSM) NIRR (negotiation of intermediate raterequested— applicable only in GSM): Data up toand including 4.8 kbits/sec, full rate,nontransparent, 6 kbits/s radioEstablishment Establishment: DemandUser info L1 User info L1: Default L1 protocolNegotiation In band/Out of band negotiation:■ In-band using logical link zero■ Using USER INFORMATION messagesIntermediate rate Intermediate rate: 8 bits/sec or 16 kbits/secNIC on Tx NIC on transmit:■ 0 – Does not require to send data■ 1 – Requires to send data with NICNIC on Rx Network independent clock (NIC) on receive:■ 0 – Cannot accept data with NIC■ 1 – Can accept data with NICOther modem type Other modem type:■ 00 – No other modem specified■ 10 – V.34Item Description
  • 116 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryFixed net user rate Fixed network user rate:■ 00000 – Not applicable to network■ 00001 – 9.6 kbit/s■ 00010 – 14.4 kbit/s■ 00011 – 19.2 kbit/s■ 00100 – 28.8 kbit/s■ 00101 – 38.4 kbit/s■ 00110 – 48.0 kbit/s (for GSM only)■ 00111 – 56.0 kbit/s■ 01000 – 64.0 kbit/s■ 01001 – 33.6 kbit/s (for UMTS only)■ 01010 – 32.0 kbit/s (for UMTS only)■ 01011 – 31.2 kbit/s (for UMTS only)Acceptable channelcodingAcceptable channel coding:■ TCH/F4.8 not acceptable■ TCH/F4.8 acceptable■ TCH/F9.6 not acceptable■ TCH/F9.6 acceptable■ TCH/F14.4 not acceptable■ TCH/F14.4 acceptableMax traffic channels Maximum number of traffic channels, 1–8User initiatedmodificationsUser initiated modification:■ 000 – User-initiated modification not allowed■ 001 – User-initiated modification up to 1 TCH/Fallowed/may be requested■ 010 – Modification up to 3 TCH/F allowed/maybe requested■ 100 – Modification up to 4 TCH/F allowed/maybe requestedItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 117StatisticsWCDMA NAS PS connection managementThis window displays NAS packet-switched connectionmanagement details.In the View menu, click UMTS, then NAS Packet SwitchedConnection Management to open the window.The fields in this window are defined in the following table.Wanted air interface rate Wanted air interface rate:■ 0000 – Air interface user rate not applicable■ 0001 – 9.6 kbit/s■ 0010 – 14.4 kbit/s■ 0011 – 19.2 kbit/s■ 0101 – 28.8 kbit/s■ 0110 – 38.4 kbit/s■ 0111 – 43.2 kbit/s■ 1000 – 57.6 kbit/s■ 1001 – 38.4 kbit/s in this version of the protocol■ 1010 – 38.4 kbit/s in this version of the protocol■ 1011 – 38.4 kbit/s in this version of the protocol■ 1100 – 38.4 kbit/s in this version of the protocolFullback rate Fullback rate: 0 is default; other values are TBDItem DescriptionItem DescriptionCall ID Packet switch call ID for each connection ID,integer 0–6NSAPI value NSAPI value for each connection ID, integer 8–15Connection ID Connection ID, integer 0–7
  • 118 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryDelay class Delay class:■ Subscribed delay class■ Delay class 1■ Delay class 2■ Delay class 3■ Delay class 4 (best effort)Reliability class ■ Reliability class:■ 000 – Subscribed reliability class■ 001 – Acknowledged GTP, LLC and RLC;protected data■ 010 – UnACk GTP; ACK LLC and RLC;protected data■ 011 – UnACK GTP and LLC, ACK RLC;protected data■ 100 – UnACK GTP, LLC and RLC; protecteddata■ 101 – UnACK GTP, LLC and RLC; unprotecteddataPeak throughput Peak throughput:■ 0000 – Subscribed peak throughput■ 0001 – Up to 1000 octet/s■ 0010 – Up to 2000 octet/s■ 0011 – Up to 4000 octet/s■ 0100 – Up to 8000 octet/s■ 0101 – Up to 16000 octet/s■ 0110 – Up to 32000 octet/s■ 0111 – Up to 64000 octet/s■ 1000 – Up to 128000 octet/s■ 1001 – Up to 256000 octet/sPrecedence class Precedence class:■ Subscribed precedence■ High priority■ Normal priority■ Low priorityItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 119StatisticsMean throughput Mean throughput:■ 00000 – Subscribed mean throughput■ 00001 – 100 octet/h■ 00010 – 200 octet/h■ 00011 – 500 octet/h■ 00100 – 1000 octet/h■ 00101 – 2000 octet/h■ 00110 – 5000 octet/h■ 00111 – 10000 octet/h■ 01000 – 20000 octet/h■ 01001 – 50000 octet/h■ 01010 – 100000 octet/h■ 01011 – 200000 octet/h■ 01100 – 500000 octet/h■ 01101 – 1 000 000 octet/h■ 01111 – 5 000 000 octet/h■ 10000 – 10 000 000 octet/h■ 10001 – 20 000 000 octet/h■ 10010 – 50 000 000 octet/h■ 11111 – Best effortTraffic class Traffic class:■ 000 – Subscribed traffic class■ 001 – Conversation class■ 010 – Streaming class■ 011 – Interactive class■ 100 – Background classDelivery order Delivery order:■ 00 – Subscribed delivery order■ 01 – With delivery order (yes)■ 10 – Without delivery order (no)SDU type Delivery or erroneous SDU type:■ 000 – Subscribed delivery of erroneous SDUs■ 001 – No detect■ 010 – Erroneous SDU delivered (yes)■ 011 – Erroneous SDU not delivered (no)Item Description
  • 120 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryMax SDU size Maximum SDU size:■ 00000000 – Subscribed maximum SDU size■ For values in the range 00000001 to 10010110,the MAX_SDU value is binary coded in 8 bitsusing a granularity of 10 octets, giving a range ofvalues from 10 octets to 1500 octets.■ 10010111 – 1502 octets■ 10011000 – 1510 octets■ 10011001 – 1520 octetsMax bit rate up Maximum bit rate for UL:■ 00000000 – Subscribed max. bit rate UL■ From 00000001 to 00111111, theMAX_BIT_RATE_UL is binary coded in 8 bitsusing a granularity of 1 kbps, giving a range ofvalues from 1 kbps to 63 kbps in 1 kbpsincrements.■ From 01000000 to 01111111, range of valuesfrom 64 kbps to 568 kbps in 8 kbps increments.■ From 1000000000 to 11111110, range of valuesfrom 576 kbps to 8640 kbps in 64 kbpsincrements.■ 11111111 – 0 kbpsMax bit rate down Maximum bit rate for DL:■ 00000000 – Subscribed max. bit rate DL■ From 00000001 to 00111111, theMAX_BIT_RATE_DL is binary coded in 8 bitsusing a granularity of 1 kbps, giving a range of■ values from 1 kbps to 63 kbps in 1 kbpsincrements. From 01000000 to 01111111, rangeof values from 64 kbps to 568 kbps in 8 kbpsincrements.■ From 1000000000 to 11111110, range of valuesfrom 576 kbps to 8640 kbps in 64 kbpsincrements.■ 11111111 – 0 kbpsItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 121StatisticsResidual BER Residual BER:■ 0000 – Subscribed residual Bit error rate (BER)■ 0001 – 5*10^-2■ 0010 – 1*10^-2■ 0011 – 5*10^-3■ 0100 – 4*10^-3■ 0101 – 1*10^-3■ 0110 – 1*10^-4■ 0111 – 1*10^-5■ 1000 – 1*10^-6■ 1001 – 6*10^-8SDU error SDU error ratio:■ 0000 – Subscribed SDU error ratio■ 0001 – 1*10^-2■ 0010 – 7*10^-3■ 0011 – 1*10^-3■ 0100 – 1*10^-4■ 0101 – 1*10^-5■ 0110 – 1*10^-6■ 0111 – 1*10^-1Transfer delay Transfer delay:■ 000000 – Subscribed transfer delay■ From 000001 to 001111, range of values from10 ms to 150 ms in 10ms increments■ From 010000 to 011111, range of values from200 ms to 950 ms in 50 ms incrementsTraffic priority Traffic handling priority:■ 00 – Subscribed traffic handling priority■ 01 – Priority level 1■ 10 – Priority level 2■ 11 – Priority level 3Item Description
  • 122 Chapter 3: Statistics QUALCOMM ProprietaryGran bit rate up Maximum bit rate for uplink:■ 00000000 – Subscribed max. bit rate UL■ From 00000001 to 00111111, theMAX_BIT_RATE_UL is binary coded in 8 bitsusing a granularity of 1 kbps, giving a range ofvalues from 1 kbps to 63 kbps in 1 kbpsincrements.■ From 01000000 to 01111111, range of valuesfrom 64 kbps to 568 kbps in 8 kbps increments.■ From 1000000000 to 11111110, range of valuesfrom 576 kbps to 8640 kbps in 64 kbpsincrements.■ 11111111 – 0 kbpsGran bit rate down Maximum bit rate for downlink:■ 00000000 – Subscribed max. bit rate DL■ From 00000001 to 00111111, theMAX_BIT_RATE_DL is binary coded in 8 bitsusing a granularity of 1 kbps, giving a range ofvalues from 1 kbps to 63 kbps in 1 kbpsincrements.■ From 01000000 to 01111111, range of valuesfrom 64 kbps to 568 kbps in 8 kbps increments.■ From 1000000000 to 11111110, range of valuesfrom 576 kbps to 8640 kbps in 64 kbpsincrements.■ 11111111 – 0 kbpsItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 123StatusandControl4 Status and ControlOverviewA number of features provide you with status and control functionsto test various aspects of a mobile phone. This section describes thefollowing displays and controls:■ System status■ GPS information■ Mobile version information■ Pilot set activity■ Service configuration■ DIP switch configuration■ Memory peek and poke■ gpsOne™■ Call monitor■ Mobile screenYou can access these features using the View menu in the CAIT mainwindow.System statusEssential information about the status of the test phone appears inthe Status window. A different version of this window appearswhen CAIT is connected to a WCDMA phone; this version isdescribed in “WCDMA system status” on page 126.You can remove or add status listings in this window by togglingtheir corresponding items in the Status menu, or in the pop-up menuthat appears when you right-click in the Status window.In the View menu, click Status or press F9 to open the window.
  • 124 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe following table describes the fields in the status window.Item DescriptionESN Electronic serial number (ESN) of phone under test.Digital MIN Digital phone mobile identification number (MIN).Analog MIN Analog phone mobile identification number (MIN).Phone State CDMA state of phone under test, such as CDMA Idle,CDMA Conversation, etc.RF Mode Operating mode of phone under test. Mode types:CDMA, Analog, or PCN.CDMA Channel Number of the CDMA channel, ranges from 1−1023.Code Channel Number of the CDMA code channel, range from 1−63.Active Sector PN PN offsets in use in the Active Set sector, with the signalstrength of each in parentheses.SID The currently acquired system identification number;not to be confused with the home SID programmed intothe phone.NID The currently acquired network identification number;not to be confused with the home NID programmed intothe phone.Locaid Analog location area identification number.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 125StatusandControlThe status values shown in this window cannot be edited. You can,however, change the font used in this window from the Status menuthat is available when the window is active, as described in“Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.Protocol Revision The highest protocol revision of which the base stationis capable. This value appears at the end of a call, andis one of the following:■ J_STD008■ IS-95 in Cellular Band■ IS-95A + TSB74■ IS-95B Partial■ IS-95B Full■ IS-2000 Release 0■ IS-2000 Release AMobile P_REV The highest protocol revision of which the DMSSsoftware is capable, which is one of the following:■ J_STD008■ IS-95 in Cellular Band■ IS-95A + TSB74■ IS-95B Partial■ IS-95B Full■ IS-2000 Release 0■ IS-2000 Release AP_REV In Use The protocol currently in use between the base andmobile stations, which is one of the following:■ J_STD008■ IS-95 in Cellular Band■ IS-95A + TSB74■ IS-95B Partial■ IS-95B Full■ IS-2000 Release 0■ IS-2000 Release AForward ChannelRCsForward channel radio configurations for IS-2000.Reverse ChannelRCsReverse channel radio configurations for IS-2000.SO In Use The service option currently in use between the baseand mobile stations.Item Description
  • 126 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryWCDMA system statusWhen a WCDMA phone is attached to CAIT, a WCDMA version ofthe Status window is used.The separate values displayed for the WCDMA version of the Statuswindow are described in the following table.Item DescriptionClass mark The model number of the WCDMA phoneVocoder DSP version The vocoder DSP version numberModem DSP version The DSP version number for the phone’s ROM andRAM3GPP revision The month and year of the WCDMA revisionsupported by the phone3GPP release The WCDMA release number, from 3 upClass mark 2 The last 4 bytes of Mobile Station Classmark 2Class mark 3 The last 13 bytes of Mobile Station Classmark 3DRX parameter Indicates whether the phone uses the DRX mode forcell updating, and may contain the DRX cycle lengthcoefficientIMSI International mobile subscriber identifier; up to 15digitsIMEI International mobile station equipment identifier; upto 15 digitsCall state Overall call manager state of the phone (allsessions): None, Idle, Originating call, Waiting,Incoming call, Concurrent Incoming/originating call,or Conversation
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 127StatusandControlGPS informationGPS information and geographic location appear in the GPS Infowindow. This window provides data only when CAIT is operatingwith the GPS option selected. Values that are “stale”—that are nolonger valid—appear in red. Changing the size of this windowchanges the size of its contents as well.Opening this window activates the GPS Position Server program(described in “GPS Position Server” on page 219), if it is not alreadyrunning.In the View menu, click GPS Info or press Alt+G to open thewindow.The following table describes the fields and functions of thewindow.System mode Call manager system mode: None, No Service,AMPS, CDMA, GSM, HDR, WCDMA, or GPSOperational mode Call manager operational mode: None, Power off,Factory test mode, Offline, Offline (AMPS), Offline(CDMA), Online, Low power mode, Reset, orNetwork testItem DescriptionItem DescriptionLatitude North/South geographic position derived from the GPSreceiver.Longitude East/West geographic position derived from the GPS receiver.
  • 128 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe values appearing in the window cannot be edited. To enableGPS data gathering in CAIT, use the CAIT Configuration paneldescribed in “Configuring CAIT” on page 197.When the GPS Info window is displayed, a corresponding GPS Infomenu is available. This menu lets you include only those fields in theGPS Info window that you want to see. You can change the font usedin this window from this menu as described in “Changing fonts insupported windows” on page 225.GPS Time Current time derived from the GPS receiver, UST (universalstandard time) in hours, minute, seconds.Heading Direction of travel or azimuth of a GPS receiver traveling in avehicle.Speed Rate of change in position of a GPS receiver traveling in avehicle.Altitude The current altitude above sea level, in meters.Satellites The number of satellites currently being used by the GPSreceiver.SignalQualityA textual evaluation of the current signal being received by theGPS receiver. Possible values are: Unknown (GPS receiverdoes not report quality, mostly for ETAK receiver support),Insufficient (bad reception, so no GPS position can be derived),Standard, Good (a usable signal from a standard GPS receiver,accurate within 50 meters), and DGPS (good signal from adifferential GPS receiver, so the reported position is especiallyaccurate within 5 meters).DataValidityAn indicator of the freshness of the GPS data: either Valid orStale.Source Reports the source of the GPS information according to type.Possible values are 2D GPS, 3D GPS, 2D DGPS, 3D DGPS,Dead Reckoning (DR), Degraded DR, and Unknown.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 129StatusandControlMobile version informationStatus information for the test phone appears in the Mobile Versionwindow. This window reports information describing the model,firmware, and hardware configuration of the phone or station beingtested.Changing the size of this window changes the size of the text itdisplays.You can remove or add status listings in this window by togglingtheir corresponding items in the Mobile Version menu, or in thepop-up menu that appears when you right-click in the MobileVersion window.In the View menu, click Mobile Version or press Ctrl+Alt+V toopen the window.The following table describes the information fields in this window.Item DescriptionCompile Date Date the test phone firmware was compiled, displayedin month, day, and year formatCompile Time Time of day the test phone firmware was compiled,indicated in hours, minutes, and secondsRelease Date Date the test phone firmware was approved for release,indicated in the month, day, and year formatRelease Time Time of day the test phone firmware was approved forrelease, displayed in hours, minutes, and secondsSoftware Revision Release number of the test phone software versionSCM Station class mark (SCM) specifies the test phonehardware transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) capabilities
  • 130 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe status values appearing in this window cannot be controlleddirectly from within the window. You can, however, alter the fontused in this window from the Mobile Version menu that is availablewhen the window is active, as described in “Changing fonts insupported windows” on page 225.Pilot setsThe searcher information for the test phone appears in the Pilot Setswindow. The window shows the pilots belonging to the Active,Candidate, and Neighbor sets, as well the PN offset values andpower levels for each pilot.Note This window is valid for use with CDMA targets only. For 1xEV targets, use the1xEV Pilot Sets window described in “1xEV pilot sets” on page 78. For UMTStargets, use the WCDMA Layer 1 State window described in “WCDMA layer 1state” on page 91.You can use the Pilot Sets window in concert with the TemporalAnalyzer window to quickly compare the pilot sets with any trackedsignals displayed on the screen.In the View menu, click System Information, then Pilot Sets toopen the window, or press the F10 key.Mobile Model Model number of the test phone. For example,QCP-800®, QCP-1900®, or Q-800™Slot Cycle Index Frequency that the test phone checks the pagingchannel for dataProtocol Revision Release number of CDMA air interface applicationsoftwareMSM Revision The Mobile Station Modem version numberItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 131StatusandControlThe window’s information fields are defined in the following table.You can alter the font used in this window from the Pilot Sets menuthat is available when the window is active, as described in“Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.Item DescriptionActive/Candidate/NeighborSetSymbolic name assigned to the sector in Configure Cellswindow. By default, this is a 4-character name consisting of thesector’s assigned PN offset number preceded by a questionmark (?). You can assign your own names in the CellConfiguration dialog box described in “Configuring cells” onpage 206.PN PN offset of the sector. Range: 0 to 511.Ec/Io Demodulator finger strength in decibels (dB), representing theenergy per chip over the noise (Ec/I0).1 2 3 4 5 6 Numbers, 1–6, appear in these columns to indicate the sectorwhere the corresponding finger is placed. Columns 4, 5, and 6indicate fingers only when you are using a test phone thatsupports a these additional fingers, and are logging Gen TAdata (see “Logging Mask dialog box” on page 160).
  • 132 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryDIP switch configurationYou can set up special test modes for the test phone by using the DIPSwitches dialog box. This dialog box contains two tabs that separateGeneral and 1xEV switch items. To select individual settings orgroups of settings, click the appropriate item boxes. Thecombination of checked item boxes sets up a hexadecimal mask codefor testing. The mask code corresponds to the individual DIPswitches in order from least significant bit to most significant bit. Areadout box at the top of the dialog box displays the mask codedefined using the item boxes. Once you enter the mask code, it issent to the phone for testing.The DIP switch configuration is generally used for special testingduring phone development. After setup or testing is complete, youshould reset the switch to its original configuration. When testphone power is cycled, all switches set by the mask are reset to off(zero). Leave the DIP switch settings unchanged for normaloperation.The DIP switch configuration feature is limited in its usefulness. Thesingle exception is the Sleep Mode function, which prevents a phonefrom going offline or “sleeping.” A phone that is not sleeping willhave a shorter standby time (limited by battery power).Caution Altering the DIP switch settings of the test phone without sufficient knowledge ofthe effect of each DIP switch can degrade performance of the test phone and ofother phones served by the CDMA network as well. Be sure that you understandthe effect of these DIP switches before you set them.In the View menu, click DIP Switches or press Alt+F3 to open thedialog box.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 133StatusandControlThe DIP configuration settings are defined in the following table.Item DescriptionGeneral tabDIP switch mask value Displays the hexadecimal value of the DIP switchmask codeBit 00: Force voice TX tofull rateOn: Sets voice transmit (TX) to maximum rate of9.6 or 14.4. kbps; overrides the existing rate, butdoes not affect acquisition (ACG) orsynchronization (SYNC) mode operationsOff: Sets voice transmit to variable rate, range fromfull to 1/8Bit 01: Sounder mode On: Subscriber station forced to stay in pilotacquisition stateOff: Normal operationBit 02: Force TX pwr onin ACQ and sync modeOn: Sets transmit (TX) power on to allow signalacquisition and synchronization to occur in thesemodes; overrides existing control settingsOff: Normal operation, transmit power variesBit 03: Disable reverselink power controlOn: Reverse link power control bits are ignored bytest phoneOff: Power control bits are processed by test phoneBit 04: Disable forwardlink puncturingOn: Turns off puncturing (dropping) of receivesymbol data in forward linkOff: Receive symbol data is punctured (dropped) inforward linkBit 05: Disable forwardlink scramblingOn: Turns off spread spectrum decoding of receivedata in the forward linkOff: Spread spectrum decoding of receive data inforward linkBit 06: Reload long codeon 80 ms boundariesOn: Test phone reloads the same PN long code atevery 80 ms frameOff: Normal PN long code used at 80 ms frameBit 07: IF loopback On: Turns on intermediate frequency (IF) tooperate in loopbackOff: Normal operation (IF loopback off)Bit 08: Disable sleepmodeOn: Turns off sleep mode between slots; preventsphone from sleepingOff: Normal sleep operation
  • 134 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryClick the selection box for each configuration item desired. A checkmark indicates the item is selected; no check mark indicates the itemis not selected.Active set configurationThe Active Set Configuration window provides information aboutthe configuration of the active pilot set.Bit 09: Suppress VOX On: Inhibits voice transmission and audio filteroperationOff: Normal filter operationBit 10: Searcher turbo/8xmodeOn: Activates Searcher turbo/8x mode.Off: Normal searcher operation.Bits 11 - 15: Reserved Unused mask values1xEV tabDIP switch mask value Displays the hexadecimal value of the DIP switchmask codeBit 00: Reserved Unused mask valueBit 01: 40s sleep On: Disables 40s sleepOff: 40s sleep enabledBit 02: Sleep On: Disables sleepOff: Sleep enabledBit 03: Reverse powercontrolOn: Disables reverse power controlOff: Reverse power control enabledBit 04: Throttling On: Disables throttlingOff: Throttling enabledBit 05: Early termination On: Disables early terminationOff: Early termination enabledBits 06 - 15: Reserved Unused mask valuesApply Control button that sends mask code to the testphoneOK Sends the DIP switch values to the test phone andcloses the dialog boxCancel Cancels all changes made to the DIP switchsettings and closes the dialog boxItem Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 135StatusandControlNote This window works only with early IS-2000 phones; for all newer phones, usethe Active Set Information window described in the next section.In the View menu, click Active Set Configuration or pressShift+Ctrl+A to open the window.Active set informationThe Active Set Information window provides additionalinformation about the active pilot set.In the View menu, click System Information, then Active SetInformation to open the window, or press Shift+Ctrl+B.
  • 136 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryService configurationThe Service Configuration window provides information about theconfiguration of the wireless network under test.In the View menu, click System Information, then ServiceConfiguration to open the window, or press Shift+Ctrl+E.Memory peek/pokeThe Memory Peek/Poke feature lets you read from and writedirectly to the test phone’s memory. When accessing any of thememory realms (including main RAM, Vocoder RAM, NV RAM,and I/O ports), you can choose to view and edit 16, 32, 48, or 64 bytesof data at one time, and can view that data as either ASCII text, 8-bitbytes, 16-bit words, or 32-bit double-words. You can read and writea single I/O port at a time, as an ASCII character, a byte, or a word.Displayed data must be updated periodically from the phone; youcan specify the update interval used.Based on the test phone that is attached, the Memory Peek/Pokewindow automatically sets the RAM address edit for either the20-bit segment:offset addressing used by 186-based targets or the32-bit flat linear addressing used by ARM-based targets.You can open multiple instances of this window to view and editseparate memory blocks concurrently.In the View menu, click Memory Peek/Poke or press F4 to open theMemory Peek/Poke window.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 137StatusandControlThe following table describes the fields and functions in the MemoryPeek/Poke window.Item DescriptionStop/Start Click Stop to pause the memory display rather thancontinually refreshing it at the specified Update Interval.Click Start to resume refreshing of the display.Edit This button lets you edit the displayed memorycontents.Cancel Click this button to cancel and discard any changes youhave made in the memory display.Format The format that you want the memory contentsdisplayed in: ASCII, Byte, Word, Dword.Source The realm of the memory contents to peek/poke: RAM,NVRAM, Vocoder, Port.Update Interval The frequency at which the requested memory block isread and displayed.Length The number of bytes to be read at one time based onthe update interval.
  • 138 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryQPCH informationThe QPCH Information window displays information about thequick paging channel. The Quick Paging Channel is an uncoded andOn-Off-Keying (OOK) modulated spread spectrum signal that isused by mobile stations operating within the coverage area of thebase station. The base station uses the Quick Paging Channel toinform mobile stations, operating in the slotted mode while in theidle state, whether or not they should receive the Forward CommonControl Channel or the Paging Channel starting in the next ForwardCommon Control Channel or Paging Channel slot.In the View menu, click QPCH Info or press Shift+Ctrl+Q to openthe QPCH Information window.This window has scalable text that gets larger as the window’s sizeincreases. You can alter the font used in this window from the QCPHInformation menu that is available when the window is active, asdescribed in “Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.Factory test modeFor engineers who are currently using or are planning to usecdma2000™ 1X-based MSM™ chipsets (MSM5000™, MSM5105™,MSM5100™, or MSM5500™), and the corresponding DMSSsoftware, CAIT provides a window that makes available the FactoryTest Mode (FTM) Diag command interfaces to test the basicfunctionality of the MSM chip and software.For further information on FTM and these Diag commands, seeQUALCOMM Application Note CL93-V1974-1, Factory Test Mode.In the View menu, click Factory Test Mode or press Shift+Ctrl+C toopen the Factory Test Mode window.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 139StatusandControlThe following table describes the displays, fields, and functions inthe Factory Test Mode window.Item DescriptionTotal FramesReceivedFor both the fundamental and supplemental channels,reports the count of all frames received.Frame ErrorRateFor both the fundamental and supplemental channels,reports the count of all frame errors encountered.SCH DTX Count The number of discontinuous transmission frames on thesupplemental channel.ESN Electronic serial number (ESN) of phone under test.Set Factory TestMode/Set DMSSModeClick this button to toggle the test phone between FactoryTest and standard DMSS modes.Pilot and Synch Channel tabBand Class Specifies the band class of the test phone: Cellular or PCS.CDMAFrequencySpecifies the RF channel number to be used.Acquisition Mode Specifies the acquisition mode to be used: Full, Mini, orMicro.
  • 140 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryAcquire Pilot Press this button to acquire a pilot using the band class,frequency, and acquisition mode specified.Acquire SyncChannelPress this button to acquire a sync channel using the bandclass, frequency, and acquisition mode specified.Assign Fwd FCH tabRadioConfigurationSpecifies the radio configuration of the forward fundamentalchannel. Valid values are 1-5.Walsh Code Specifies the Walsh code to be used by the forwardfundamental channel.QOF Mask ID Specifies the quasi-orthogonal function index. Possiblevalues are 0, 1, 2, and 3. If the Radio Configuration valueon this tab is set to 1 or 2, then this value should be set to 0.FCH FrameOffsetSpecifies the frame offset of the forward fundamentalchannel.SubchannelGainSpecifies the Power Control Subchannel Gain.FPC Mode Indicates the Forward Power Control mode. Not currentlyused.Bypass LongCode MaskWhen selected (checked), sets the long code mask to 0.Enable FFPC When selected (checked), the Fast Forward Power Controlis enabled.Target FER Specifies the target frame error rate for the forwardfundamental channel.Initial Setpoint Specifies the initial setpoint for the forward fundamentalchannel.Min Setpoint Specifies the minimum setpoint for the forward fundamentalchannel.Max Setpoint Specifies the maximum setpoint for the forwardfundamental channel.Assign ForwardFCHClick this button to assign the forward fundamental channelusing the parameters specified on this tab.Assign Fwd SCH tabRadioConfigurationSpecifies the radio configuration of the forwardsupplemental channel. Valid values are 3-5.Walsh Code Specifies the Walsh code to be used by the forwardsupplemental channel.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 141StatusandControlQOF Mask ID Specifies the quasi-orthogonal function index. Possiblevalues are 0, 1, 2, and 3.SCH Rate Specifies the data rate for the forward supplementalchannel. Valid values are 1x (9.6 kbps), 2x (19.2 kbps), 4x(38.4 kbps), 8x (76.8 kbps), and 16x (153.6 kbps).Coding Type Specifies the coding type for the forward supplementalchannel: Convolutional or Turbo.FPC Mode Indicates the Forward Power Control mode. Not currentlyused.Enable FFPC When selected (checked), the Fast Forward Power Controlis enabled.Target FER Specifies the target frame error rate for the forwardsupplemental channel.Initial Setpoint Specifies the initial setpoint for the forward supplementalchannel.Min Setpoint Specifies the minimum setpoint for the forwardsupplemental channel.Max Setpoint Specifies the maximum setpoint for the forwardsupplemental channel.Assign ForwardSCHClick this button to assign the forward supplementalchannel using the parameters specified on this tab.Assign Rev FCH tabRadioConfigurationSpecifies the radio configuration of the reverse fundamentalchannel. Valid values are 1-4.FCH FrameOffsetSpecifies the frame offset of the reverse fundamentalchannel.FCH Rate Specifies the data rate for the reverse fundamentalchannel. Valid values are Full, Half, Quarter, and Eighth.Number ofPreamblesSpecifies the number of preambles that will be sent on thereverse fundamental channel. One preamble = 20 ms.Tx Pattern Specifies the transmit pattern to be used on the reversefundamental channel. This pattern will be repeated every 4bytes.Enable RPC When selected (checked), the Reverse Power Control isenabled.Assign ReverseFCHClick this button to assign the reverse fundamental channelusing the parameters specified on this tab.Assign Reverse SCH tabItem Description
  • 142 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietarygpsOne informationCAIT supports testing of QUALCOMM’s gpsOne™ wirelessposition location technology, on phones that support it, with thegpsOne window.To access the gpsOne window, select gpsOne from the View menu.For information on the use of this window for testing gpsOnefunctionality, see the TIA/EIA/IS-801 specification.RadioConfigurationSpecifies the radio configuration of the reversesupplemental channel. Valid values are 1-3.SCH Rate Specifies the data rate for the reverse supplementalchannel. Valid values are 1.5 kbps, 2.7 kbps, 4.8 kbps, 9.6kbps, 19.2 kbps, 38.4 kbps, 76.8 kbps, and 153.6 kbps.Coding Type Specifies the coding type for the reverse supplementalchannel: Convolutional or Turbo.Tx Pattern Specifies the transmit pattern to be used on the reversesupplemental channel.Assign ReverseSCHClick this button to assign the reverse supplementalchannel using the parameters specified on this tab.Loopback and De-assign tabLoopback FCH Click this button to enable loopback mode, in which all datareceived on the forward link is copied to the reverse link.The forward and reverse fundamental channels mustalready be set up before loopback mode is requested. Therate of the reverse link matches the forward link. In the casewhere an erasure is received on the forward link, a full rateframe of all zeros is sent on the reverse link.A forward and reverse FCH must be assigned beforeenabling loopback mode.Loopback SCH Click this button to enable SCH loopback mode. Theforward and reverse supplemental channels should alreadybe set to the same rate.A forward and reverse SCH must be assigned beforeenabling SCH loopback mode.De-assign allTraffic ChannelsClick this button to release all traffic channels and leave thephone ready to acquire a pilot.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 143StatusandControlCall monitorThe CAIT Call Monitor window lets you set up a call by number,type, frequency, and duration as well as monitor the status andprogress of the calls it automates for you. A different version of thiswindow appears when CAIT is connected to a WCDMA phone; thisversion is described in “WCDMA call monitor” on page 147.To access the Call Monitor window, select Call Monitor from theView menu or press Ctrl+Alt+M.
  • 144 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryTo change the settings for the call, change the values for the callparameters specified in this window. To start the call, click BeginCalls. At any point during the call sequence, you can click the ClearStats button to reset the counter fields in the window.You can alter the font used in this window from the Call Monitormenu that is available when the window is active, as described in“Changing fonts in supported windows” on page 225.The following table describes the fields and functions of the CallMonitor window. For more information on using the Call Monitorwindow, see “Using call monitor timers” on page 149.Item DescriptionPhone number The number to dial. To change this value, click thearrow at the right of it and select a previously enterednumber from the list that appears. Or, click on thePhone Number field and type a new one.Service option The type of call selected: IS96A Voice, 8K Loopback,Markov, IS96 Voice, 13K Markov, 8K Markov, 13KLoopback, 13K Voice, Old 13K Voice, EVRC, IS-73313K Voice, MDR Fwd RS1 Rev RS1, MDR Fwd RS1Rev RS2, MDR Fwd RS2 Rev RS1, MDR Fwd RS2Rev RS2, MDR Data Pattern Test 1, MDR DataPattern Test 2, Full TDSO, Simple TDSO, Rate SetIndependent Markov, and Rate Set IndependentLoopback. To change this value, click the arrow atthe right of it and select a new one from the list thatappears.Require service option This check box lets you force the service optionspecified. When this box is checked, CAIT will notswitch to an alternate call type if the service optionspecification is unavailable, but instead stops the calland displays an error message.Phone state The phone’s current state of operation: CDMA Idle,CDMA Initialization, CDMA Conversation, etc. This isa read-only value; you can’t alter it from the CallMonitor.Processing state The state of the call: Waiting to start, Waiting forconversation, Waiting to terminate, etc. This is aread-only value; you can’t alter it from the CallMonitor.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 145StatusandControlRequired CDMAchannelSpecifies a CDMA channel on which the call must bemade. If the call is assigned to a different channel,the Call Monitor ends the call, displays an errormessage, and sounds an audible alarm, if alarms areenabled. 0 is not a wildcard for this setting, since 0 isa valid CDMA channel. To set the Call Monitor toallow calls on any CDMA channel, leave this fieldblank.Call setup timer Displays the number of seconds to wait for the phoneto enter a CDMA conversation. If this timer expires,CAIT will resend the Dial command to the phone. Usethe arrows to the right of this value to increase ordecrease it. If you set this value to zero, the timer isdeactivated and this value displays the time it takesto set up the call. “Using call monitor timers” on page149 provides an example of how this timer functions.Conversation timer Displays the number of seconds remaining in a timedcall, or the number of seconds elapsed during anuntimed (unlimited) call. Use the arrows to the right ofthis value to increase or decrease it. If you set thisvalue to zero, the timer is deactivated and this valuedisplays the time that passes before the call ends.“Using call monitor timers” on page 149 provides anexample of how this timer functions.Call teardown timer Displays the number of seconds to wait for the phoneto tear down the current call. When this timer expires,CAIT will resend the command to the phone telling itto hang up. Use the arrows to the right of this valueto increase or decrease it. If you set this value tozero, the timer is deactivated and this value displaysthe time that passes before the call ends. “Using callmonitor timers” on page 149 provides an example ofhow this timer functions.Pause timer Displays the number of seconds remaining until thecall is redialed. Use the arrows to the right of thisvalue to increase or decrease it. “Using call monitortimers” on page 149 provides an example of how thistimer functions.Redial on failure Select (check) this check box to redial calls whendropped.Item Description
  • 146 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryCall count Counter displaying the number of calls dialedcompared to the total number to be dialed. Use thearrows to the right of this value to increase ordecrease the number of calls to be dialed. If you setCall Count to a number greater than zero, CAIT willmake that number of calls before stopping.Otherwise, CAIT will continue to make callsindefinitely.You can change this value by clicking the up or downarrows, or by clicking in the field and typing. You canreset the number of calls dialed by clicking the ClearStats button.Dropped calls Counter displaying the number of calls dropped. Canbe reset by clicking the Clear Stats button.Call failures Counter displaying the number of calls that failed.Can be reset by clicking the Clear Stats button.Phone link failures Counter displaying the number of times theconnection to the test phone has been lost. Can bereset by clicking the Clear Stats button.Channel failures Counter displaying the number and percentage oftimes the wrong channel was assigned to the call.Can be reset by clicking the Clear Stats button.Autolog during calls This check box lets you log call data automatically.When this box is checked, CAIT will log all calls, butdoes not log during pauses and other non-call states.Use key emulation When this check box is selected, CAIT dials calls bysimulating key presses on the phone instead of byusing the DIAG command. This can be usefulbecause, when the user uses the key pad, thephone’s default service option is in use; when dialingusing the DIAG command, the service option isspecified explicitly by CAIT.Clear Stats Click to reset the counter values. Clicking this buttonalso resets values in the MUX1 and Layer 2Statistics, MUX2 Statistics, and Paging and AccessStatistics windows.Begin Calls/Stop Calls Click to start calling or end a call sequence. Clickingthis button also resets values in the MUX1 and Layer2 Statistics, MUX2 Statistics, and Paging and AccessStatistics windows.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 147StatusandControlWCDMA call monitorWhen a WCDMA phone is attached to CAIT, the WCDMA versionof the Call Monitor window is displayed.The following table describes the fields and functions of theWCDMA version the Call Monitor window. For more informationon using the Call Monitor window, see “Using call monitor timers”on page 149.Item DescriptionPhone number The number to dial. To change this value, click thearrow at the right of it and select a previously enterednumber from the list that appears. Or, click on thePhone Number field and type a new one.AMR rate Displays the rate of the vocoder.Call state The phone’s current state of operation: Unknown,Idle, Originating call, Waiting, Incoming call,Concurrent incoming/outgoing call, Conversation, Noservice , etc. This is a read-only value; you can’t alterit from the Call Monitor.Processing state The state of the call: Waiting to start, Waiting forconversation, Waiting to terminate, etc. This is aread-only value; you can’t alter it from the CallMonitor.Redial on failure Select (check) this check box to redial calls whendropped.
  • 148 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryAutolog during calls This check box lets you log call data automatically.When this box is checked, CAIT will log all calls, butdoes not log during pauses and other non-call states.Use key emulation When this check box is selected, CAIT dials calls bysimulating key presses on the phone instead of byusing the DIAG command. This can be usefulbecause, when the user uses the key pad, thephone’s default service option is in use; when dialingusing the DIAG command, the service option isspecified explicitly by CAIT.Call setup timer Displays the number of seconds to wait for the phoneto enter a CDMA conversation. If this timer expires,CAIT will resend the Dial command to the phone. Usethe arrows to the right of this value to increase ordecrease it. If you set this value to zero, the timer isdeactivated and this value displays the time it takesto set up the call. “Using call monitor timers” on page149 provides an example of how this timer functions.Conversation timer Displays the number of seconds remaining in a timedcall, or the number of seconds elapsed during anuntimed (unlimited) call. Use the arrows to the right ofthis value to increase or decrease it. If you set thisvalue to zero, the timer is deactivated and this valuedisplays the time that passes before the call ends.“Using call monitor timers” on page 149 provides anexample of how this timer functions.Call teardown timer Displays the number of seconds to wait for the phoneto tear down the current call. When this timer expires,CAIT will resend the command to the phone telling itto hang up. Use the arrows to the right of this valueto increase or decrease it. If you set this value tozero, the timer is deactivated and this value displaysthe time that passes before the call ends. “Using callmonitor timers” on page 149 provides an example ofhow this timer functions.Pause timer Displays the number of seconds remaining until thecall is redialed. Use the arrows to the right of thisvalue to increase or decrease it. “Using call monitortimers” on page 149 provides an example of how thistimer functions.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 149StatusandControlUsing call monitor timersAs an example of how the Call Monitor uses the timer values youspecify when it places calls, suppose that the timer values arespecified as follows:■ Call Setup Timer = 30 seconds■ Conversation Timer = 10 seconds■ Call Teardown Timer = 20 seconds■ Pause Timer = 15 secondsCall count Counter displaying the number of calls dialedcompared to the total number to be dialed. Use thearrows to the right of this value to increase ordecrease the number of calls to be dialed. If you setCall Count to a number greater than zero, CAIT willmake that number of calls before stopping.Otherwise, CAIT will continue to make callsindefinitely.You can change this value by clicking the up or downarrows, or by clicking in the field and typing. You canreset the number of calls dialed by clicking the ClearStats button.Dropped calls Counter displaying the number of calls dropped. Canbe reset by clicking the Clear Stats button.Call failures Counter displaying the number of calls that failed.Can be reset by clicking the Clear Stats button.Phone link failures Counter displaying the number of times theconnection to the test phone has been lost. Can bereset by clicking the Clear Stats button.Clear Stats Click to reset the counter values. Clicking this buttonalso resets values in the MUX1 and Layer 2Statistics, MUX2 Statistics, and Paging and AccessStatistics windows.Begin Calls/Stop Calls Click to start calling or end a call sequence. Clickingthis button also resets values in the MUX1 and Layer2 Statistics, MUX2 Statistics, and Paging and AccessStatistics windows.Item Description
  • 150 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM ProprietaryWhen you click the Begin Calls button, the phone will immediatelydial the number in the Phone Number field and request the serviceoption specified in the Service Option field. As it does this, the CallSetup Timer begins counting down. (As each timer in the CallMonitor becomes active, its count is displayed in bold text.) If thecall is not set up when this countdown reaches zero, the Call Failurealarm is triggered. If the call is set up and the phone state changes toConversation before the countdown reaches zero, the Call SetupTimer is reset to 30 seconds for the next call.While a call is up, the Conversation Timer begins to count down tozero. When it reaches zero, CAIT tells the phone to release theestablished call. At this point, the Call Teardown Timer beginscounting. This timer specifies the amount of time to wait for the callto be completely torn down between the phone and the base station.However, the call may not immediately release. The Call TeardownTimer allows time to be specified for the phone to properly teardown the call before CAIT again instructs the phone to release thecall. In our example, plenty of time is allowed (20 seconds) to tear thecall down. Typical teardown times last no more than 1 or 2 seconds.After the phone has properly torn down the previous call, the PauseTimer begins. This timer specifies the amount of time CAIT will waitbefore beginning the next call. In this example, after the call has beentorn down, there will be 15 seconds of inactivity before the next callis made.Mobile screen displayCAIT provides a Mobile window that displays the screen contents ofthe phone under test, and provides a keypad interface for sendingkeypresses from CAIT.To access this window, select Mobile Screen from the View menuor press Ctrl+Alt+S.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 151StatusandControlWhen this screen is active, you can also type on your computerkeyboard to send keypresses to the phone. Supported keys are 1–0(the keys above the QWERTY row only), Enter (Talk), Esc (End), andBackspace (Clear). Using these keys, you can initiate calls from thiswindow.You can toggle the presence of the keypad interface in this windowby choosing Show Keypad from the Mobile menu that is availablewhen the window is active. When the keypad is hidden, the windowbecomes resizable, and can be enlarged so as to be viewable from aconsiderable distance.The keypad interface represents those keys most often found onmobile phones, and includes three undefined keys that you candefine to meet your specific needs. All keys in this window,however, can be redefined.To change the definition for a specific key, right-click the key, andfrom the resulting pop-up menu, select Define Key. The Define Keydialog box appears.In this dialog box, you can specify new attributes for the selectedkey. Text you specify in the Name field will appear on the key (somake sure it fits there). Double-click the Color box to display a Color
  • 152 Chapter 4: Status and Control QUALCOMM Proprietarydialog box that lets you change the color of the text on the key. In theKey Code box, specify a new code value for the key, in eitherdecimal or hexadecimal format. Hexadecimal values must beginwith “0x” (as in “0x2D”). When you finish redefining the key, clickOK.To determine the function of various key code values on theattached phone, click the SP button at the lower, right corner of theMobile window. A Super Pad dialog box appears, which contains abutton for each possible key code value.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 153LoggingandMessages5 Logging and MessagesOverviewCAIT provides features that let you log various types of data andmessages. You can configure and access logging operations, dataselections, and file formats. This section covers the followingfeatures:■ CAIT logging conventions■ Logging status■ Annotating log files■ Viewing log files■ Logging mask configuration■ Effective logging mask■ Diagnostic logging packet requests■ Mobile message display and configuration■ Log message display and configuration■ Conversion utilities (separate from CAIT) for parsingdense-packet log files created by QUALCOMM’s Retriever™Pilot Scanner phone■ The Friendly Viewer™ utility provided for parsing and viewinglog files.CAIT logging conventionsLog files recorded by CAIT share the following characteristics:■ First record is status record■ Second record is version record■ Third record is the Log File Summary record, which reports thenumber of records in the log file, the number of GPS records, the
  • 154 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM Proprietaryduration of the log file, and the UTF time that logging began, asreported by the machine that did the logging.■ Fourth record reports log mask in use.■ Fifth record is license annotation record reporting the serialnumber of the CAIT dongle or ESN of the Retriever phone in usewhen the file was logged.Logging Status windowThe Logging Status window displays a summary of loggingactivities, including a summary of the current log file and those logfiles already closed. This information is useful for managing theformat and size of the file, and types of data collected.To open this dialog box press Ctrl+L, or, in the View menu, selectLogging Configuration, then Logging Status.The following table describes this window’s fields and functions.Item DescriptionCurrent Log FileFile Name Name of the log file being writtenFile Size Total number of data bytes stored in the fileDuration Total time spent logging data into the file, indicated inseconds
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 155LoggingandMessagesLog Files SummaryDirectory The directory where log files are currently being written. Tochange this directory, click the button at the right of this fieldand select a new directory from the resulting Select Directorydialog box.Log file filter This field lets you invoke one of the CAIT conversion utilitiesto be applied to each log file as it is closed. To add or changea command, click the button at the right of this field and, in theresulting Custom Trigger dialog box, type a new command, orselect a previous one from the drop down list, then click OK.A Delete button is also provided in the Custom Trigger dialogbox so you can delete commands from the list. Forinformation on conversion commands and their syntax, see“Using the CAIT conversion utilities” on page 174.To remove a command from this field, drag to select the textand press the Delete key. This way, your command will stillbe available in the drop down list on the Custom Triggerdialog box.# of Files Total number of files logged during current operating sessionOverall Size Total number of bytes for all files logged during the currentoperating session(Table Headings)File # Identification number assigned to the file by CAITFile Name Name of the log file written and closed. Right-clicking on thisfilename presents a pop-up menu with the options of openingthe file for viewing or replaying it. Selecting the filename, thenclicking it again, highlights it to indicate that you can overtypea new filename or edit the existing name.Start Time Time the file was created and data logging startedEnd Time Time data logging stopped and the file was closedDuration(sec) Total number of seconds spent logging data to the fileSize Total number of data bytes stored in the fileDescription In this column, you can type a description of any log file listedin the table. This description is stored in the header of the logfile, and can be up to 79 characters in length.Close Log Control button that closes the current log file and beginswriting a new fileItem Description
  • 156 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe status values appearing in the Logging Status window cannotbe controlled from within the window.Log file naming optionsLog files can be named using the CAIT default naming format, thatof the Mobile Diagnostic Monitor program, or the more descriptiveDiag format. You can select the type of file name format used in theCAIT Configuration dialog box as described in “Configuring CAIT”on page 197.The CAIT default filename format consists of 11 alphanumericcharacters arranged mddhhmms.sii, which signifies the following:For example, m0214212.156 is a log file created on day 2 of themonth at 2 PM, 21 minutes, 21 seconds (GMT) for a test phone witha MIN ending in 56.The MDM format is similar to the CAIT default format, except thatinstead of two seconds characters and the last two digits of the testphone’s MIN, it substitutes the last four digits of the MIN(mddhhmmi.iii instead of mddhhmms.sii).Save Report Control button that lets you save the current table of log filedata to a comma-separated text fileClear Report Click this button to clear the list of files. Doing so does notdelete the files from the logging directory.Item Descriptionm Letter ‘m’ indicates this is a log file.dd Day of the month, range 01 to 31.hh Hour of the day, range 00 to 23.mm Minutes in the hour, range 00 to 59.ss Seconds in the hour, range 00 to 59.ii Last two digits in the test phone’s mobile identificationnumber (MIN).
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 157LoggingandMessagesThe more descriptive Diag file name format ends in a file type ofDLF, and includes the current month and year and the last 4 digitsof the test phone’s MIN, in the format myyyymmdd_hhmmss_iiii.dlf.This file name breaks down as follows:Note File names are assigned using the GMT timestamp; no adjustment is made tolocal time.After a log file is created and closed, it is listed in the Logging Statuswindow. Each log file is saved in binary format, and can be viewedusing the CAIT Log File Viewer window (see “Viewing log files” onpage 159) or the Friendly Viewer program (see “Friendly Viewerparsing utility” on page 180), or can be replayed using the Log FileReplay window (see “Replaying log files” on page 44).Logging Status menuWhen the Logging Status window is displayed, the Logging Statusmenu provides you with options for handling the log files and thelog file table in the Logging Status window.In the CAIT main window, click Logging Status to open the menu.The following table describes the functions of the Logging Statusmenu.m Letter ‘m’ indicates this is a log file.yyyy 4-digit year.mm Month, range 01 to 12.dd Day of the month, range 01 to 31.hh Hour of the day, range 00 to 23.mm Minutes in the hour, range 00 to 59.ss Seconds in the hour, range 00 to 59.iiii Last four digits in the test phone’s mobile identificationnumber (MIN).
  • 158 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryAnnotating log filesCAIT provides an annotation feature that lets you insert simple textmarkers in the current log file. By selecting Annotate Log File fromthe Options menu, you can access a menu of preset annotations toinsert at the current point in the log file.Item DescriptionClose Current Log File Closes the current log file and begins logging to anew file.Save Log File Report Displays a directory dialog box that lets you savethe current table of log file data to acomma-separated text file.Clear Log File Report Empties the contents of the log file table in theLogging Status window.Clear Report After Save Toggles a feature that automatically empties thecontents of the log file table in the Logging Statuswindow after you save the data in a text file.Bring to Front WhenLoggingToggles a feature that brings the Logging Statuswindow to the front whenever CAIT begins logging.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 159LoggingandMessagesSelecting one of these annotations from the menu inserts it at thecurrent line in the log file. Or, if you want to use an annotation thatis not in the list, choose Custom Annotations. The CustomAnnotation dialog box appears, in which you can specify a newannotation.All annotations that you add in this dialog box are available in thedrop-down list that appears when you click the arrow at the right ofthe text box. Then, click OK to choose the selected annotation, orclick Delete to remove a custom annotation from the list.You can edit the designated marker annotation by choosing EditMarker Annotation from the annotations menu. A Custom Markerdialog box appears, in which you can specify a new marker. ClickOK when your changes are complete.The marker annotation you specify will be added to the log file beingrecorded whenever you press F6.Viewing log filesTo view log files you have recorded with CAIT, from the File menu,choose Open Log File. A directory dialog box appears in which youcan locate the log file to open. When you select a file and click OK, alog file viewing window appears.This window consists of two panes. The upper pane contains ascrollable list of messages that are in the log file. When you select amessage, its details appear in the lower pane. You can drag to selectthese details and copy them for pasting to another program.
  • 160 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe Log File Viewer menu, which is available when the Log FileViewer is active, provides the following options:These options are also available when you right-click a file listed inthe Log File Viewer.Logging Mask dialog boxYou can use the Logging Mask dialog box to specify which messagesfrom the test phone are to be logged. These log mask settings allowmore efficient use of the limited serial interface bandwidth used forlogging. The log mask bits specify what data will accumulate in thelogging queue of the test phone. The queued data is sent over theserial interface link to the computer, where it accumulates in a file inItem DescriptionToggle Detail Format(Hex/Text)Toggles display of record detail information,displayed in the lower pane, between text andhexadecimal.Show Raw Data When this option is enabled, the record detailsinclude the raw data values in addition to theirtranslated meanings.Save As Text Displays a Save As dialog box for saving this logfile’s contents to a text file.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 161LoggingandMessagesmemory. Logging messages are written from memory to the harddisk every five seconds.By altering the log mask, you can limit the amount of data loggedand the time required to log it. At times, high volumes of data cancause the logging queue of the test phone to overflow. This overflowcan result in lost data packets, and missing information in the logfile. The dialog box is typically used to configure the logging maskat the start of logging operations.To open this dialog box press F5, or, in the View menu, selectLogging Configuration, then Logging Mask.The dialog box presents the available settings in an expandable tree,organized into categories by their function. Clicking on a plus sign(+) next to a category displays the subcategories or settings itcontains. Logging options that are not permitted by the security keyand permission file in use will not be visible in the tree. To displaythe log codes that correspond to each setting, select (check) the ShowLog Codes check box.Click the check box for each configuration item you want to select. Acheck mark indicates the item is selected, whereas no check markindicates the item is not selected.Because this dialog box supports multiple logging masks for varioustypes of CDMA equipment, a drop-down Equipment id list at thetop lets you select a specific logging mask to be displayed in theLogging Mask box. Note that the logging option selections you
  • 162 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM Proprietarymake with the check boxes on this dialog box may not affect the logmask displayed in the Logging Mask box.For some older CDMA test phones that utilize streaminginput/output (as opposed to polling), the Logging Mask dialog boxlets you set priorities for each message to be logged. To the right ofeach message type in the list there is a symbol specifying its priority:a green arrow for high priority, a yellow tilde (~) for mediumpriority, and a red arrow for low priority. These options appear onlywhen the attached test phone supports streaming I/O.The phone software employs a complex algorithm to apply loggingpriorities. The test phone has a 2048 byte output buffer, into whichall log records are placed prior to being transmitted to the mobilestation (MS). Normally, when a task is ready to queue a log recordfor output to the MS, it issues an allocation request that reservesexactly enough space for the type of log record to be transmitted. Itthen fills in the space that has been allocated, and eventually the logrecord is transmitted. If there was not enough space in the outputbuffer to satisfy the allocation request, the log record is “dropped”and never gets transmitted to the MS.The priority mechanism modifies this process by assigning each logcode with a priority value, ranging from 0 to 2048. When a task isready to queue a log record, it issues an allocation request for thesize of the log record, plus (2048 – priority) bytes. This means that alog code with a priority of 2048 requests exactly enough bytes tohold the associated record, while an log code with a priority of 0 getsan allocation request for 2048 bytes plus the actual record size. Thelower the priority value, the more space must be free in the outputqueue in order to allocate the log record. This should squelch thelogging of records with low priority values when the output queueis fairly full.It is important to note that since the output buffer in most phones is2048 bytes, priority codes of less than the size of the log packet willalways cause the packet to be dropped.CAIT allows you to assign numeric values to represent Low,Medium, and High priorities, and then to set the priority of any logcode to one of the three symbolic values in the log mask dialog. Italso maps log priorities read from the phone to one of the threeuser-defined priorities. See “Configuring CAIT” on page 197 forinformation on setting the numeric values for each priority level.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 163LoggingandMessagesEffective Logging Mask windowThe Effective Logging Mask window allows you to view the logmasks associated with each equipment ID. When this window isactive, an Effective Logging Mask menu is available that lets youview specific log masks as identified by their 4-bit equipment ID, orview all log masks.To open this window, in the View menu, select LoggingConfiguration, then Effective Logging Mask.The effective log mask exactly reflects the set of log packets thatCAIT is requesting from the test phone, as opposed to the set of logpackets that is being written to the log file. The effective log maskcannot be controlled directly, but is indirectly affected by changes tothe Logging Mask dialog box (see “Logging Mask dialog box” onpage 160), changes to the active set of CAIT windows, the loggingstatus, and the type of test phone attached.The log masks displayed here are updated whenever you open orclose a CAIT component window, start or stop logging, change thelogging mask, or switch test phones.You can copy any of the displayed mask values for pasting into thelogging mask dialog or another file. Right-click on the mask valuethat you want to copy, and from the resulting pop-up menu, selectthe Copy option listed for that mask.Diagnostic Logging windowThe Diagnostic Logging window allows you to specify and enablespecific DIAG packets that you want CAIT to request from thephone under test.Using this window, you can direct CAIT to poll for and log specificDMSS diagnostics packets, much in the same way you would usethe Logging Mask dialog box to have CAIT request and log specificlog packets. Since diagnostic packets must be polled for, anddifferent packets require different amounts of information to beprovided in the request, the window presents a list of packet names,
  • 164 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM Proprietaryeach of which is preceded by a check box indicating whether or notCAIT should presently be polling for that packet. Each entry in thelist also specifies how frequently CAIT should ask for the packet,and may optionally provide additional data, in hex, that will be sentto the phone as part of the request.When logging is enabled and the phone responds to DMSS requestsfrom the Diagnostic Logging window, the responses are written tothe log file regardless of the setting of the CAIT-generatedDiagnostic Commands log mask item. This allows precise controlover which diagnostic packets will be written to a log file.To open this window, in the View menu, select LoggingConfiguration, then Diagnostic Logging.To add a DIAG packet to the list in this window, click the Addbutton. A DIAG Packet Request dialog box appears.In this dialog box, select a DMSS command from the list in the DIAGcommand box, then, in the Polling Interval box, type the frequency,in milliseconds, at which CAIT should poll for this packet. If theDMSS command that you select requires that additional informationbe sent to the phone, you can include it in the Additional requestdata box, as a string of hexadecimal digits. This information will betranslated to binary and packed into the DMSS request bufferdirectly following the command code field.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 165LoggingandMessagesMobile Messages windowThe Mobile Messages window displays the event status, signaling,and diagnostic messages generated during operation of the mobilephone. It also displays event log packets originated by the testphone. These messages offer a valuable source of information aboutthe performance and diagnostics of the test phone.In the View menu, click Mobile Messages or press F3 to open thewindow.The fields and functions of the message window are defined in thefollowing table.Item Description(Message Headings)Time Stamp The time that messages were generated, formatted asa 9-digit number in hours, minutes, seconds, andmilliseconds, with hours displayed in 24-hour form.File Name Name of the source code file where the message wasgenerated. For event messages, this column reads“Event.”Line # Line number in source code file where the messagewas generated. For event messages, this column liststhe event category.
  • 166 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryYou can determine what type of information appears in the windowby using the Mobile Messages Configuration dialog box described in“Mobile Messages Configuration dialog box” on page 168.The messages appearing in this window cannot be modified. Whenthe display is paused, you can select and copy messages. Whenselecting messages, holding down the Ctrl key lets you selectmultiple records; you can also hold down the Shift key to select ablock of contiguous records. More information on selecting andcopying messages is in the next section.You can also view these messages by saving a log file, thenextracting the mobile messages you want to see using the conversionutilities, which are described in “Using the CAIT conversionutilities” on page 174.Mobile Messages menuThe Mobile Messages menu allows you to select functions forcontrolling and configuring mobile message display and logging.You can use the cursor, control key, or hot key to select anycommand in the menu without actually opening the menu. ThisMsg Lvl Priority level assigned to message, which correspond tothe color assigned to the message. Priority types:Black= Low, Green=Medium, Maroon=High,Purple=Error, Red=Fatal, and Olive=Event.For event messages, this column lists the event name.Message Text Plain text description of message.(Status Bar—Window Bottom)Message Level Minimum priority assigned for display of messages. Anymessages below this priority will not be displayed.Current Message The index number of the currently selected message.Free Messages The number of free entries in a message buffer. Thisrepresents the remaining number of spaces in thecache to be filled before CAIT will begin overwriting oldmessages.Dropped Messages Number of messages dropped by the phone due tobuffer overflow.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 167LoggingandMessagesmenu is accessible only when the Mobile Messages window isactive.In the CAIT main window, click Mobile Messages to open themenu.The following table describes the items available from the MobileMessages menu.Item DescriptionHotKeyConfigure Opens the Mobile Messages Configuration dialogbox to set up message display format.CPause Toggles pausing of the display. Note that pausingonly affects the display of the messages—it doesnot affect logging of the messages in the log file.PSelect All Selects all messages currently recorded in theMobile Messages window. This option isavailable only when the display is paused.Ctrl+ACopy Copies all selected messages. This option isavailable only when the display is paused.Ctrl+CColumn Selection/View Time StampToggles the presence of the Time Stamp datacolumn in the message window, displayed inhours, minutes, seconds, and milliseconds.TColumn Selection/View File NameToggles the presence of the File Name datacolumn in the message window, eight characterformat.FColumn Selection/View Line NumberToggles the presence of the Line Number datacolumn in the message window, six-digit format.L
  • 168 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryMobile Messages Configuration dialog boxYou can control mobile message file format and logging functionswith the Mobile Messages Configuration dialog box, includingmessage logging operation, priority threshold, and data fieldsdisplayed.To open this dialog box, press C or choose Configuration from theMobile Messages menu.Column Selection/View MessageLevelToggles the presence of the current MessageLevel priority assignment column in the messagewindow. Levels are HIGH = first priority, MEDIUM= second priority, and LOW = third priority.MSnap to NewMessageToggles the behavior whereby the newestmessage is always selected and displayed.Disable this option when you want to viewmessages that have scrolled off the window.Erase AllMessagesClears all messages from the display and restartsrecording of messages.EClear DroppedMessage CounterResets current counter value to 0 (zero), thenstarts counting dropped messages again.Ctrl+EFiltering This menu displays a list of any regularexpressions that have been entered into theMobile Messages Configuration dialog box (seethe following section for more information).Expressions entered for showing or hidingmessages are available on separate Show andHide submenus.Item DescriptionHotKey
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 169LoggingandMessagesetherThe following table describes the fields and functions of theconfiguration dialog box.Item DescriptionMessage Selection If the attached test phone supports it, an option to Useextended style messages is available here. If thatoption is available, you can also choose the Forcelegacy style option, which is the default for test phonesthat do not support extended messages.The expanding list of check boxes lets you specify thedebug messages and phone-generated events to bereported in the Mobile Messages display. The optionsavailable in this list differ according to whether legacy orextended style messages are selected.Paused Select (check) this check box to temporarily suspendlogging of mobile messages.Snap to newmessageToggles the behavior whereby the newest message isalways selected and displayed. Disable (uncheck) thisoption when you want to view messages that havescrolled off the window.Message cache size The number of messages that the screen will display.Once this number is exceeded, the oldest message isremoved from the display.Select Columns to ViewTime stamp Select this check box display time stamp information formessages.
  • 170 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryNote Changes made to the extended debug message in the Mobile MessagesConfiguration dialog box are mirrored in the CAIT Configuration dialog box (see“Configuring CAIT” on page 197), and vice-versa.Log message displaysCAIT displays IS-95-A, IS-95-B, and IS-2000 Layer III messages inthree separate windows:■ Log Message Summaries■ Log Message Inspector■ Log Message MonitorFile name Select this check box display file name information formessages.Line number Select this check box display line number formessages.Enable ExpressionFilteringSelect this check box to enable expression filteringbased on the Show Messages... and HideMessages... options that this check box activates.Show messagesthat match thisexpressionChoose this option if the Enable Expression Filteringcheck box is selected and you want to show onlymessages that match a specific regular expression,which you can type in the corresponding text box. Youcan also click the arrow button on the right of the textbox to select from any regular expressions previouslyentered there.Hide messages thatmatch thisexpressionChoose this option if the Enable Expression Filteringcheck box is selected and you want to exclude allmessages that match a specific regular expression,which you can type in the corresponding text box. Youcan also click the arrow button on the right of the textbox to select from any regular expressions previouslyentered there.OK Control button that saves the mobile messageconfiguration settings and closes the configurationdialog box.Cancel Control button that closes the configuration dialog boxwithout saving any changes.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 171LoggingandMessagesAs listed here, these windows each display an increasing amount oflog message information, allowing you to monitor behavior of thetest phone at a variable level of focus—as broad or narrow as yourneeds require.The Log Message Summaries window displays a continually-refreshing view of the most recent log messages. The newestmessage is highlighted by a yellow bar to indicate the progress of themessage list’s refreshing.This window has a resizable configuration pane on the left. In thispane, you select the type of messages you want to see by selectingcheck boxes in an expandable list of messages. As CAIT receivesmessages of the types selected, it populates the panel on the right.To open the window, in the View menu, click Log MessageSummaries or press Shift+Ctrl+S.By double-clicking a message in the Log Message Summarieswindow, you can view the details of that message in the LogMessage Inspector window.This window consists of two panes. The upper pane contains ascrollable list of messages that were in the message buffer when thewindow opened. The list may no longer be current, but it allows youto view the details of each message for further information, as wellas copy message details to paste into another program. When you
  • 172 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM Proprietaryselect a message, its details appear in the lower pane. Initially, thislower pane displays the details of the message you double-clicked inthe Log Message Summaries window.This window can only be accessed by double-clicking a message inthe Log Message Summaries window or the Log Message Monitorwindow.You can save all the messages listed in this window to a log file.From the Log Message Inspector menu, select either Save as Binaryor Save as Text. A directory dialog box appears, so that you canname the file. By default, binary log files are saved with theextension “log,” while text log files are saved with the extension“txt.”Note that the Log Message Inspector window is basically the samewindow as the one used to view log files, which is described in“Viewing log files” on page 159.To view log message details in real time, use the Log MessageMonitor window. This configurable window lets you select whichlog messages you want to view in real time, and displays a single,detailed panel for each selected message type that is updated byevery occurrence of that type of message.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 173LoggingandMessagesIn the View menu, click Log Message Monitor to open the window.Like the Log Message Summaries window, this window has aresizable configuration pane on the left. In this pane, you select thetype of messages you want to monitor by selecting check boxes in anexpandable list of messages. As CAIT receives messages of the typesselected, it populates the panel on the right with individual panesthat each show the most recent message of a given type. The scrollbar in the right panel lets you view all selected messages. Also, upand down arrows in the lower right of an individual pane indicatethat there is additional message detail that you can view by clickingthe arrows to scroll within the pane or by dragging the lower borderof the pane downward. Double-clicking a message causes it to bedisplayed in the Log Message Inspector window, unless it displaysthe words “Out of cache” instead of an age value, which indicatesthat it’s no longer available to be displayed in the Log MessageInspector window.You can stop any displayed message type from being monitoredfurther by right-clicking on a message of that type, then choosingDeselect from the resulting pop-up menu.Two modes of parsing are available within the message textdisplayed in this window. The default is verbose mode, whichshows all message information. For long messages, you may choose
  • 174 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM Proprietaryto view a condensed version of the message by disabling the Parsein Verbose option on the Log Message Monitor menu.To make monitoring individual message types easier, you can openmultiple instances of the Log Message Monitor window andconfigure them to each show a unique set of messages.Logging power-up messagesCAIT’s Options menu provides an option called Log MobilePower-up Messages. Enabling this option puts CAIT into a modewhere, if it loses the connection to the attached phone (most likelydue to power-cycling of that phone), it waits for a phone to resumecommunication on that same port instead of resuming its normalphone-search routine. To do this, CAIT assumes that the phone itwill find is the same kind of phone it was most recently monitoring.When in this mode, CAIT will not attempt to switch baud rates, andwill skip over some of the initial setup actions that occur when aphone is found, so that it can log the phone’s initial registrationattempts and similar data.Using the CAIT conversion utilitiesTo handle the Dense-Pack logging format that is the default for theRetriever™ Pilot Scanner phone, a set of conversion utilities isincluded in the CAIT distribution. These utility programs all lookand function the same; their difference is in their output.When started from the Windows Start menu or by double-clickingtheir executable files, or when invoked from a command linewithout file parameters, these utilities display a window that youcan use as described in “Using the program window” on page 178.When invoked with file parameters from either a command line orthe Log File Filter field on the Logging Status window (described in“Logging Status window” on page 154), these utilities work in thebackground and do not display a program window. Both methodsfor using these utilities is described in “Converting log files” on page178.An additional utility is provided to combine log files of the sametype into a single file, which is described in “Concatenating log files”on page 179.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 175LoggingandMessagesThe conversion utility programs are named according to what theydo, as follows:Convert to Non-Dense LogUse this program, ConvertToNonDenseLog.exe, to convertDense-Pack log files into the standard DM format used byQUALCOMM’s Mobile Diagnostic Monitor and other vendors’tools. Files already in standard DM format will be unchanged.Convert to Debug TextUse this program, ConvertToDebugText.exe, to convert log files totext files containing only debugging messages and events. Thisconversion works with log files in either Dense-Pack or standardDM format.Convert to Dense and GPS TextUse this program, ConvertToDenseAndGPSText.exe, to convert thelog files to text files containing only dense and GPS packet data.Convert to PPP DumpUse this program, ConvertToPPPDump.exe, to convert log files tocontaining transmit and receive PPP records into PPP Dump format.Convert to Thinned LogUse this program, ConvertToThinnedLog.exe, to reduce the size oflog files by filtering out messages that are redundant or below yourthreshold of concern. You can filter out log records by signalstrength or by timestamp.The log records that you can filter by signal strength are■ LOG_SRCH2_C• eng[]■ LOG_GENRL_TA_C• path_eng[]■ LOG_GENRL_TA_SUP_CH_C• path_eng[]■ LOG_SRCH_FING_INFO_C• peaks[]Threshold values are specified in dB, and the energy records in eachlog record are converted to dB before filtering takes place.
  • 176 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryIn the case of the first three log codes, the associated log record isfixed in size, and can only be dropped if all search paths containedwithin it fail their comparison to the thresholds you specify. Iftime-based filtering is in effect, all fingers must also fail to meet theirfilter criteria for the record to be dropped.In the case of the last record, LOG_SRCH_FING_INFO_C, therecord is variable in size, and the filter will drop any search path thatfails its comparison to the specified threshold. This will reduce thesize of the record by the number of search paths dropped, and if nosearch paths or fingers remain in the record after applying the filtercriteria, the record itself will be dropped.The log records you can filter by timestamp are■ LOG_FING_C■ LOG_GENRL_TA_C■ LOG_GENRL_TA_SUP_CH_C■ LOG_SRCH_FING_INFO_CTo filter these records so that they are only reported at a specifiedinterval, the conversion utility builds a table of these recordscorresponding to each PN offset encountered. When such a record isencountered, the utility checks to see whether a similar recordcorresponding to this PN offset has been encountered before in thelog file, and if so, whether the specified interval has passed since itwas encountered previously. This way, the utility can limitoccurrences of these records, for each PN offset encountered, to thetime interval you specify.To set or change your filtering options, click the Configurationbutton in the program window; the Filter Options dialog boxappears.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 177LoggingandMessagesThis dialog box provides options as listed in the following table.Item DescriptionFilter on signal strength Select (check) this option to use the four filtersbelow it, which let you set a minimum or maximumthreshold for inclusion of Active Set PNs,Candidate Set PNs, Neighbor Set PNs, andRemaining Set PNs reported in the log file. Foreach type of PN, you can set a threshold of 0 to–40, inclusive, and, by clicking the greater/lessthan button at the left of each threshold setting,indicate whether you want to exclude logmessages for PNs above or below the specifiedthreshold.Compact Searcher andFinger Info recordsSelect (check) this option to reduce the size ofrecords containing both Searcher and Finger Infoby■ eliminating those search path entries that areexcluded by the filter in variable length records■ totally dropping records where all search pathentries are excluded
  • 178 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM ProprietaryConverting log filesTo convert files using these utilities, you can use either the programwindow or a command line.Using the program windowUsing the program window, you can convert files by dragging theminto the program window or by clicking the File Convert button andselecting them from the resulting directory dialog box. The files youconvert appear in the window.Dragging files onto the program icon or a shortcut gives the sameresult.Filter on time since lastappearanceSelect (check) this option to exclude frequentlyrepeated log records based on finger PN offsets. APeriod in milliseconds box lets you specify theinterval to which these reports will be limited. Youcan specify certain PN offsets to which this filtershould apply in the Specified PN offsets box, orhave it apply to All PN offsets.Fix invalid time stamps Select (check) this option to change thetimestamps that do not advance consistently withother records. Timestamps that report a timeprevious to that of the preceding record arechanged to the same timestamp as the precedingrecord.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 179LoggingandMessagesUsing a command lineWhenever you invoke these conversion utilities with the addition offile parameters, instead of displaying the program window, theutility performs the conversion in the background. The syntax canbe any of the following:utility_name log_file_nameutility_name [/outfile: output_file_name] log_file_nameutility_name /infile: log_file_name [/outfile: output_file_name]For example, you can use the following command to convert a logfile to a text file containing only debugging messages:converttodebugtext m0902094.900If you don’t supply a name for the output file, the utility will createone that contains the type of output created, the original filename,and an appropriate extension. In the above case, the output file willbe named “Debug m0902094900.txt.”Similarly, the commandconverttodenseandgpstext t0902094.300creates an output file named “Dense and GPS t0902094300.txt”andconverttonondenselog t0902094.300creates an output file named “Non-Dense t0902094300.clg.”Invoking utility_name with no parameters invokes the programwindow for the utility.Concatenating log filesThe ConcatLog utility lets you combine log files of the same typeinto a single file. This program has no Windows interface of its own;you can either drop a set of files to be concatenated onto theConcatLog.exe program (or a shortcut to it), or call it from acommand line followed by the list of files to be concatenated. Theresulting file is named after the input file with the earliesttimestamp, as in “Concatenated input_file.clg”The ConcatLog utility rejects concatenating log files created withphones that have different ESNs or model numbers, or that haveoverlapping timestamps. However, the utility supports the use of a/FORCE switch, which lets you override the rejection of log files
  • 180 Chapter 5: Logging and Messages QUALCOMM Proprietarywith overlapping timestamps. For example, the following commandwill concatenate two log files with overlapping timestamps:concatlog /force type1.file type2.fileFriendly Viewer parsing utilityA program called Friendly Viewer is included with CAIT for parsingand viewing the contents of CAIT log files. To run it from the Startmenu, select Programs : QCTest QCTest Friendly Viewer :Friendly Viewer. You can also access it by running Viewer.exe fromthe directory where Friendly Viewer is installed.The Friendly Viewer User’s Guide, 80-B1207-x, is included with theCAIT distribution in Adobe®Acrobat®(PDF) format. To access itfrom the Start menu, select Programs : QCTest Friendly Viewer :Friendly Viewer User’s Guide.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 181Mapping6 MappingThe MapManager program lets you view a real-time map display oflogging data that contains GPS coordinates. To access this programfrom CAIT, select Toggle Real-time Mapping from the Optionsmenu, or press Ctrl+M.In the view provided by the MapManager, you can view themovements of the test phone, represented by a blue X ( ), as ittravels through various sectors and communicates with nearbytowers. Colored “spider lines” symbolize communication withspecific cell sites, which are represented by colored triangles ( )that are most often clustered in groups of three.The following section describes how to locate a set of map data filesfor your testing area to use with MapManager. Information on usingthe MapManager program is in “Loading map files” on page 184and in “Viewing map data” on page 188.
  • 182 Chapter 6: Mapping QUALCOMM ProprietaryLocating map filesFor CAIT users in the US, a set of map data is available fromQUALCOMM that covers all 50 states, plus U.S. protectorates, on aset of six CD-ROM’s.CAIT users in other locations can contact QCTest Technical Supportfor information on what map files may be available for theirlocations. For information on contacting QCTest Technical Support,see “Technical support” on page xiv.Copying map data to your hard driveBefore using the MapManager program, it is recommended that youcopy the appropriate map data to your hard drive. If map data isstored on a network drive or CD-ROM, instead of on a local harddrive, drawing of the background map layers slows downnoticeably.If you are copying map layer data from the CD-ROM set providedby QUALCOMM, you need to copy only those files for the areascovered by your log file data. To find out which CD contains data fora particular state, see “Locating files on the map CDs” below.You can store these map data files in any location on your harddrive, but it is advisable to create a directory that is dedicated to thestorage of only these files.Locating files on the map CDsThe following table lists the states and protectorates available on the6-CD set available from QUALCOMM:State Name Disk NumberALABAMA 2ALASKA 6AMERICAN SAMOA 6ARIZONA 5ARKANSAS 4CALIFORNIA 6COLORADO 5
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 183MappingCONNECTICUT 1DELAWARE 1DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA 1FLORIDA 2GEORGIA 2GUAM 6HAWAII 6IDAHO 6ILLINOIS 3INDIANA 3IOWA 4KANSAS 4KENTUCKY 1LOUISIANA 2MAINE 1MARYLAND 1MASSACHUSETTS 1MICHIGAN 3MINNESOTA 3MISSISSIPPI 2MISSOURI 4MONTANA 6NEBRASKA 4NEVADA 6NEW HAMPSHIRE 1NEW JERSEY 1NEW MEXICO 5NEW YORK 1NORTH CAROLINA 2NORTH DAKOTA 4NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS 6OHIO 3State Name Disk Number
  • 184 Chapter 6: Mapping QUALCOMM ProprietaryLoading map filesOnce you have obtained a set of map files and copied them to yourlocal hard drive, you must load the appropriate files—thosecorresponding to the area under test—into the MapManagerprogram. To load a set of files into MapManager, do the following:1. In the MapManager window, select Open Map from the Filemenu. The Open Map File dialog box appears.2. Using the Open Map File dialog box, navigate to the directorywhere you have copied the map files you want to load. If you areloading map files from multiple directories, open one of these,then select the files you want to open. You can select multiplefiles in this dialog box, but not multiple folders.3. Click the Open button to open the selected files and close theOpen Map File dialog box.OKLAHOMA 4OREGON 6PENNSYLVANIA 1PUERTO RICO 1RHODE ISLAND 1SOUTH CAROLINA 2SOUTH DAKOTA 4TENNESSEE 3TEXAS 5UTAH 5VERMONT 1VIRGIN ISLANDS 1VIRGINIA 1WASHINGTON 6WEST VIRGINIA 1WISCONSIN 3WYOMING 5State Name Disk Number
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 185Mapping4. Repeat steps 1–3 to open files from additional directories, asneeded. When you have loaded all necessary files, the entirearea represented by the files you have loaded should bedisplayed in the map area of the MapManager window.You can now set up the layers and labels for these maps as describedin the next section.Setting up layers and labelsWhen you have opened all the map files required to map the testingarea, you can modify the colors and labels used in the map to suityour needs. To do this, open the MapManager Options dialog boxby selecting MapManager Options from the Edit menu or bypressing the O key.The MapManager Options dialog box contains three tabs, MapLayers, Layer Styles, and Labels.The Map Layers tab consists of a scrollable list of map files on theleft, and a set of options and attributes on the right. Next to each fileis a check box that allows you to enable or disable each file in the list;disabled files are removed from the map display. You can changethe relative position of a layer in the list by selecting it, then clickingthe Move Up or Move Down button.Because most sets of map files you are likely to encounter use severalfiles to define different layers of the same area, you should see apattern in the names of the files that denote the area and layer that
  • 186 Chapter 6: Mapping QUALCOMM Proprietaryeach represents. By experimenting, you can discover which filesdefine specific layers, and similarly configure those files thatrepresent the same layer.The Layer Styles tab contains many of the same attribute options asthe Map Layers tab, which you can use to create named styles thatcan be applied to similar map layers.The Labels tab contains options that determine what label isdisplayed for cell sites, spider lines, and position labels.All layer attributes that you specify on the Map Layers and Labelstabs are applied to the map immediately. Changes made to styledefinitions on the Layer Styles tab do not appear on the map untilyou reapply those styles to the layers that use them.The following table describes the features of the MapManagerOptions dialog box.Item DescriptionMap LayersMap layer list The list on the left of this tab represents all layerscurrently represented by the set of map files that havebeen opened. Check boxes corresponding to eachlayer let you disable the display of specific layers. To setthe attributes for a layer, select it by clicking its entry inthe list, then change its option settings as desired.Layer name In this box, you can overtype the default layer namewith one that is more descriptive.File name This box lists the fully qualified path and filename of theselected layer. You can copy this value for pasting intoother applications, if needed.Embedded layers In this box are listed any embedded layers within theselected layer. Check boxes next to each embeddedlayer allow you to select one for display. Most often,these embedded layers contain label information.Layer style From this drop-down list, you can choose a namedstyle, as defined on the Layer Styles tab, for theselected layer.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 187MappingTransparency This box lets you type in a integer from 0–100 as atransparency level for the layer. The number youspecify denotes a percentage of the layer’sopaqueness, so 50 is halfway transparent, 75 isone-quarter transparent (or three-quarters opaque),and 100 is not transparent at all (fully opaque).Label font From this drop-down list, select a font for labels on theselected layer.Font color From this drop-down list, select a color for label text onthe selected layer.Outline color From this drop-down list, select an outline color for labeltext on the selected layer.Area color From this drop-down list, select a color for areas on theselected layer.Area outline From this drop-down list, select a color to outline areason the selected layer.Line color From this drop-down list, select a color for lines on theselected layer.Move Up Click this button to move the selected layer up in the list.Move Down Click this button to move the selected layer down in thelist.Layer StylesStyle name Type a name for the style in this box, or use the defaultLabel font From this drop-down list, select a font for labels in thisstyle.Font color From this drop-down list, select a color for label text inthis style.Outline color From this drop-down list, select an outline color for labeltext in this style.Area color From this drop-down list, select a color for areas in thisstyle.Area outline From this drop-down list, select a color to outline areasin this style.Line Color From this drop-down list, select a color for lines in thisstyle.Item Description
  • 188 Chapter 6: Mapping QUALCOMM ProprietaryViewing map dataThe following sections describe how to set up the real-time map toview log file data.Selecting data sourcesIf you are running multiple instances of CAIT (separateconfiguration profiles for multiple phone/COM port setups), youcan specify which one to map by selecting it from the Data Sourcesmenu in the MapManager window.Transparency This box lets you type in a integer from 0–100 as atransparency level for this style. The number youspecify denotes a percentage of the layer’sopaqueness, so 50 is halfway transparent, 75 isone-quarter transparent (or three-quarters opaque),and 100 is not transparent at all (fully opaque).New style Click this button to start defining a new style. Options onthis tab will be reset to their default values.Delete style Click this button to delete the selected style. Layers thatuse a style you have deleted will remain unchangeduntil you assign a new style or change specific optionsettings for them.Save style Click this button to save changes to a layer style. Toapply your changes to map layers, you must reapply thestyle to each layer that uses it.LabelsCell Site Labels These options specify what sectors on the map will belabeled; options include None, All sectors, or Activesectors only.Spider Labels These options specify how spider lines on the map willbe labeled; options include None, PN, Sector name,Base station ID, and Signal strength (dB).Position Labels These options specify how the mobile station’s positionon the map will be labeled; options include None,Speed, Heading, Phone ID, and Phone state.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 189MappingSelecting map featuresThe MapManager program’s View menu and icon bar let you selectwhich map features are displayed and how the map view behaves.To toggle the presence of spider lines on the map, select SpiderLines from the View menu, or click the corresponding icon.To toggle the presence of cell sites on the map, select Cell Sites fromthe View menu, or click the corresponding icon.To toggle recentering—keeping the test phone displayed in thecenter of the map as it moves—select Auto-Recenter from the Viewmenu, or click the corresponding icon.To toggle the display of data updates on the map, select Live Datafrom the View menu, or click the corresponding icon. This featureallows you to stop live updates to the map temporarily, so that youcan scroll off of the area currently displayed without havingMapManager recenter the map.Zooming and panningMapManager provides controls for zooming and panning within themap view.Two buttons on the MapManager icon bar let you zoom in (+) andout (–) from the current center of the map display. The buttonscorrespond to similar options on the View menu.Zoom Mode and Pan Mode options on the icon bar and View menucontrol the function of the mouse pointer within the map view.When the zoom mode is selected, the pointer is represented by amagnifying glass which, when dragged, selects a specific area to bezoomed in on. When the pan mode is selected, the pointer isrepresented by a hand, which you can drag to navigate on the map.You can also pan in the map by clicking or holding down the redarrows at the top right of the MapManager window.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 191Scripting7 ScriptingOverviewCAIT contains a scripting language that allows you to extend itsfunctions for special-purpose testing. Script commands allow you tosend single or multiple commands to a test phone from CAIT. Youcan either enter and send commands manually or have them sentfrom a prepared script file.Some script commands direct packets to the test phone, while othersaffect only CAIT operations. When data packets are sent to the testphone, response packets are returned to CAIT containing data oracknowledgment (ACK) messages. These responses are displayedon the Scripting window and can be logged to a file.Scripting windowYou can view or run scripts displayed on the Scripting window. Thiswindow contains four areas where you can enter commands, viewscript files, control script execution, and view output after running ascript.
  • 192 Chapter 7: Scripting QUALCOMM ProprietaryIn the View menu, click Scripting or press F8 to open the window.The fields and functions available in the Scripting window aredefined in the following table.Item DescriptionScript Command Text box for typing in commands for interactiveexecutionScript File InfoScript File Name and location of script file for viewing informationin the edit areaLine # Number of the line in a file that is pointed to orhighlighted by the cursorNesting Level The number of times the Run command has been calledrecursively. Limit is five levels of nestingRun ModeFree Run On: Selects automatic execution of the entire scriptwithout stopping (no user control)Off: Defaults to single step execution modeSingle Step On: Allows you to execute a script line by line, orexecute each command individuallyOff: Defaults to free-run execution mode
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 193ScriptingThe Script Command line can execute or run a single command, agroup of commands, or an entire script file. Commands from a scriptfile appear in the edit section of the window under Script File Info.The output of an executed script command or file appears in theCommand Results section.Color codes help you distinguish between different types of output.Green represents executed commands typed in the Script Commandline. Blue represents variables and messages produced by the script.Red indicates an error condition or warning. To resize the edit andoutput sections of the window, grab and pull on the frame edgeswith the cursor.You can specify different fonts to be used in each of the two panesby use of a right-click menu.Scripting directoryCAIT searches several directories for script files. The search starts inthe script files directory, which, by default, is the directory whereCAIT was installed. Then, CAIT looks in the working directory,followed by the logging directory. CAIT can locate script filesregardless of whether they are named with the .SCR extension.Using scriptsScript commands and files are processed and executed by a built-ininterpreter. This utility does not support basic features such aslooping, decision-making, or array processes or functions. Scriptsare executed line-by-line, in strict sequence without any pointers,jumps, or branches.All script commands must be in the standard format described in“Script command conventions” on page 195. You should be familiar(Controls)Single Step Selects automatic execution of entire script withoutstopping (no direct user control)Cancel ScriptExecutionControl button that stops a script that is currentlyexecuting in either signal step or free-run modeItem Description
  • 194 Chapter 7: Scripting QUALCOMM Proprietarywith the script commands in Appendix A, “Script Command List,”on page 247.The following sections describe various ways of running script filesor commands.Running a single script command1. In the Script Command line, type the script command.2. Press Enter to run the command.3. Check the Command Results section to view any output.Running a test script file1. In the Run Mode box, select Free Run.2. On the Script Command line, type run and the script file name.3. Press Enter and wait until the script finishes running.4. Check the Command Results section to view any output.Single-stepping through a script file or series of commands1. In the Run Mode box, select Single Step.2. In the Script Command line, type the run command and scriptfile name.3. Click Single Step as many times as needed to execute everycommand in the script file.4. Check the Command Results section to view any output.Running scripts from a command lineTo run a script from a command line, you can specify a script to runas follows:cait -script script_nameSaving and running your own script file1. In an ASCII text editor (such as NOTEPAD.EXE, orWORDPAD.EXE) type the script commands you want to run.See “Script command conventions” on page 195 for some usagerules and Appendix A, “Script Command List,” on page 247 fora complete list of the script commands.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 195Scripting2. Save the completed list of script commands in a file. The nameand extension of the file can be anything you want, as long asyou remember to specify the entire file name, plus extension,when you run it.3. Open the Scripting (F8) window, and in the Run Mode box,select Free Run.4. On the Script Command line, type run and the name of thescript file you saved (including the directory path information,if it’s not in the same folder as CAIT.EXE).For example, run c:myscriptsnewfile.scr5. Press Enter and wait until the script finishes running.6. Check the Command Results section to view any output.Script command conventionsTo run properly, every script command described in Appendix Amust be typed in the exact format described there. Where commandsappear in upper case, they are keywords and must be typed asshown (although lowercase is allowed).Numeric values used in scripting are always integers, never floattypes. Hexadecimal representation of integers is allowed, andnormally indicated by the 0x prefix. There is one exception to therule regarding hexadecimal integers requiring the 0x prefix: whenan address is specified in seg:off format. The segment (seg) and offset(off) values are in hexadecimal form, for example, 1234:ABCD.Strings are enclosed in double quotes, for example, “string”.There is no way to include a double-quote character inside of astring, for example, “string “another” string”.Where a command allows a variable number of arguments, such asthe nv_write command, the variable part is enclosed in {var} braces.In script files, the semicolon ( ; ) introduces a comment line. All texton a line after the semicolon is ignored. A line that starts with asemicolon is ignored completely.Lines in script files can be up to 512 characters long, but lines entereddirectly on the Script Command line may be only 71 characters long.There are no looping commands in the CAIT script language. Toexecute a command repeatedly, you must insert the command intothe script the desired number of times.
  • 196 Chapter 7: Scripting QUALCOMM ProprietaryA script file cannot run (execute) itself, and run commands are onlyallowed to be nested 5 deep.Script commands listAppendix A, “Script Command List,” on page 247 provides acomplete list of the script commands for scripting read or writeoperations. For each command, there is a definition of its function,syntax form, and, in many cases, an example of its usage in a script.You can access a similar list from the online Help when you typehelp in the Script Command line.Non-volatile itemsThe online Help available for the NV_READ, NV_WRITE, andNV_WRITE_ONLINE commands provides a complete list of thenon-volatile (NV) EEPROM items available for scripting read orwrite operations. The Help describes over 200 NV items inalphabetical order. Not all NV items are available or meaningful forall test phones.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 197SystemConfiguration8 System ConfigurationOverviewThe configuration settings for CAIT reside in a number of controlpanels and are written to various initialization files. You can use thecontrol panels to change these settings, but should not normally editthe actual initialization files. This section covers the followingconfiguration features:■ General CAIT settings■ Cell configuration■ Retriever phone configuration■ Configuring phone definitions■ Configuring event-based alarms■ GPS Position Server■ Saving and loading configuration profiles (views)■ Altering text fonts and sizes in windows that support itConfiguring CAITYou can set up the serial communications interface for CAIT byusing the CAIT Configuration dialog box. From this dialog box, youcan select■ General CAIT configuration■ Phone port settings■ GPS configuration■ Logging configuration■ Directories used by CAIT■ Initialization strings
  • 198 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM Proprietary■ Parsing defaults■ Alarm settingsIn the Options menu, click Configure CAIT to open the dialog box.This dialog box contains eight tabs that let you access the types ofconfiguration data listed above. The following table describes theconfiguration fields and functions of this dialog box.Item DescriptionGeneralDebug MessageConfigurationThese settings let you configure how debug messagesare displayed in those windows that report them.The Use extended style option allows you to configurethe content of extended debug messages, if theconnected test phone supports them. See “Configuringextended debug messages” on page 205 for informationon using this option.The Use 0x1018 packet format option selects amessage format that is consistent with those in CAIT3.0 and earlier versions.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 199SystemConfigurationDebug MessageConfiguration(cont.)The Use 0x1FEC packet format option selects thenewer 0x1FEC packet format, which has the samecontent as the 0x1018 packet format, but is arrangeddifferently.The Message level setting specifies the minimumpriority of debug messages displayed. Any messagesbelow this priority will not be displayed.Remember dipswitch settingsbetween sessionsWhen this option is enabled, CAIT remembers dipswitch settings on the Dip Switches dialog box (see“DIP switch configuration” on page 132 for moreinformation). When the test phone is swapped or whenCAIT is restarted, CAIT overwrites the test phone’s dipswitch settings with those stored in CAIT.A test phone must be attached for this option to beactivated. CAIT gets the current dip switch settings fromthe test phone and stores them. If you change thesettings on the Dip Switch dialog box, CAIT updatesthese “remembered” settings.Automatically savethe sessiontranscript whenCAIT exitsWhen this option is enabled, CAIT automatically savesthe contents of the Session Transcript window (see“CAIT session transcript” on page 10) to a file in theCAIT folder name SessionTranscript.txt. This file isoverwritten each time you exit CAIT.Requireconfirmation beforeexiting from CAITWhen this option is enabled, CAIT prompts you toconfirm that you want to exit the program.Display the splashscreen on startupWhen this option is enabled, CAIT displays a splashscreen during the startup process.Bring sessiontranscript to thefront when errorsare reportedWhen this option is enabled, CAIT will display theSession Transcript window (see “CAIT sessiontranscript” on page 10) whenever that window reports anerror.PhoneCOM port Specifies the serial I/O port used by the test phoneconnected using the RS 232 serial link.Reacquire phone onCTS transitionIf the CTS (clear to send) line on the serial connectionto the test phone changes state, this check box causesCAIT to reacquire the phone to prevent a possibleundetected loss of connection.Item Description
  • 200 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryBaud rates tosearchFour check boxes let you select which baud rates youwant to search on the RS 232 serial link to locate thetest phone: 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200. Baudrates that are not selected (are unchecked) will not beused when polling for the test phone.Force baud rate This drop-down list lets you select a baud rate that mustbe used by the test phone after CAIT makes aconnection. The default value is “Do not force.”Note: The baud rate you select for this value must alsobe selected (checked) above for “Baud Rates toSearch,” otherwise CAIT will never locate the testphone.Return phone todata mode whenCAIT exitsOn: Phones are switched from DIAG mode back toDATA mode when CAIT closes.Off: Phones remain in DIAG mode when CAIT closes.To restore DATA mode, the phone will need to be resetor power cycled.Warn if phone isswitchedOn: A dialog box alarm appears whenever the testphone is switched.Off: Dialog box alarm not used to indicate a switchedphone.GPS SettingsUse GPS On: Enables reception of GPS data from a GPSreceiver.Off: GPS not used.Display latitude andlongitudeDetermines how latitude and longitude values will bedisplayed in the GPS Info window, Cell Configurationwindow, and status bar. Choose either As decimaldegrees or As degrees, minutes, seconds.Display speed andaltitudeDetermines how altitude and speed values will bedisplayed in the GPS Info window, Cell Configurationwindow, and status bar. Choose Using kph andmeters for metric values or Using mph and feet forEnglish values.LoggingFile size limit Sets size of logging file. You can type a size in this box(in bytes, 1024 minimum) or select from the drop-downlist of preset values: Not Used (0), 512KB, 1.4MB, 2MB,5MB, and 10MB.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 201SystemConfigurationLog duration limit Sets limit on length of time logging data is written to file.You can type a length in this box (in seconds, 30minimum) or select from the drop-down list of presetvalues: Not Used, 5 min, 10 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr,1.5 hrs, and 2 hrs.LoggingPreferences: Logonly packetsmatching thelogging maskThis setting determines how CAIT will interpret thelogging mask when populating the log file. When thisoption selected (checked), CAIT will log only thosemessages explicitly indicated for inclusion by thecurrent logging mask setting. Otherwise, CAIT will logthose messages specified by the logging mask setting,as well as those required to populate the CAIT graphand information display windows with call data.LoggingPreferences:Annotate whenwindows open orcloseWhen this option is selected (checked), CAIT will addan annotation to the log file when a CAIT componentwindow is opened or closed, since such events caneffect the logging mask in use.LoggingPreferences: LogDIAG responseswith errorsWhen this option is selected (checked), CAIT will logDIAG responses that include errors. Normally, CAITlogs only successful DIAG responses.Log file naming Lets you select whether log files will be named thesame as files logged by the Mobile Diagnostic Monitorprogram (MDM Style: mDDHHMMI.III), namedaccording to the CAIT convention (CAIT Style:mDDHHMMS.SII, the default) or named in Diag style:mYYYYMMDD_HHMMSS_IIII.dlf. See “Log file namingoptions” on page 156 for more information on theseformats.Logging priorities These three boxes let you specify the numeric valuescorresponding to Low, Medium, and High priority logmessages. See “Logging Mask dialog box” on page 160for information on how CAIT uses these values.DirectoriesLogging directory Lets you specify the directory in which CAIT will writelog files. Click the button to the right of this box tobrowse for a directory with the Select Directory dialogbox.Item Description
  • 202 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryScripting directory Lets you specify the directory in which CAIT will look forscript files. Click the button to the right of this box tobrowse for a directory with the Select Directory dialogbox.NV Item definitiondirectoryCAIT’s NV_READ, NV_WRITE, andNV_WRITE_ONLINE scripting commands, and someinternal CAIT functions that use NV items, requireaccess to a file named nv_items.def for each set of NVitems supported. The directory specified here mustcontain a subdirectory for each manufacturer providingsuch a file. It is recommended that you do not changethis setting unless directed to do so by QUALCOMM.Forms directory Lets you specify the directory in which CAIT will storeuser-defined forms.Alarms directory Lets you specify the directory in which CAIT will storeuser-defined alarms.Initialization StringsInitialization strings This tab allows you to specify a list of strings to be sentto the phone before data mode is disabled. Each stringyou add to the list appears with its own check box,allowing you to enable or disable the use of eachindividual string.To add a string, type it into the text box at the bottom ofthe tab and click the Add button.To change a string in the list, click to select the stringyou want to modify. Type the string you want to replacethe selected string into the text box at the bottom of thetab and click the Replace button.To delete a string from the list, click to select the stringand click the Delete button.The strings appearing in the list are sent to the phone inthe order in which they are listed. To change a string’sposition in the list, click to select it, then click the up anddown arrow buttons to move it up or down in the list.Parsing DefaultsBAND_CLASS The band class. These values are used by CAIT toparse log files when the over-the-air values areunavailable. Valid values are Cellular, PCS.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 203SystemConfigurationMOB_P_REV The Mobile PREV value. These values are used byCAIT to parse log files when the over-the-air values areunavailable. Valid values are:■ J-STD-008■ IS-95 in Cellular Band■ IS-95A + TSB74■ IS-95B Partial■ IS-95B Full■ IS-2000 Release 0■ IS-2000 Release AP_REV The protocol revision of the network. These values areused by CAIT to parse log files when the over-the-airvalues are unavailable. Valid values are:■ J-STD-008■ IS-95 in Cellular Band■ IS-95A + TSB74■ IS-95B Partial■ IS-95B Full■ IS-2000 Release 0■ IS-2000 Release AP_REV_IN_USE The protocol revision in use. These values are used byCAIT to parse log files when the over-the-air values areunavailable. Valid values are:■ J-STD-008■ IS-95 in Cellular Band■ IS-95A + TSB74■ IS-95B Partial■ IS-95B Full■ IS-2000 Release 0■ IS-2000 Release ABuilt-in AlarmsPhone link alarm:EnabledOn: Enables alarm dialog box to appear when CAITloses the link to the test phone.Off: Phone link failure alarm not used.Phone link alarm:SoundOn: Enables an audible alarm corresponding to thealarm dialog box.Off: Audible link failure alarm not used.Phone link alarm:Sound FileClick this button to access a directory dialog box thatallows you to specify an alternate WAV or MIDI file touse as an audible alarm for test phone link loss.Item Description
  • 204 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryGPS alarm: Enabled On: Enables alarm dialog box to appear when GPSsignal is lost.Off: GPS alarm not used.GPS alarm: Sound On: Enables an audible alarm corresponding to thealarm dialog box.Off: Audible GPS alarm not used.GPS alarm: SoundFileClick this button to access a directory dialog box thatallows you to specify an alternate WAV or MIDI file touse as an audible alarm for GPS signal loss.Call processingalarm: EnabledToggles a dialog box alarm that appears whenever acall is dropped or the Call Monitor window’s Setup timeror Teardown timer reaches the end of its count and theanticipated event (conversation or hangup) does notoccur. See “Call monitor” on page 143 for moreinformation.Call processingalarm: SoundToggles an audible alarm that sounds whenever a callis dropped or the Call Monitor window’s Setup timer orTeardown timer reaches the end of its count and theanticipated event (conversation or hangup) does notoccur. See “Call monitor” on page 143 for moreinformation.Call processingalarm: Sound FileClick this button to select a sound file (WAV or MID) forCAIT to play for the audible call processing alarm.Security key alarm:EnabledToggles a dialog box alarm that appears wheneverCAIT can no longer detect the presence of thehardware security key.Security key alarm:SoundToggles an audible alarm that sounds whenever CAITcan no longer detect the presence of the hardwaresecurity key.Security key alarm:Sound FileClick this button to select a sound file (WAV or MID) forCAIT to play for the audible security key alarm.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 205SystemConfigurationConfiguring extended debug messagesIf your test phone supports the extended debug message format,you can specify the contents of the extended debug message asfollows:1. Open the CAIT Configuration dialog box by selecting ConfigureCAIT from the Options menu.2. On the General tab, select the Use extended style option underDebug Message Configuration, then click the adjacent Configbutton.The Message Selection dialog box appears.3. In this dialog box, optional debug message elements are listed inan expandable tree view. To select an element for inclusion inthe debug message, select (check) the check box next to it.4. When you have selected the desired debug message elements,click OK.5. Click OK again to close the CAIT Configuration dialog box.Note Changes made to the extended debug message from the CAIT Configurationdialog box are mirrored in the configuration of the Mobile Messages window (see“Mobile Messages Configuration dialog box” on page 168), and vice-versa.
  • 206 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryConfiguring cellsYou can define the cell and sector configuration information usingthe Cell Configuration dialog box. This dialog box lets you■ Define new sectors by name■ Add or delete sectors■ Specify latitude and longitude for each sector (to allow PNreuse)■ Edit sector, latitude, longitude, or base identifier information byline item or by editing in-place■ Save, import and export cell informationIn the Options menu, click Configure Cells or press Alt+U to openthe dialog box.The following table lists the definitions of the data fields andfunctions of this dialog box.Item DescriptionSector Name A user-configurable symbolic name for a sector.PN (PSC) PN offset of the sector. Labeled PSC (primarysynchronization code) when a WCDMA phone isattached. Range is 0 to 511.Click this columnheading to sort the cell list by PN offset or PSCvalue, ranging from lowest to highest value.Latitude User-assigned latitude value for the sector’santenna.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 207SystemConfigurationTo edit a cell, double-click it to access the Edit Cell Data dialog box.Additionally, you can edit any value displayed on this dialog box(name, PN, latitude, or longitude) by clicking once on it, then typinga new value.Click any column’s heading to sort the cells by the values in thatcolumn, in ascending order. Click it a second time to sort similarlyin descending order.Other functions of this dialog box are available from the CellConfiguration menu. The following table describes the menu items,which you can also access by right-clicking in the Configure Cellsdialog box.Longitude User-assigned longitude value for the sector’santenna.Base ID Service-provider-assigned identifier for the sector.Item DescriptionItem DescriptionEdit Cell Opens an Edit Cell dialog box for the selected cell.Insert Cell Opens an Insert Cell dialog box in which you canspecify information for a new cell.Delete Cell Removes an existing cell item from the list; itemmust be highlighted prior to removal.Columns Opens a submenu of options to toggle the presenceof individual columns in the dialog box.Add Default PN’s Inserts new cell items by default PN offset value inlist. Each item has a cell name consisting ofquestion mark followed by three digits that representthe PN offset value (for example, ?000, ?001).When you choose this command you are promptedfor a PN increment, which can be any integer from 1to 511.Remove Default PN’s Deletes all cell items having default PN offset valuesfrom list.Remove All Cells Removes all cells from the current configuration.
  • 208 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryEnabling PN reuseBy specifying correct latitude and longitude values for each basestation in the network that reuses a PN, you enable CAIT todifferentiate between two or more sectors that reuse the same PN.This feature requires the use of a GPS receiver.For example, if you have two sectors defined that have the same PNoffset value, but have no latitude and longitude values specified fortheir base stations, there is no way that CAIT can distinguish signalsfrom these sectors. However, if CAIT has latitude and longitudevalues for these sector’s base stations, it will either determine whichsector it should assign the signal to or, if too close to call, display thenames of all sectors that could be sending the signal. For example, inthe following illustration, the Pilot Sets window displays the activesector as “Tualatin or Durham” because CAIT cannot distinguishthe two sectors based on their latitude and longitude. If there aremore than two sectors sharing a PN in this way, their names areseparated by commas instead of the word “or,” as shown in theNeighbor set in the illustration.Save As Saves configuration settings or changes to a file ofyour choice, comma-separated text or MobileDiagnostics Monitor (MDM) type (dm_cell.nam),without closing the dialog box.Open Loads data from a comma-separated text file,Mobile Diagnostics Monitor (MDM) type(dm_cell.nam) file, or CAIT cell configuration file(cait_cell.nam).Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 209SystemConfigurationSaving and restoring cell configurationsThe parameters for each cell in the list are written to theconfiguration file named cait_cell.nam. CAIT reads this at run timeto initialize the area cells or sectors used during phone testing.By using the Save As command from the Cell Configuration menu,you can save additional cell configurations in files havingappropriate names, which you can subsequently access as neededby choosing Open from the same menu. Only the file namedcait_cell.nam will be read by CAIT at run time.You can also use the older type of configuration file, nameddm_cell.nam, that is used by the DOS-based Mobile DiagnosticMonitor (MDM) test program. To do this, choose Open from theCell Configuration menu and select the MDM configuration filefrom the resulting directory dialog box. The format of these files isdescribed in Appendix F, “Cell Configuration File Format,” on page335.Configuring a Retriever phoneThe Retriever Configuration dialog box allows users ofQUALCOMM’s Retriever Pilot Scanner phone to control thescanning and searching functions that the phone provides to CAIT.In the Options menu, choose Configure Retriever or press Alt+R toopen the dialog box.
  • 210 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe Retriever Configuration dialog box has three tabs that controlthe pilot scanning configuration, searching parameters, and RFconfiguration. To save any changes that you make, you must clickthe Apply button before moving to another tab or closing the dialogbox.For more information on Retriever phone settings and software, seeQUALCOMM’s Retriever User Guide, 80-67507-2.The following table describes the controls on these tabs.Item DescriptionPilot Scanning ConfigRetriever Mode On: Enables the Retriever mode.Off: Retriever functionality not used.Pilot IncrementModeThis drop-down list lets you select whether to use oroverride the Over-the-Air PILOT_INC valuecontained in the IS-95A or J-STD-008 ExtendedNeighbor List. Select Normal - OTA to use this value.To override it and use instead the increment valuespecified in the Pilot Increment Value box, selectOverridden.Pilot IncrementValueWhen the Pilot Increment Mode value is set toOverridden, this field lets you specify the INCRparameter setting of the Retriever phone. Possiblevalues are 1 through 15.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 211SystemConfigurationSearch WindowModeThis box lets you select which of the Retrieverphone’s WIN_SIZ parameter settings to use to setthe number of chips from the Active pilot that thesearcher scans for each PN offset.Select 64 * Pilot_Increment to use the default modeof Incr*64 (WIN_SIZ=0). Select Normal - OTA Valueto use the WinN mode (WIN_SIZ=1). SelectOverridden to use the search window size specifiedin the Search Window Size box (WIN_SIZ=2...512).Search WindowSizeWhen the Search Window Mode value is set toOverridden, this field lets you specify a WIN_SIZparameter setting of the Retriever phone. Possiblevalues are 2 through 512.IntegrationConstantThis box lets you select which of the Retrieverphone’s INTEG parameter settings to use to set theduration, in chips, that the Retriever searcher willdwell coherently on each pilot during a sweep of asearch window. Possible values are Default, 360,512, 720, 1020.Handoff Mode This box lets you select which of the Retrieverphone’s HO_TYP parameter settings to use todetermine how the Retriever phone maintains thechannel while scanning PNs.Select Normal - Neighbors Only to use the defaultsetting of HO_TYP=0 and maintain the channel aswould a normal, operational phone. Select Any Pilotto allow idle handoffs to all pilots regardless ofwhether they are Neighbors (HO_TYP=1). SelectHandoffs Suppressed to suppress idle handoffsentirely (HO_TYP=2).Log PacketFormatThis box lets you select which of the Retrieverphone’s LOG_FMT parameter settings to use tocontrol how the Retriever phone packages data forremote logging. Select Dense Pack Mode(LOG_FMT=0) to use the default,condensed-searcher packet format, which allowslogging of every search. Select Standard SearcherMode (LOG_FMT=1) for interfacing withQUALCOMM’s and other vendors’ test gear,displays, and analysis tools that cannot use thedenser packets.Item Description
  • 212 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryThreshold Mode When the Log Packet Format value is set to StandardSearcher Mode, this box can help overcome the linkbandwidth limitations of older test tools by letting youset the energy threshold below which search scansare not logged, to limit the data collected to that whichis most interesting. This value specifies the Retrieverphone’s LOG_THR parameter settings to set thatthreshold.Select No Threshold (LOG_THR=0) to attempt to logall searches, which should result in a randomundersampling. Select T_DROP Value(LOG_THR=1) to use the Over-the-Air T_DROPthreshold. Select T_ADD Value (LOG_THR=2) to usethe Over-the-Air T_ADD threshold, which is generallyhigher than T_DROP.Searching ParametersSearcher ParametersModeThis drop-down list lets you override the defaultOver-the-Air system parameters with those that youspecify on this tab. Parameters that can beoverridden include handoff parameters, searchwindows, and the Neighbor aging parameter.Select Normal - OTA Values to use the defaultsystem parameters. Select Overridden to use thevalues specified in the other boxes on this tab. AllOTA defaults will be replaced with values specifiedhere; be sure to specify complementary values for allparameters.Once these settings are applied, the Retriever phoneuses them for all search and handoff operations inSync, Idle, and Traffic states until the Retrieverphone is power-cycled.Active Set WindowSizeIn this box, specify an override window size value, inchips, for the Active PN set (Win_A). The possiblevalues listed correspond to IS-95A/J-STD-008window sizes 0 through 15.Neighbor SetWindow SizeIn this box, specify an override window size value, inchips, for the Neighbor PN set (Win_N). The possiblevalues listed correspond to IS-95A/J-STD-008window sizes 0 through 15.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 213SystemConfigurationRemaining SetWindow SizeIn this box, specify an override window size value, inchips, for the Remaining PN set (Win_R). Thepossible values listed correspond toIS-95A/J-STD-008 window sizes 0 through 15.T_ADD Threshold In this box, specify an override T_ADD threshold.Possible values are half-dB increments from 0 to–31.5.T_DROP Threshold In this box, specify an override T_DROP threshold.Possible values are half-dB increments from 0 to–31.5.T_COMPThresholdIn this box, specify an override T_COMP threshold.Possible values are half-dB increments from 0 to 8.T_TDROP Timer In this box, specify an override T_TDROP threshold.The available time values, in seconds, correspond tothe T_TDROP threshold table given inIS-95A/J-STD-008.NGHBR_MAX_AGE In this box, specify an override NGHBR_MAX_AGEthreshold, the maximum number of consecutiveNeighbor List Update messages not containing a pilotto be retained in the Neighbor set, as defined inIS-95A/J-STD-008.RF ConfigCDMA ChannelModeThis drop-down list lets you override the defaultCDMA channel that is service programmed into theRetriever phone and lock on to an alternate CDMAchannel. Select Overridden to lock onto the CDMAchannel specified in the CDMA Channel box. SelectNormal - OTA Value to use the Retriever’s defaultchannel setting.CDMA Channel This box lets you specify an alternate CDMA channelto lock onto. When the CDMA Channel Mode box isset to Overridden, a nonzero value in this boxspecifies an alternate CDMA channel, overriding theRetriever phone’s preprogrammed system selectionparameters, OTA Channel List hashing, or GlobalService Redirection commands. When this value isset to zero (0), system selection reverts to thesettings of Retriever’s service-programmed systemselection and OTA system commands.Item Description
  • 214 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryConfiguring phone definitionsCAIT allows you to define the characteristics of test phones outsidethe set of those it already recognizes. The Define Phone dialog boxlets you copy the characteristics of a known phone and modify themto define a new phone, so that CAIT can subsequently recognizephones of that type when attached.The Define Phone dialog box appears automatically when youattach a phone that CAIT doesn’t recognize. To access it at othertimes, choose Define Phone from the Options menu.Registration Mode This box lets you specify whether the Retrieverphone should register on the current CDMA channelaccording to the Active serving sector’s registrationparameters (contained in the latest receivedExtended System Parameters message).Apply Click this button to apply any changes you havemade on the current Retriever Screen tab.Cancel Click this button to reject all changes you have madeon the current Retriever Screen tab, and close thedialog box.Done Click this button to close the Retriever Screen dialogbox.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 215SystemConfigurationThe following table describes the options available in this dialogbox.Item DescriptionPhone models This box lists all phones currently defined for thephone. Phones that are not user-defined aregrayed—unavailable—and cannot be edited. Theycan, however, be copied for the creation of newdefinitions.Name Name of the phone being defined.Model number A model number for the phone being defined.ESNs In cases where a phone’s model number is identicalto another, already-defined phone, use this box tospecify a set or range of ESNs for the new phone soCAIT can distinguish phones of this model. Bydefault, CAIT populates this box with the ESN of theattached phone.Type The type of display screen on the phone: Character,Bitmapped, or None.Charset The character set to be displayed in the MobileScreen window for non-bitmapped phone displays;valid values are None, NGP, TGP, and 5GP.Height The height of the phone screen. For character-basedscreens, this value represents a number ofcharacters; for bitmapped screens, a number ofpixels.Width The width of the phone screen. For character-basedscreens, this value represents a number ofcharacters; for bitmapped screens, a number ofpixels.Channel range The High and Low boxes define the range ofchannels supported by the phone.NV definitions file If you have an alternate NV item definitions file fromthe phone’s manufacturer, specify its location here.Rx power equation The equation used to calculate Rx power for thephone.Suppressedcmd_codesA list of diag command codes that are not supportedby the phone, used to optimize throughput and savebandwidth. CAIT can autodetect these codes for theattached phone.
  • 216 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryConfiguring event-based alarmsYou can configure CAIT to raise an alarm when a specific conditionis encountered while collecting or replaying a log file. The DefineAlarms dialog box lets you create and modify conditions that cantrigger responses including sounds, changes to the current loggingbehavior, log file annotations, and session transcript messages (see“CAIT session transcript” on page 10 for more information).To open the Define Alarms dialog box, in the Options menu, chooseDefine Alarms.Delete Click this button to delete a user-created phonedefinition.Save Click this button to save the current definition.Copy Click this button to copy the definition values of theselected phone to a new definition.Done Click this button to close the window.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 217SystemConfigurationThe following table describes the options available in this dialogbox.Item DescriptionAlarms This box lists the existing alarm definitions. Checkboxes at the left of each alarm let you enable ordisable each alarm individually. To modify an existingalarm definition, select it in this list, modify it with thesettings on the right, then click Save.Name A name for the definition, which will be listed in theAlarms box.Condition An expression, VBScript, or function call that CAITwill use to trigger the alarm, when true. The conditionmust return a boolean value or a text string. If yourVBScript or function call returns a string, CAIT willconsider that a true result, and use the returned stringas if it were entered in the Show message andAnnotate log boxes, if they are enabled.Clicking the button at the right of the Condition boxreveals an Editing Alarm dialog box in which you cantype or paste an expression or VBScript. The rightpane of this dialog box contains an expandable list ofCMML message variables that you can insert intoyour condition as needed (see “CMML in CAIT” onpage 12 for a description of CMML).Show message When enabled (checked), the CAIT sessiontranscript will display the text you specify in thecorresponding text box when the alarm is triggered.Play sound When enabled, CAIT will play the WAV file specifiedin the box on the right of this option when the alarmis triggered. Click the button at the right of the box tobrowse for a WAV file.Annotate log When enabled, CAIT will annotate the current log filewith the text specified in the box on the right of thisoption when the alarm is triggered. This settingfunctions only during logging.
  • 218 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryRun program If enabled, when the alarm is triggered CAIT willexecute the command line entry specified in the boxon the right of this option. Type your command in thebox provided, or click the button at the right of the boxand, in the resulting Custom Trigger dialog box, typea command, or select a previous one from the dropdown list, then click OK. A Delete button is alsoprovided in the Custom Trigger dialog box so you candelete commands from the list.To remove a command from this box, drag to selectthe text and press the Delete key. This way, yourcommand will still be available in the drop down liston the Custom Trigger dialog box.Pause replay of log file When enabled, CAIT will pause the replay of thecurrent log file when the alarm is triggered. If CAIT isactively logging—not replaying a log file—this settingis ignored.Disable alarm after ittriggersWhen enabled, CAIT disables the alarm after it istriggered, allowing you to create alarms that triggeronly once before they must be manually reactivated.Message type These options let you assign a message type toalarm messages appearing in the session transcript.Choose Information, Warning, Error, Success, orNone. When set to an option other than None, themessage text you specify for the Show messagesetting will appear with the icon corresponding toyour selection. If the Show message check box isnot selected, these options have no effect.Logging action These options let you alter the current logging statusas a result of an alarm. When Toggle logging isselected, CAIT stops logging when it is on or starts itwhen off. You can also have CAIT Turn logging off,Turn logging on, or Do nothing in response to analarm.Window actions This box lists all window actions selected for thisalarm. To add a window action, click Add, then in theresulting Choose Window Action dialog box, selecteither the Open or Close option and click a windowin the scrollable list, then click OK. You can add onlyone window action at a time in this way. To delete awindow action, click to select it, then click Remove.Click Clear to remove all window actions.Item Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 219SystemConfigurationGPS Position ServerThe GPS Position Server is a program distributed with CAIT thathandles all interactions with a GPS receiver attached to a serial port.The server finds and identifies the GPS receiver, reads positioningdata from it, and provides the positioning data to any program thatregisters an interest. The server communicates with other programsusing an OLE interface that is understood by CAIT, and startsautomatically when CAIT starts if it is not already running.The server program displays a small icon on the taskbar when it isrunning. Right-click the icon to bring up a context menu thatDelete Click this button to delete the currently selectedalarm definition. Deleted alarms are placed in theRecycle Bin.Save Click this button to save the currently selected alarmdefinition.New Click this button to create a new alarm definition.Copy Click this button to create a new alarm definitionusing the options set for the currently selecteddefinition.Item Description
  • 220 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM Proprietaryexposes all server functionality. Menu items let you pause andresume logging, hide and show windows, get help, changepersistent options, and exit the program.The server interface consists of five windows, each of which can bedisplayed independently. Three of the windows display differentclasses of status information to the user. The most useful of these isprobably the Position Information window, which displays thelatitude, longitude, altitude, speed, and heading, as reported by theGPS receiver.The Quality Information window displays information about thequality of the GPS signal, the UTC time, and the GPS receiverprotocol being used. The actual fields are labeled GPS Time (whichis the uncorrected, current UTC time), Satellites (a number of locatedsatellites from 0 to 12), Quality (which ranges between –1 and 2),Protocol (NMEA, TAIP, or ETAK), and Last Sentence (visible onlywhen the protocol is NMEA indicating the last sentence type in eachrepeating group of NMEA sentences). CAIT uses the followingsentence types:■ GGA time■ GGA longitude■ GGA latitude■ VTG or RMC heading■ VTG or RMC speed■ GSA or GGA source■ GGA data_ageThe Connection Information window displays the serialcommunications parameters that are being used to communicate
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 221SystemConfigurationwith the GPS receiver. These values should change only when theserver is actively searching for a GPS receiver.The Raw GPS Data window displays the untranslated serial datareceived from the GPS receiver, which can be used to verify thecorrect operation of the server and receiver. In addition, thiswindow displays occasional status and error messages from theserver itself. These messages report the progress made whilesearching for a GPS receiver, problems such as checksum errorsfrom the GPS data, and connection and release events occurring asclients attach to and detach from the server. You can press Ctrl+P oruse the Pause/Resume Logging context menu item to control thisscrolling display of GPS data.The GPS Interaction window is used to send commands directly toan attached GPS receiver. You may enter GPS receiver-specificcommands here. They are sent to the GPS receiver when you clickthe Send button. Any response from the GPS receiver is displayedin the Raw GPS Data window.The GPS Search Configuration dialog box allows you to control thecommunications options and COM ports used when searching for aGPS receiver. To access this dialog box, right-click the GPS PositionServer icon on the taskbar, then choose Communications Optionsfrom the menu that appears.
  • 222 Chapter 8: System Configuration QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe following table describes the options available in this dialogbox.Item DescriptionCOM Port These ten check boxes let you designate the COMports to be polled for the presence of GPS data.Check each box representing a COM port that mayhave a GPS receiver attached.Baud Rate These six check boxes let you designate the baudrates that the GPS server should use when trying tolocate GPS data. Baud rates of 300, 1200, 2400,4000, 9600, and 19200 are available. Standard GPSreceivers communicate at 4800 baud.Parity These five check boxes let you designate the paritysettings that the GPS server should use when tryingto locate GPS data. Options available are Odd, Even,None, Mark, and Space. Standard GPS receivers areset to None.Stop Bits These two check boxes let you designate the stopbits settings that the GPS server should use whentrying to locate GPS data. Options available are 1and 2. Standard GPS receivers use 1 stop bit.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 223SystemConfigurationSaving and loading configuration profilesThe CAIT configuration profiles let you arrange the CAITconfiguration settings and component displays to serve a specificpurpose and then save that configuration so that you can easilyreturn to it. By saving several such arrangements, you can create aset of configuration profiles that are ideally suited to the tasks youperform in CAIT, and quickly switch among them. This feature isvery useful for switching through multiple phone/COM portsetups, adding or removing GPS support, traveling to differentnetwork areas, etc.When you’ve arranged CAIT settings and displays into aconfiguration you want to save, select Save Profile from the Filemenu. In the Save Profile dialog box that appears, type a name forthe profile in the Profile Name box and, optionally, a description inthe Description box. Then, click the Save button.Data Bits These three check boxes let you designate the databits settings that the GPS server should use whentrying to locate GPS data. Options available are 6, 7and 8. Standard GPS receivers use 8 data bits.Save raw GPSdataWhen checked, GPS data that is recorded in the GPSserver’s Raw GPS Data window is also written to thelog file specified in the text box that accompanies thischeck box. To browse for a file using a directorydialog box, click the button at the right of the text box.Scan for ETAKreceiverWhen checked, the GPS server is enabled to searchfor ETAK GPS receivers. Since this protocol isbecoming obsolete, the GPS server does not checkfor ETAK receivers by default.Scan Delay The number of seconds that the GPS server willpause between scans for a GPS receiver. If the GPSserver does not seem to be locating your receiver, tryincreasing this number. The default is four seconds.Error Threshold This setting allows you to define the number ofconsecutive errors (framing, parity, etc.) that the GPSserver will tolerate before discarding the current portsettings and resuming scanning.Item Description
  • You can change existing profiles using this dialog box. By clicking anexisting profile in the profile list, then clicking Save, you can reset aprofile to the current window arrangement.To load a profile you have saved previously, select Load Profilefrom the File menu. In the resulting Load Profile dialog box, selectthe profile you want by clicking it in the profile list, then click Load.To delete a profile in either the Save Profile or Load Profile dialogbox, select it in the profile list, then click the Delete button.When starting CAIT from a command line, you can specify a profileto load as follows:cait -profile profile_nameThis -profile switch is useful for creating shortcuts that launch CAITusing specific configuration profiles.Note The Save Profile and Load Profile commands are not available on the Filemenu when the Log File Replay window (see “Replaying log files” on page 44)is open or minimized.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 225SystemConfigurationChanging fonts in supported windowsMany windows in CAIT support the ability to change the font andsize of the text they display.This feature is especially useful in lab environments or othersituations where its convenient to view these displays from adistance.For each window that supports font changing, the correspondingcontext-sensitive menu contains a Set Font command, whichdisplays a Font dialog box that lets you choose from all typefaces,weights, and sizes available on your computer. The correspondinghot key for this command is Ctrl+F. The actual font size displayeddepends on the size of the window. To change the font size only,resize the window—the font size will adjust automatically.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 227User-definedForms9 User-defined FormsCAIT enables you to design forms that combine data from variouslog packets to meet your specific testing and analysis needs. Thesoftware’s user-defined forms feature supports the creation oftext-based forms that report variable data as logged from the testphone and the results of functions performed using such variabledata.The following sections describe the steps involved in defining aform.Creating a new formTo begin creating a form, from the Options menu, select UserForms, then New. The New Form dialog box appears.This dialog box prompts you for a name for the new form, as well asthe dimensions of the form, in terms of rows and columns. Type aname for your form in the Form Name box. In the Rows andColumns boxes, type a number or click the arrow buttons to increaseor decrease the number displayed. When you click to select ordeselect the Including Column Titles and Including Row Titlescheck boxes, the grid representation in the dialog box changes toshow the effect of your choice.
  • 228 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM ProprietaryWhen you have set up the new form as desired on this dialog box,click OK. The new form appears.When you are editing a form, a context-sensitive menu, is availableon the CAIT main menu. The menu is named Editing: form_name,or Editing:[New Form] if the form has not been named. This Editingmenu contains the same editing menu options that can be accessedby right-clicking on the form.Saving a formBecause of the number of steps involved in creating a working form,it is recommended that you regularly save your changes to the form.Doing so provides an earlier version of the form that you can revertto if any of your changes are accidentally deleted or yield undesiredresults.To save a form, select File, then Save from the Editing menu.To save a copy of an existing form to a new file, choose File, thenSave As from the Editing menu. A dialog box appears.In this dialog box, type a name for the form in the Form Name box,then click Save.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 229User-definedFormsReverting to a saved formIf you find it necessary to revert to a previously saved version of thecurrent form, you can do so by selecting File, then Revert to Savedfrom the Editing menu.Designing a formThe following sections describe the tasks involved in creating aform. These tasks include■ Adding rows and columns of cells to hold data and descriptivelabels■ Defining cell contents and formatting■ Adding tabs for multi-page forms■ Adding buttons to provide interaction with the formThe following section describes some conventions of the formediting behavior in CAIT.Form editing conventionsCAIT uses the following conventions for editing forms:■ Selected cells are highlighted with a black background.■ You can select multiple cells by clicking on them while holdingdown the Ctrl key.■ The cell with focus is surrounded by dotted blue line. Only onecell can have focus■ The form’s right-click menu employs icons to show how muchof the form each menu item applies to:• indicates menu items that affect the entire form• indicates menu items that affect the selected cells• indicates menu items that affect the cell with focus■ Clicking in the area above a column of cells selects all cells in thecolumn.■ Deleted forms are placed in the Recycle bin, in case you changeyour mind.
  • 230 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM ProprietaryAdding individual cells to a rowTo add a single cell to a row, right-click in the cell that you want tobe on the left of the new cell. Then, from the Editing menu, selectAdd Cell. CAIT positions the new cell to the right of the cell youselected.Adding rowsTo add a new row to the form, right-click in a cell on the row underwhich you want to position the new row. Then, from the Editingmenu, select Add Row.Adding columnsTo add a new column to the form, first select each of the cells thatyou want to be on the left of the new column by clicking them whileholding down the Ctrl key, or by clicking above the column to selectall cells in it. Cells in the new column will be placed at the right ofthe selected cells only, so it is important to select a cell in each rowthat should contain the new column. Then, from the Editing menu,select Add Column.Adjusting columnsAcross the top of the form editing window is a set of markers,arranged in one or more rows, that show the position of columnboundaries. Diamond-shaped markers ( ) correspond to verticalcolumn boundaries that are moveable in relation to theirneighboring columns; you can drag them to adjust the columnboundaries that they represent. Other markers indicate columnboundaries that are positioned relative to the outer edges of the form( ) or to accommodate the text in the cells to their left ( ).When you move the pointer over one of the moveable,diamond-shaped boundary markers, or a vertical boundarybetween two cells, the corresponding marker and boundary line arehighlighted in green ( ). Click on a marker, and it becomeshighlighted in yellow ( ), as do the boundaries of the specific cellsto which it corresponds. These visual cues make it apparent whichcolumn boundaries will be moved if you drag a marker right or left.Note that if you hold down the Shift key while dragging a boundarymarker when some, but not all, of the cells in the affected columns
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 231User-definedFormsare selected, then a new vertical boundary and marker is created forthe unselected cells.You can right-click on any boundary marker and choose from theresulting menu to change its type to one of the following:■ Relative to Edges—the boundary is fixed in relation to theedge of the form; it is not absolutely fixed, but maintains thesame percentage of the grid for the affected column.■ Relative to Neighbors—the boundary position is determinedby that of other column boundaries; this is an adjustableboundary.■ Size to Contents—the boundary is positioned to fit the longestvalue in the column of cells to the left.A Properties option is also available when you right-click aboundary marker. Choose it to access the Vertical Properties dialogbox.This dialog box lets you change the boundary position type, as wellas the color of the column separator line that marks it. Colorsavailable in the drop-down Color vary according to your Windowsdisplay appearance settings.Combining cells into a columnIn forms where you have added individual cells, you will notice thatfor each individual cell that is not part of a multi-cell column, thereis a marker that corresponds to the boundary that the cell does notshare in common with other cells. Where such cell boundaries areclosely aligned vertically, their boundary markers will also bealigned vertically, or nearly so, because they can’t overlap eachother.
  • 232 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM ProprietaryDragging these vertically-aligned markers horizontally away fromeach other moves their corresponding cell boundaries, and providesspace enough to allow the boundary markers to appear side-by-side.The boundary markers also allow you to combine the borders ofsimilarly aligned, individual cells so that they can be adjusted as agroup. To do this, hold down the Ctrl key while dragging aboundary marker towards the nearby marker that you want tocombine it with. As you drag near to it, the target marker becomeshighlighted in green ( ). When this happens, release the draggedmarker. When you do, the two markers are combined into a singleone that adjusts all boundaries that were controlled by the originaltwo.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 233User-definedFormsDefining cell contentsTo specify the data that each cell in the form will display when itruns, you must specify content for each cell. Each cell in the form canhave content in one of the following formats:■ The name of a CMML variable (see “CMML in CAIT” on page12 for a description of CMML)■ A string, in quotation marks■ An expression■ A VBScript functionWhen you click in a cell, besides being highlighted with a blackbackground and surrounded by the dotted blue line that indicatesfocus, the cell contains a blinking cursor on the left and a button onthe right. These features suggest the two methods available forentering contents into the cell:■ Typing directly into the cell■ Clicking the button and composing or pasting more complexcontents in the resulting Cell Contents dialog box.Typing text directly into the selected cell is useful mainly forsupplying title text for the forms row and column headings, as astring in quotation marks. Text that is not enclosed in quotationmarks is evaluated as an expression by CAIT, so failing to usequotation marks when required can cause errors when the form isrun.The Cell Contents dialog box, with its expandable list of availableCMML variables, provides a way to compose and edit more
  • 234 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM Proprietarycomplex expressions and functions, into which you can insertCMML variables selected from the list. You can also paste inexpressions and functions from other programs.To insert a CMML variable, select it from the Variables list, thenposition the cursor in the editing pane where you want to place thevariable, and click the Insert button. See the following sections formore information on selecting CMML variables.When you finish composing the cell content, click OK to close theCell Contents dialog box.Displaying raw values and measurement units from CMML variablesCMML variable values are, by default, converted from rawnumerical values to a more meaningful measurement that isappropriate to the type of value the variable represents. Forexample, the value of the variablecmml.cdma.sparse_agc_power_control.tx_poweris reported in decibels (dB), as it is elsewhere in CAIT.You can explicitly identify converted variables in scripts by addinga “converted” suffix to them. For our example above, this would becmml.cdma.sparse_agc_power_control.tx_power.convertedUsing this suffix has the same result as leaving it off, since this is thedefault format of the variable.To use the value in its unconverted numeric form, you can specify itwith a “raw” suffix, as incmml.cdma.sparse_agc_power_control.tx_power.rawFor some CMML variables, the raw and converted values will be thesame.You can also have the CMML variable report any unit used forconversion by specifying it with a “units” suffix,cmml.cdma.sparse_agc_power_control.tx_power.unitsIn this example, “dB” will be the resulting value.Displaying values from array variablesWhen a CMML variable ends in parentheses, such ascmml.cdma.general_ta_info.genrl_ta.finger_pilot()it indicates that the variable represents an array of values. Such arrayvariables require you to specify an integer value inside the
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 235User-definedFormsparentheses, to specify which instance of the variable you want toresolve.Using global variablesThe CMML includes global variables that report the most currentvalue of a specific type of variable. For example, the variablescmml.paging.system_parameters_message.t_addandcmml.fwd_traff.handoff_direction_message.t_addboth report the value of T_ADD as reported by the last occurrence oftheir corresponding log messages. Querying either of these variablesfor the current T_ADD value would fail to account for any changesto T_ADD made by other, more recent messages that report T_ADD.Global variables report the value they represent based on the mostrecent message reporting that value, as opposed to any specificmessage. So in the case of T_ADD, to view the current value, you canuse the global variablecmml.t_addwhich reports the latest T_ADD value reported by any message.Cell value calculationA cell’s value is computed each time CAIT receives a message thatcorresponds to a CMML variable used in the cell. Using variablesthat occur frequently due to the CAIT logging mask in use canimpact the performance of your form at run time. Make sure that thevariables you choose to use in your form are compatible with yourintended logging setup.Clearing cell contentsTo clear the content from a cell, click to select it and, from the Editingmenu, select Clear Contents. This menu option clears all selectedcells.Defining cell formattingTo format cell contents, colors, and alignment, select a set of cellsthat you want to have the same format, then from the Editing menu,select Cell Properties. The Cell Properties dialog box appears.
  • 236 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM ProprietaryThis dialog box lets you modify the common aspects of multipleselected cells. Clicking the Save button commits your formattingchanges but does not close the dialog box. This feature allows you tokeep this dialog box open while editing the form, saving yourchanges as appropriate, which makes it possible to set the propertiesfor all cells in the form at once—useful when experimenting withdifferent types of formatting on the form.To close the Cell Properties dialog box and save your changes, clickOK. To close the dialog box and reject your formatting changes, clickCancel.The following sections explain the cell properties that you can setusing this dialog box.Aligning and “ellipsizing” cell contentsThe top portion of the Cell Properties dialog box lets you formatruntime display of data in the selected cells. If a single cell isselected, its contents are shown in the scrollable Contents box.By checking the Ellipsize box, you can have the runtime data in thecell end in an ellipsis (...) whenever there is insufficient room tocompletely display the value.The Text Placement options let you align the cell data to the left,right, or center.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 237User-definedFormsYour formatting settings take effect when the form is run, not duringediting.Coloring cell bodies and bordersThe lower section of the Cell Properties dialog box, Cell Colors andAlignment, lets you specify colors for the selected cells’ body andborders, and set vertical properties as well.A cell diagram shows settings in effect for the selected cells.Elements for which settings differ among the selected cells areindicated as follows:■ Cell borders with divergent settings are indicated by a dottedline.■ Cell backgrounds with divergent settings are indicated by ablack background with diagonal stripes.■ Verticals with divergent settings are indicated by a special icon,.Moving the pointer around the cell diagram highlights the border,background and vertical elements for which you can set properties.When you click on an element, the options that you can set for itappear at the bottom of the dialog box.For borders and backgrounds, you can set the color, as shownbelow.
  • 238 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM ProprietaryWhen you double-click on any border, the drop down list of colorsis labeled All Borders, and sets all four borders to the selected color.For verticals, you can set the alignment properties as well as thecolor.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 239User-definedFormsNote that each cell shares borders and verticals with its neighboringcells, and so a color assigned to a border or vertical of a specific cellcan change colors assigned to the borders of adjoining cells. The lastcolor assigned is the one that is applied.Also note that many options in the Color list correspond toWindows’ system color definitions; choosing these items will causethe form to inherit any color changes made to them in Windows’Appearance settings.Adding buttonsCreating buttons on the form is similar to creating an additional rowof cells. Buttons behave much like cells on the form; they areformatted using the Cell Properties dialog box, and their function isdefined using the Cell Contents dialog box. Their size and positionare modified using the same boundary markers used to align andposition cell columns.Unlike other cells, however, buttons are not scaled vertically whenthe form is resized.Adding a button rowTo add buttons to a form, you must first add a button “row” to theform. Adding a button row to the form creates vertical space on theform to hold one or more buttons. You can create multiple buttonrows.To add a button row, select a cell in the row under which you wantthe button row to appear. Then, from the Editing menu, select AddButton Row. A button row, which consists of a single buttonstretching over the width of the form, is added below the selectedcell.Adding buttons to a rowTo create additional buttons on a button row, click to select thebutton that you want to be on the left of the new button. Then, fromthe Editing menu, select Add Button. CAIT positions the newbutton to the right of the cell you selected.Positioning buttonsPositioning buttons is similar to positioning cells. After adding thedesired number of buttons to a row, you can position those buttonsby dragging the boundary markers ( ) that correspond to the
  • 240 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM Proprietaryspaces between them. To determine which marker to drag, move thepointer between two buttons, and the boundary between them willbe highlighted in green, as will the corresponding marker ( ).Because buttons that have no content defined do not appear on therunning form, you can use “empty” buttons to serve as spacersbetween working buttons.Defining button text and functionTo provide text for a button, click in the button and type the text youwant to appear on it, surrounded by quotation marks. Text that isnot enclosed in quotation marks is evaluated as an expression byCAIT, so failing to use quotation marks can cause errors when theform is run.To define the function of a button, click to select it, then select CellProperties from the Editing menu. In the resulting Cell Propertiesdialog box, you can specify an expression or function (VBScript) thatwill execute when the button is clicked.Deleting buttonsTo delete a button, click to select it, then select Delete Cell from theEditing menu.Adding tab pagesYou can create multi-page forms by adding tab pages that containadditional cell grids.To add a tab to your form, select Add Tab Page from the Editingmenu. A New Tab dialog box appears.This dialog box prompts you for a name for the new tab, as well asthe dimensions of the tab’s cell grid, in terms of rows and columns.Type a name for this tab in the Tab Name box. In the Rows andColumns boxes, type a number or click the arrow buttons to increase
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 241User-definedFormsor decrease the number displayed. When you click to select ordeselect the Including Column Titles and Including Row Titlescheck boxes, the grid representation in the dialog box changes toshow the effect of your choice.When you have set up the new tab page as desired on this dialogbox, click OK. The new tab page appears.Note that after creating a second page of cells on your form, youneed to specify a name for the tab corresponding to the originalpage, which is named “Tab 1” by default. You can do this using theForm Properties dialog box as described in “Renaming and deletingtab pages.”Also note that the tab that is active (opened) when you save the formbecomes the default active tab when the form is run.To delete a tab page, select it and from the Editing menu, selectDelete Tab Page.Setting form propertiesThe Form Properties dialog box lets you rename the tabs on yourform, add additional scripts and variable definitions, and addcontext-sensitive Help file support to your form.To access the Form Properties dialog box, select Form Propertiesfrom the Editing menu.
  • 242 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM ProprietaryRenaming and deleting tab pagesTo rename a tab on your form, open the Form Properties dialog boxand, on the Tabs tab, double-click the tab name, or select the tabname and click Rename; the name becomes editable when you doeither.You can rearrange the order of the tabs on your form by draggingand dropping them in this list. Also, you can delete a tab from theform by selecting it here, then pressing the Delete key.Adding scripts and variable definitionsThe Scripts tab of the Form Properties dialog box provides a placefor you to■ List a script that runs when the form opens■ Define common variables to be used by scripts in the form■ Add additional scripts outside of specific cells in the form
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 243User-definedFormsCells can be referred to in scripts by their relative location, in any ofthe following forms:form.tab(z).grid.row(x).cell(y)form.grid(z).row(x).cell(y)grid.row(x).cell(y)grid.cell(x,y)The indexes for values x, y, and z always begin at 1. The “tab(z)”specification is required only when the form has multiple tabsdefined. You can omit the “form.tab(z)” specification if there is onlyone tab. The “form.grid(z).row(x).cell(y)” syntax provides analternate way of identifying a grid on a specific tab.Form attributes you can set from a script include the following:■ Cell attributes:• Contents• Color• FontColor• BorderColor• Alignment:■ alignLeft■ alignCenter■ alignRight■ Row attributes:• Cell(index)■ Grid attributes:• Row(index)• Cell(rowIndex,columnIndex)• DefaultTextColor■ Tab attributes:• Grid■ Form attributes:• Grid(index)• Tab(index)• Caption• DefaultTextColorA formula in a cell can refer to:■ “Cell” to refer to itself■ “Row” to refer to its row■ “Grid” to refer to its grid.A formula anywhere can refer to:
  • 244 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM Proprietary■ FormAll other attributes must be qualified, as in:■ Form.Grid(1).DefaultTextColor = clRed■ Form.Tab(2).Grid.Cell(1,1).Contents = "abc"Valid color values:Providing Help from your formsThe Miscellaneous tab of the Form Properties dialog box provides aplace for you to point to a Help file that supports your form, andspecify the numeric context identifier corresponding to a topicwithin that Help file. When the form is running and active, CAITwill display the specified Help topic when a user presses the F1 key.■ clScrollBar■ clBackground■ clActiveCaption■ clInactiveCaption■ clMenu■ clWindow■ clWindowFrame■ clMenuText■ clWindowText■ clCaptionText■ clActiveBorder■ clInactiveBorder■ clAppWorkSpace■ clHighlight■ clHighlightText■ clBtnFace■ clBtnShadow■ clGrayText■ clBtnText■ clInactiveCaptionText■ clBtnHighlight■ cl3DDkShadow■ cl3DLight■ clInfoText■ clInfoBk■ clBlack■ clMaroon■ clGreen■ clOlive■ clNavy■ clPurple■ clTeal■ clGray■ clSilver■ clRed■ clLime■ clYellow■ clBlue■ clFuchsia■ clAqua■ clLtGray■ clDkGray■ clWhite■ clNone■ clDefault
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 245User-definedFormsSetting the default text colorThe Miscellaneous tab of the Form Properties dialog box allows youto specify the default color for all text on the form, excluding the texton buttons, tabs, and the title bar. To specify a color, select it from thedrop-down Default Text Color list.Setting the form fontTo specify an alternate font to be used for all text on your form, selectFont from the Editing menu. A Font dialog box appears in whichyou can specify the appearance of the text on your form.Editing, renaming, or deleting existing formsTo edit, rename, or delete an existing form, from the Options menu,select User Forms, then Edit, Rename, or Delete. A dialog boxappears, which lists all existing form definitions.
  • 246 Chapter 9: User-defined Forms QUALCOMM ProprietaryTo edit, rename, or delete a form, select it in the list, then click theEdit, Rename or Delete button. Forms that are currently open forediting are not available in the list.Deleted forms are placed in the Recycle bin, in case you change yourmind.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 247ScriptCommandListA Script Command ListOverviewThis appendix contains a complete list of the script commands forread and write operations. Over 60 commands, functions, andprocesses are described in alphabetical order. For each commandthere is a definition of its function and syntax format, and in manycases an example of its usage in a script. Some commands do nothave examples, since their usage is clear from their definitions.A similar list is available using the online help feature in theScripting window when you type either help nv_read or helpnv_write.For more information and instructions on using script commands inthe Scripting window, refer to Chapter 7, “Scripting,” on page 191.Script commandsAKEYAllows you to enter an authorization key number. This command isfor Module targets only.Syntax akey “number”Example akey “15423”Response Enters the A-key number 15423.
  • 248 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryAPPEND_LOGOpens a script log in append mode so the new data is added to thefile rather than a new file created.Syntax append_log filename.extExample append_log mylogfile.txtResponse New messages are added to the file without overwriting the existingcontent.ANNOTATEAdds an annotation to the current log file, if logging is enabled.Syntax annotate “annotation_string”APR_LIST_WRWrites an abbreviated Preferred Roaming List (PRL) to a QCP-1900®or QCT®-1200 phone using a shortcut write command. This allowsspecifying only channel numbers for the PRL list. All other entriesdefault to wild cards.Syntax apr_lst_wr {nam, ch1, ch2...ch32}Example apr_lst_wr {0, 500, 250}Response The list containing the channel numbers is sent to the mobile phone.APR_LIST_WR_683Loads a standard-format abbreviated IS-683-A preferred roaminglist.Syntax apr_list_wr_683 {nam, [cell], [pcs], channel_1, [channel_2,channel_3,...] [AMPS_A | AMPS_B]}The “cell” argument specifies cellular channels; “pcs” specifies PCSchannels. Up to 32 channels can be specified per NAM.Example apr_list_wr_683 {0, cell, 777, pcs, 500, AMPS_B}Response Writes a PRL instructing NAM 1 to look for CDMA cellular serviceon channel 777, CDMA PCS service on channel 500, or B-side AMPSservice.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 249ScriptCommandListAUDIO_CONTROLAllows control of various audio characteristics of the module. Thiscommand is for Module targets only.Syntax audio_control {audio_command_code, [arg_1,...arg_8]}The following table lists the possible values for audio_command_codeand the arguments required or available for each code.Code Definition/Arguments0 Set audio path and mutingarg_1=audio path: 0=no path, 1=handset path, 2=external patharg_2=mute output path: 0=no, 1=yesarg_3=mute input path: 0=no, 1=yes1 Set voice volumearg_1=volume level for handset: 0–7arg_2=volume level for hands-free kit (HFK) speaker: 0–72 Set ringer volumearg_1=volume level for handset: 0–7arg_2=volume level for hands-free kit (HFK) speaker: 0–73 DTMF startarg_1=tone definition, see “Predefined tones” on page 325 for a list ofpossible values4 DTMF stop (no arguments)5 Tone startarg_1=tone definition, see “Predefined tones” on page 325 for a list ofpossible valuesarg_2=duration (in milliseconds)arg_3=audio path: 0=no path, 1=handset path, 2=external patharg_4=sound class: 1=beep, 2=voice beep, 3=voicearg_5=volume for handset: 0–3 for beep or voice beep, 0–7 for voicearg_6=volume level for hands-free kit (HFK) speaker: 0–7 for beep orvoice beep, 0–3 for voicearg_7=DTMF path: 0=play locally, 1=transmit, 2=play locally andtransmit, 3=mute6 Tone stop (no arguments)
  • 250 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryExample audio_control {2, 5, 7}Response Sets the ringer volume at 5 for the handset and 7 for the hands-freekit speaker.BAUD_RATEChanges the baud rate to one of the following: 19200, 38400, 57600,or 115200.After executing the BAUD_RATE command to change the currentbaud rate of the test phone, CAIT will lose communications with thephone until it finds it at the new baud rate.If CAIT is not configured to search for test phones at the requestedbaud rate, it will not be able to reestablish communications with thephone at all.Syntax baud_rate rateBEEPMakes an audio noise to alert the user.Syntax beep7 Sound startarg_1=sound code, see “Complex sounds” on page 327 for a list ofpossible valuesarg_2=audio path: 0=no path, 1=handset path, 2=external patharg_3=sound class: 1=beep, 2=voice beep, 3=voicearg_4=volume: 0–3 for beep or voice beep, 0–7 for voicearg_5=DTMF path: 0=play locally, 1=transmit, 2=play locally andtransmit, 3=mute8 Sound stop (no arguments)9 Set key sound classarg_1=sound class: 1=beep, 2=voice beep, 3=voiceCode Definition/Arguments
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 251ScriptCommandListCAIT_VERSIONReturns the full version number and license information for CAIT aslisted in the About CAIT dialog box.Syntax cait_versionCALL_INFORequests information about the call including caller ID string,service option, etc. This command is for Module targets only.Syntax call_infoCARRIER (analog test command)Turns mobile phone carrier on or off.Syntax carrier on | offExample carrier onResponse Mobile phone carrier turns on.CDATA (analog test command)Specifies six bytes of data to transmit on the reverse control channelmessage.Syntax cdata byte1, byte2, byte3... (where byte is 1 byte)Example cdata 1 2 3 4 5 6Response Data is transmitted in message on the reverse control channel.CDMA_RSSIRequests the current CDMA RSSI value. This command is forModule targets only.Syntax cdma_rssi
  • 252 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryCLOSE_CAIT_SCREENCloses a named CAIT display window. To view a list of validwindow names, use the LIST_CAIT_SCREENS command describedon page 275.Syntax close_cait_screen “screen_name”CLOSELOGCloses the currently open transcript file. If no transcript file is open,a message informing the user of that fact is displayed.Syntax closelogSee also openlogappend_logCLSClears the CAIT display screen.Syntax clsCOMP (analog test command)Turns the compander (compressor/ expander) on or off.Syntax comp on | offExample comp onResponse Turns the compander on.COMPUTE_RTC_LONG_CODE_MASKComputes the Reverse Traffic Channel long code mask by readingthe TRANSMIT_ATI value from either theHDRAMP_ADDRESS_DATA NV item or the command line.Syntax compute_rtc_long_code_mask [transmit_ATI]transmit_ATI is an optional parameter for specifying the accessterminal identifier of the transmitting handset.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 253ScriptCommandListCWAITHalts scripting for a specified duration.Syntax cwait centisecondsExample cwait 300Response Halts scripting for three seconds.DATA_PARM_GETRequests statistics regarding a specific data protocol from CSTphones like the QSec™-800. Available protocols are Radio LinkProtocol (RLP), Point to Point Protocol (PPP), Internet Protocol (IP),Transport Control Protocol (TCP), User Datagram Protocol (UDP),Real Time Protocol (RTP), Compressed Real Time Protocol (CRTP).Specify ALL to return statistics for all supported protocols.Syntax data_parm_get RLP | PPP | IP | TCP | UDP | RTP | CRTP | ALLExample data_parm_get IPResponse The command returns the following Internet Protocol statistics:Internet Protocol Statistics 5/20/99 16:26:47*Datagrams received 14392*Datagrams discarded due to errors 132*Datagrams discarded due to protocol 59*Datagrams delivered to IP user proto. 3443*Datagrams requesting transmission 4337DIALOriginates a call to the given number with the given service option.For the QCP-800®phone, this is accomplished by simulating the keypresses needed to originate the specified call type through thehandset. Therefore, activity on the actual keypad, if not locked out,may interfere with this operation.Syntax dial “number_string” service_option
  • 254 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe following table lists the possible values for service_option.Example 1 dial “555-1212” VResponse Originates voice call to 555-1212 (V=IS96A, V96=IS96). For theQCP-800 phone, any of the “V” options will only originate a call inthe default voice service option. The other phone targets will use thespecified service option.Example 2 dial “ ” MResponse Originates an old 8K Markov call. Notice that the string is empty, asa Markov call does not originate to any particular number, but thestring must be there. The same syntax is used for loopback calls asOption DefinitionV Voice call (IS96A)V96 Voice call (IS96)V13 13K voice callV733 IS733 13 kbits/sec voice callLB 8 kbits/sec loopback callLB13 13 kbits/sec loopback callM Old style 8 kbits/sec Markov callM8 New style 8 kbits/sec Markov callM13 New style 13 kbits/sec Markov callEVRC EVRC callMDR1 MDR Fwd RS1 Rev RS1 call (IS-707A service option number 22)MDR2 MDR Fwd RS1 Rev RS2 call (IS-707A service option number 23)MDR3 MDR Fwd RS2 Rev RS1 call (IS-707A service option number 24)MDR4 MDR Fwd RS2 Rev RS2 call (IS-707A service option number 25)MDR5 MDR Data Pattern Test 1 call (proprietary service option)MDR6 MDR Data Pattern Test 2 call (proprietary service option)TDSO Full Test Data Service OptionSTDSO Simple Test Data Service Option (proprietary service option)M2K Rate set independent Markov call (IS2000 only)LB2K Rate set independent Loopback call (IS2000 only)
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 255ScriptCommandListwell. If a number is given for the QCP-1900®phone, that number isused in the “dialed-digits” field of the Markov origination.Example 3 dial “555-1212” 0x06Response Originates a 13K voice call to 555-1212. The DIAL command can bealso used with any numeric service option formatted as hex (0x06 =V13).See also hs_lockDIAL_CSTOriginates a call to the given number on CST phones like theQSec™-800.Syntax dial_cst V | A | P | M | L | C | S | N| CN | SN“dial_string_or_packet_url”V=voice, A=Async, P=packet, M=Markov, L=Loopback, C=Clear,S=Secure, N=No dial string, CN=clear number, SN=secure numberExample dial_cst V S CN “5035550523”Response A secure voice call will be made to 503-555-0523. Because the dialstring is a clear number, the CST will make a clear voice call and thendo the necessary signalling to perform secure dialed numberdiscovery.DIAL_ENDEnds the current phone call. For a QCP-800 phone, this isaccomplished by simulating a press of the end key. Therefore,activity on the actual keypad, if not locked out, may interfere withthis operation.Syntax dial_endExample dial_endResponse Sends the command to end the call.See also hs_lock
  • 256 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryDIPSWSets the specified DIP switches to on (1) or off (0), where the value is16 bit hexadecimal. Use the Dip Switches dialog box described in“DIP switch configuration” on page 132 to determine theappropriate hexadecimal value for the DIP switch settings youdesire.Syntax dipsw [value]Example dipsw 0xFFFFResponse This turns on all of the DIP switches.DP_READCreates a dialing plan file for WLL phones by reading from thespecified NAM.Syntax dp_read nam file_stringExample dp_read 1 dialplan.binResponse The dialing plan for NAM 2 is written to a file named dialplan.bin.DP_WRITEFor WLL phones, loads a dialing plan, created by a dialing plan tool,to the specified NAM.Syntax dp_write nam file_stringExample dp_write 1 dialplan.binResponse The dialing plan in a file named dialplan.bin is written to NAM 2.DTMF (analog test command)Activates the DTMF generator with a digit, where digit is 1–9, 0,*,#,or off.Syntax dtmf [digit]Example dtmf 0
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 257ScriptCommandListEND_WCDMA_CALLTerminates a WCDMA call.Syntax end_wcdma_callERR_CLRClears one or all of the errors in the NV memory. If item is 0xFF, itclears all errors, otherwise it clears that one entry.Syntax err_clr [item]Example err_clr 0xFFResponse All errors in non-volatile (NV) memory are cleared.Note The only time this command might be used is at the beginning of a test run. It issuggested that at the end of the test run, the ERR_GET command may be usedto retrieve any errors that occurred during the test run.ERR_GETReads all the errors in the NV memory and displays them.Syntax err_getExample err_getResponse The total logged messages: 0002The total ignored messages: 0041Note The meaning of the errors logged in NV memory is QUALCOMM proprietary. Iferrors are found, they can be recorded and sent to QUALCOMM TechnicalSupport for evaluation.EXIT_CAITThis command causes CAIT to exit. It is intended for use by COMautomation clients to force CAIT to exit when done. If a COMapplications or script does not execute this command, then CAITwill continue to run, allowing further COM applications or scripts toStorage addr The err Filecode Line #0 7A mc 1442 NF1 FF rxc 3001 NF
  • 258 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM Proprietaryconnect quickly, without incurring the startup cost for CAIT eachtime.Syntax exit_caitFEATURE_QUERYLists features supported by a mobile phone.Syntax feature_queryAlso supported as the following:■ feature_query_page■ fq_pageFTM_ACQUIREForces the mobile station to acquire the pilot.Syntax ftm_acquire band_class cdma_frequency acquisition_modeband_class indicates the Band Class of the phone. The two possiblevalues are FTM_BAND_CLASS_CELLULAR(0) andFTM_BAND_CLASS_PCS(1).cdma_frequency indicates the RF channel number.acquisition_mode indicates the acquisition mode. Possible values areFTM_ACQ_MODE_FULL(0), FTM_ACQ_MODE_MINI(1), andFTM_ACQ_MODE_MICRO(2).FTM_ACQUIRE_HDR_PILOTAcquires the HDR forward pilot channel.Syntax ftm_acquire_hdr_pilot band_class cdma_freq acq_mode diversity_modeband_class indicates the Band Class of the phone. The two possiblevalues are FTM_BAND_CLASS_CELLULAR(0) andFTM_BAND_CLASS_PCS(1).cdma_freq indicates the RF channel number.acq_mode indicates the acquisition mode. Possible values areFTM_ACQ_MODE_FULL(0), FTM_ACQ_MODE_MINI(1), andFTM_ACQ_MODE_MICRO(2).
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 259ScriptCommandListdiversity_mode indicates whether diversity is enabled (1) or disabled(0).FTM_ACQUIRE_HDR_SYSTEM_TIMEAcquires the HDR system time.Syntax ftm_acquire_hdr_system_timeFTM_ASSIGN_FWD_FCHAssigns the forward fundamental channel.Syntax ftm_assign_fwd_fch radio_cfg walsh qof bypass frame_offssubchan_gain ffpc_ena fpc_mode init_setpt target_fer min_setptmax_setptradio_cfg indicates the Radio Configuration of the F-FCH. Possiblevalues are FTM_FWD_RC_1(1), FTM_FWD_RC_2(2),FTM_FWD_RC_3(3), FTM_FWD_RC_4(4), andFTM_FWD_RC_5(5).walsh indicates the Walsh code to be used for F-FCH.qof indicates the QOF index. Possible values are 0, 1, 2, and 3. ForFTM_FWD_RC1 and FTM_FWD_RC2, this field should be set to 0.bypass, if set to TRUE, sets the long code mask to 0.frame_offs indicates the frame offset for F-FCH.subchan_gain indicates the Power Control Subchannel Gain.ffpc_ena, if set to TRUE, enables Fast Forward Power Control.fpc_mode indicates the Forward Power Control Mode. Thisparameter is not currently used as this time.init_setpt indicates the initial set point for F-FCH.target_fer indicates the target frame error rate for F-FCH.min_setpt indicates the minimum set point for F-FCH.max_setpt indicates the maximum set point for F-FCH.
  • 260 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryFTM_ASSIGN_FWD_SCHAssigns the forward supplemental channel.Syntax ftm_assign_fwd_sch radio_cfg walsh qof sch_rate coding_typeffpc_ena fpc_mode init_setpt target_fer min_setpt max_setptradio_cfg indicates the Radio Configuration of the F-SCH. Possiblevalues are FTM_FWD_RC_3(3), FTM_FWD_RC_4(4), andFTM_FWD_RC_5(5).walsh indicates the Walsh code to be used for F-SCH.qof indicates the QOF index. Possible values are 0, 1, 2, and 3.sch_rate indicates the data rate for F-SCH. Possible values for therate are 0 to 4 which correspond to FTM_RATE_1X (9.6 kbps),FTM_RATE_2X (19.2 kbps), FTM_RATE_4X (38.4 kbps),FTM_RATE_8X (76.8 kbps), and FTM_RATE_16X (153.6 kbps)respectively. For Turbo-encoded SCH, the possible values areFTM_RATE_2X, FTM_RATE_4X, and FTM_RATE_8X.FTM_RATE_16X is available only for RC3 and RC4.coding_type indicates the coding type for F-SCH. Possible valuesare FTM_CODING_CONVOLUTIONAL(0) andFTM_CODING_TURBO(1).ffpc_ena indicates whether Forward Power Control is to be enabled.fpc_mode indicates the Forward Power Control Mode. Thisparameter is not used as this time.init_setpt indicates the initial set point for F-SCH.target_fer indicates the target frame-error rate for F-SCH.min_setpt indicates the minimum set point for F-SCH.max_setpt indicates the maximum set point for F-SCH.FTM_ASSIGN_REV_FCHAssigns the reverse fundamental channel.Syntax ftm_assign_rev_fch radio_cfg frame_offset fch_rate enable_rpcnum_preambles tx_patternradio_cfg indicates the Radio Configuration for R-FCH. Possiblevalues are 1 (FTM_REV_RC1), 2 (FTM_REV_RC2), 3(FTM_REV_RC3), and 4 (FTM_REV_RC4).
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 261ScriptCommandListframe_offset indicates the frame offset for R-FCH.fch_rate indicates the data rate for R-FCH. Possible values areFTM_REV_FCH_FULL_RATE, FTM_REV_FCH_HALF_RATE,FTM_REV_FCH_QTR_RATE, and FTM_REV_8TH_RATE.enable_rpc, if set to 1 (true), enables Reverse Power Control.num_preambles indicates the number of preambles that will be senton R-FCH. One preamble = 20 ms.tx_pattern specifies the Tx pattern that is to be transmitted on R-FCH.This pattern will be repeated every 4 bytes.Note that all of the parameters, except for fch_rate, are integer values,whereas fch_rate must be one of the four keywords listed.FTM_ASSIGN_REV_SCHAssigns the reverse supplemental channel.Syntax ftm_assign_rev_sch radio_cfg sch_rate coding_type tx_patternradio_cfg indicates the Radio Configuration for R-FCH. Possiblevalues are FTM_REV_RC1(1), FTM_REV_RC2(2), andFTM_REV_RC3(3).sch_rate indicates the R-SCH data rate. Possible values are from 0 to7, which correspond to FTM_REV_SCH_1_5_RATE (0 = 1.5 kbps),FTM_REV_SCH_2_7_RATE (1 = 2.7 kbps),FTM_REV_SCH_4_8_RATE (2 = 4.8 kbps),FTM_REV_SCH_9_6_RATE (3 = 9.6 kbps),FTM_REV_SCH_19_2_RATE (4 = 19.2 kbps),FTM_REV_SCH_38_4_RATE (5 = 38.4 kbps),FTM_REV_SCH_76_8_RATE (6 = 76.8 kbps), andFTM_REV_SCH_153_6_RATE (7 = 153.6 kbps) respectively. Notethat for Turbo-encoded frames, the minimum supported rate isFTM_REV_SCH_19_2_RATE.coding_type indicates the coding type for R-SCH. Possible values areFTM_CODING_CONVOLUTIONAL(0) andFTM_CODING_TURBO(1).tx_pattern specifies the Tx pattern for R-SCH.
  • 262 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryFTM_DEASSIGN_HDR_CHANNELSThis command deassigns all HDR channels.Syntax ftm_deassign_hdr_channelsFTM_DEASSIGN_TRAFFICReleases all traffic channels and leaves the phone ready to acquire apilot.Syntax ftm_deassign_trafficFTM_DEMOD_HDR_CC_MAC_FTCDemodulates the HDR forward CC/MAC/FTC channelsSyntax ftm_demod_hdr_cc_mac_ftc arq_enable drc_lockperiod drc_locklengthmac_index rab_length rab_offsetarq_enable enables or disables the early termination feature whendecoding the forward channel.drc_lockperiod specifies the time interval in slots betweentransmission of two consecutive DRCLock bit transmissions onForward MAC Channel.drc_locklength specifies the number of times a DRCLock bit isrepeated.mac_index indicates the medium access control index assigned to theAT: 5 to 63.rab_length specifies the number of slots over which reverse activitybit is transmitted.rab_offset specifies the number of slots in which a new reverseactivity bit can be transmitted.FTM_LOOPBACK_FCHEnables loopback mode where all data received on the forward linkis copied to the reverse link.Syntax ftm_loopback_fch
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 263ScriptCommandListFTM_LOOPBACK_SCHEnables the SCH loopback mode.Syntax ftm_loopback_schFTM_MODULATE_REV_ACCESS_CHThis command modulates the HDR reverse access channel.This command is not implemented completely. It is currently used topass the open_loop_adjust and probe_initial_adjust values to thephone. No access probe is sent.Syntax ftm_modulate_rev_access_ch aclc_mask_i_hi aclc_mask_i_loaclc_mask_q_hi aclc_mask_q_lo ac_txpattern access_cycle_durationopen_loop_adjust probe_initial_adjust probe_num_step power_steppreamble_lengthaclc_mask_i_hi specifies the upper 32 bits of access channel long codemask for I quadrature.aclc_mask_i_lo specifies the lower 32 bits of access channel long codemask for I quadrature.aclc_mask_q_hi specifies the upper 32 bits of access channel long codemask for Q quadrature.aclc_mask_q_lo specifies the lower 32 bits of access channel long codemask for Q quadrature.ac_txpattern specifies the data pattern to transmit.access_cycle_duration specifies the duration of an access channelcycle.open_loop_adjust specifies the nominal power used in open looppower estimate.probe_initial_adjust specifies the correction power factor used in openloop power estimate.probe_num_step specifies the maximum number of access probes insingle access sequence.power_step specifies the probe power increase step.preamble_length specifies the length of access probe preambleportion.
  • 264 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryFTM_MODULATE_REV_TRAFFIC_CHThis command modulates the HDR reverse traffic channel.This command is not implemented completely. It currently does notsupport RRI=7.Syntax ftm_modulate_rev_traffic_ch ack_gain dataoffset_nom dataoffset_9K6dataoffset_19K2 dataoffset_38K4 dataoffset_76K8 dataoffset_153K6drc_value drc_cover drc_gain drc_length drc_gating frame_offsetrpc_enable rpc_step rri rtclc_mask_i_hi rtclc_mask_i_lo rtclc_mask_q_hirtclc_mask_q_lo rtc_txpattern rtc_txduty_cycleack_gain specifies the ratio of the power level of the ACK channel(when transmitted) to the power level of the reverse pilot channel.dataoffset_nom specifies the nominal offset of reverse data channelpower to the reverse pilot channel power.dataoffset_9K6 specifies the ratio of reverse data channel power at 9.6kbps, to the nominal reverse data channel power at 9.6 kbps.dataoffset_19K2 specifies the ratio of reverse data channel power at19.2 kbps, to the nominal reverse data channel power at 19.2 kbps.dataoffset_38K4 specifies the ratio of reverse data channel power at38.4 kbps, to the nominal reverse data channel power at 38.4 kbps.dataoffset_76K8 specifies the ratio of reverse data channel power at76.8 kbps, to the nominal reverse data channel power at 76.8 kbps.dataoffset_153K6 specifies the ratio of reverse data channel power at153.6 kbps, to the nominal reverse data channel power at 153.6 kbps.drc_value specifies the DRC value.drc_cover specifies the DRC cover.drc_gain specifies the ratio of the power level of the DRC channel(when transmitted) to the power level of the reverse traffic pilotchannel.drc_length specifies the DRC length.drc_gating specifies whether the DRC gating is enabled or disabled.frame_offset specifies the frame offset.rpc_enable specifies whether the RPC is enabled or disabled.rpc_step specifies the reverse power control step.rri specifies the reverse rate indicator.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 265ScriptCommandListrtclc_mask_i_hi specifies the upper 32 bits of reverse traffic channellong code mask for I quadrature.rtclc_mask_i_lo specifies the lower 32 bits of reverse traffic channellong code mask for I quadrature.rtclc_mask_q_hi specifies the upper 32 bits of reverse traffic channellong code mask for Q quadrature.rtclc_mask_q_lo specifies the lower 32 bits of reverse traffic channellong code mask for Q quadrature.rtc_txpattern specifies the data pattern to transmit.rtc_txduty_cycle specifies the frame duty cycle of RTCTxPattern. 8bits. Duty cycle starts at MSB and wraps around after LSB. 1 bitindicates ON, and 0 bit indicates OFF (that is, no traffic frame—otherreverse link channels unaffected)FTM_SET_MODETurns factory test mode on or off.Syntax ftm_set_mode modemode is either 1 for on or 0 for off.FTM_SYNCForces the mobile station to acquire the sync channel.Syntax ftm_syncGET_BAUD_RATESDisplays the selection of baud rates available on the test phone.Syntax get_baud_ratesGET_CAIT_OPTIONThis command displays the values of many options that are foundon the CAIT Configuration dialog box, which is described in“Configuring CAIT” on page 197.The options that are not accessible with this command are found inthe top three tabs of the CAIT Configuration dialog box. These are
  • 266 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM Proprietarythe options that appear in lists, the parsing options, directories, andinitialization strings. In the case of the directories, this is becausethere are already scripting commands that can change these values.In the case of the others, it is difficult to imagine a scriptingcommand syntax that would support the kind of control providedby the CAIT Configuration dialog box.Syntax get_cait_option optionThe possible option values are:■ ALL; displays all option values■ AUTOSAVE_TRANSCRIPT■ CALL_ALARM■ CALL_ALARM_SOUND■ CALL_ALARM_SOUND_FILE■ CONFIRM_EXIT■ DONGLE_ALARM■ DONGLE_ALARM_SOUND■ DONGLE_ALARM_SOUND_FILE■ FORCE_BAUD■ GPS_ALARM■ GPS_ALARM_SOUND■ GPS_ALARM_SOUND_FILE■ GPS_ALT_SPEED_METRIC■ GPS_LAT_LONG_DECIMAL■ LOG_ANNOTATE_WINDOWS■ LOG_DIAG_ERRORS■ LOG_DURATION_LIMIT■ LOG_FILE_SIZE_LIMIT■ LOG_HIGH_PRIORITY■ LOG_LOW_PRIORITY■ LOG_MATCHES_MASK■ LOG_MEDIUM_PRIORITY■ LOG_NAME_MDM■ PHONE_ALARM■ PHONE_ALARM_SOUND■ PHONE_ALARM_SOUND_FILE■ RAISE_TRANSCRIPT■ REACQUIRE_ON_CTS■ RESTORE_DATA_MODE■ SAVE_DIP_SETTINGS■ SEARCH_ON_115200■ SEARCH_ON_19200■ SEARCH_ON_38400
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 267ScriptCommandList■ SEARCH_ON_57600■ SHOW_SPLASH■ USE_GPS■ WARN_ON_PHONE_SWITCHGET_EXT_STATERequests the module status from the extended state packet. Thiscommand is for Module targets only.Syntax get_ext_stateGET_PORTRequests the port number that is being used by CAIT.Syntax get_portGET_SCREENRetrieves the current handset display screen from the phone.Returns the backlight and annunciator information as well as thecurrent appearance of the screen. (The phone display alternatesshowing the screen and blink screen. It alternates betweenannunciator and blink annunciator, so if something is on one andnot the other it will blink.)Syntax get_screenExample get_screenResponse Backlight ONScreen:QUALCOMMFeb 13, Thu6:16pm(special characters here)Annunciator: 0001Blink Screen:QUALCOMMFeb 13, Thu6:16pm(special characters here)Blink Annunciator: 0001RSSI: 05Blink Rate: 0500
  • 268 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryThe special characters are mapped characters on the mobile phones.At this time, CAIT does not interpret them into anything readable.GET_SMSRequests the most recent SMS message and provides options fordeleting SMS messages. This command is for Module targets only.Syntax get_sms erase_codeerase_code can be any of the following:Example get_sms 0Response Retrieves the latest SMS message and does not delete any messages.GPS_LAST_PKTAs part of the GPS receiver configuration, this command is used toset the last packet in the burst from the GPS receiver. The packetname is given in quotation marks. This setting is only good whileCAIT is running. The information is lost when you exit CAIT.Syntax gps_last_pkt “packet_name”Example gps_last_pkt “vtg”Response The vtg message is set as the last one in a burst.GPS_SESS_CTRLProvides an interface to the DMSS GPS Session Controlrequest/response as documented in the Serial Data InterfaceCode Definition/Value0 Do not delete any SMS messages1 Delete all SMS text messages2 Delete the most recently accessed SMS text message3 Delete the oldest accessed SMS text message4 Delete all SMS voice messages5 Delete the most recent SMS voice message6 Delete the oldest SMS voice message7 Delete all SMS messages
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 269ScriptCommandListControl document (ICD) which is available to QUALCOMMsubscriber and test equipment licensees. (This document requires alicense and agreement beyond that which is required for CAIT.) Thesubcommand parameter provides a value for the GPS_CONTROLparameter to this DIAG command. If a single numeric value isprovided, it is interpreted as a single-byte data value for thecommand, while a hex string can be used to pass more informationto DMSS. The hex string is provided in the same manner as in theSEND_DATA command (see “SEND_DATA” on page 291). The lenparameter is ignored.Syntax gps_sess_ctrl subcommand len data_bytegps_sess_ctrl subcommand “hex_string”HELPDisplays a brief description of the command syntax. If entered withno argument, all commands are listed with help text. If the topicoption is used, an explanation of only that topic is displayed.Syntax help [topic]Example 1 helpResponse All commands with topic options are displayed.Example 2 help NVResponse A complete list of NV items are displayed by name. For morespecific help with NV items, type help nv_read or help nv_write inthe Scripting window.HDR_DIPSW_CLEAR_ALLClears all HDR DIP switches.Syntax hdr_dipsw_clear_allHDR_DIPSW_RD_MASKReads and displays the HDR DIP switch mask.Syntax hdr_dipsw_rd_mask
  • 270 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryHDR_DIPSW_RESETClears a specific HDR DIP switch specified by bit number (0-31).Syntax hdr_dipsw_reset bit_numberHDR_DIPSW_SETSets a specific HDR DIP switch specified by bit number (0-31).Syntax hdr_dipsw_set bit_numberHDR_DIPSW_SET_MASKSets the HDR DIP switch mask.Syntax hdr_dipsw_set_mask hex_maskHL_PR_LIST_RDReads the Preferred Roaming List (PRL) into a file. The NAMparameter indicates which NAM the PRL should be read from. Thefilename parameter must be given in quotation marks and namesthe file that the PR list will be read into. If the file already exists, itwill be overwritten. The output format is readable by the offlineQUALCOMM Preferred Roaming List Print Tool (Print PRL). This isthe same format written by the hl_pr_list_wr command or theProduct Support Tool (PST) for PCS mode phones. This commanddiffers from pr_list_rd in that the output file lacks the 3- or 5-byteheader used in the older implementation.Syntax pr_list_rd nam “filename”Example pr_list_rd 0 “nam1prl.hin”HL_PR_LIST_WRAllows the user to write a Preferred Roaming List (PRL) file to thephone. The NAM parameter specifies which NAM the PRL shouldbe written to. The filename must be given in quotation marks andmust be a file that was previously read from a phone using thehl_pr_list_rd command, read from a phone using the PST, or createdusing the QUALCOMM Roaming List Generator (RLG) for phonessupporting PCS mode. Use this command only with headerless PRLfiles. For PRL files which have the 3- or 5-byte header, use pr_list_wr(see “PR_LIST_WR” on page 284).
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 271ScriptCommandListSyntax pr_list_wr nam “filename”Example pr_list_wr 0 “nam1prl.hin”Response The list in the file nam1prl.hin is sent to the mobile phone.See also pr_list_wrHS_LOCKLocks or unlocks manual key operation for handset emulation. It isrecommended that if the handset emulation commands are used(key, get_screen), the manual operation be locked out forconsistency.Syntax hs_lock l | uExample hs_lock lResponse Normal manual keypad operation is locked out.See also keyget_screenINPRequests a port input operation where port is accessed either as abyte (8 bits) or word (16 bits) port, depending on the syntax of thecommand.Syntax inp byte | wordExample inp byte 0x01Response Requested byte is input from port address 0x01.KEYSends a specified key press to the phone. The keys include keysother than just handset keys.Syntax key [key_name]
  • 272 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryValues for key names can be any of those in the following table.Name Definition/ValueNONE No more keys availableON_HOOK Phone has gone on-hookOFF_HOOK Phone has gone off-hookRING_VOL_0 Ringer volume 0RING_VOL_1 Ringer volume 1RING_VOL_2 Ringer volume 2EAR_UP Ear-piece upEAR_UP_END Ear-piece up + end pressedEAR_DOWN Ear-piece downPF1 Soft-key #1 (left-most)PF2 Soft-key #2 (right-most)MSG Message waitingPOUND # keySTAR * keyZERO 0 keyONE 1 keyTWO 2 keyTHREE 3 keyFOUR 4 keyFIVE 5 keySIX 6 keySEVEN 7 keyEIGHT 8 keyNINE 9 keySEND Send keyEND End keyCLR Clear keySTO Store keyUP Up-arrow keyDOWN Down-arrow key
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 273ScriptCommandListMUTE Mute keyRCL Recall keySD1 Speed dial #1SD2 Speed dial #2SD3 Speed dial #3MENU Menu keySELECT Select keyALPHA Alpha keyDEC_POUND Decoded # DTMFDEC_STAR Decoded * DTMFDEC_0 Decoded 0 DTMFDEC_1 Decoded 1 DTMFDEC_2 Decoded 2 DTMFDEC_3 Decoded 3 DTMFDEC_4 Decoded 4 DTMFDEC_5 Decoded 5 DTMFDEC_6 Decoded 6 DTMFDEC_7 Decoded 7 DTMFDEC_8 Decoded 8 DTMFDEC_9 Decoded 9 DTMFDEC_A Decoded A DTMFDEC_B Decoded B DTMFDEC_D Decoded C DTMFDEC_D Decoded D DTMFPWR_ON Power key was actuatedPWR_OFF Power key was actuatedPWR Power keyINFO Info keyFREE Phone placed in hands-free cradlePHONE Phone lifted from hands-free cradleIGN_OFF Ignition was turned offIGN_ON Ignition was turned onName Definition/Value
  • 274 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryExample key rclResponse The rcl key press is sent to the subscriber station.Note The PWR_ON keystroke cannot actually power on the test phone or subscriberstation.TMR_ON Power-up timer ’on’ pseudo-keyTMR_OFF Power-up timer ’off’ pseudo-keyBAD_BATT The car battery is failingEXT_PWR_ON External power was turned onEXT_PWR_OFF External power was turned offREDIAL Redial keyRSSI_KEY RSSI keyHFK_CORD Coil cord car-kitHFK_NOCORD Non-coil-corded car-kitHEADSET HeadsetDEV_UNKNOWN Unknown device IDEXT_DEV ONES detector finds external deviceLOUDSPEAKER LoudspeakerLSPKR LoudspeakerHDS Home docking station attachedHEADSET_ON Analog Headset onHEADSET_OFF Analog Headset offPUSH_TO_TALK Push to Talk buttonPTT Push to Talk buttonHAT_UP HAT Up pressHAT_DOWN HAT Down pressHAT_LEFT HAT Left pressHAT_RIGHT HAT Right pressRELEASE Key to note that all keys are upName Definition/Value
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 275ScriptCommandListKEY_HOLDSends a key press to the phone without release as if you wereholding the key down.Syntax key_hold keyExample key_hold pwrResponse The end key is sent to the test phone; and if it is a QCP-800 orQCP-1900®phone, it will actually power off.LIST_CAIT_SCREENSLists the names of CAIT display windows that can be opened orclosed. An asterisk(*) marks currently open screens in the returnedlisting.Syntax list_cait_screensLIST_PROFILESLists the names of all profiles, for use with the LOAD_PROFILEcommand. This is the same list that appears in the Load Profilesdialog box, described in “Saving and loading configuration profiles”on page 223.Syntax list_profilesLOAD_PROFILEThis command loads a named CAIT profile. This works the same asloading a profile through the Load Profile dialog box (described in“Saving and loading configuration profiles” on page 223), exceptthat the scripting window will remain open even if it is not includedin the target profile. To view a list of avaliable profiles, use theLIST_PROFILES command.Syntax load_profile “profile_name”LOAD_SYNTH (analog test command)Tunes the synthesizer to a given channel (analog only).Syntax load_synth channel
  • 276 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryLOG_ON_DEMANDRequests that the DMSS immediately output a log packet matchingthe log code specified. The log packet is to be delivered via the nor-mal logging mechanism of the phone.Syntax log_on_demand log_codeLOGGINGTurns data logging on and off from the scripting screen commandline or in a script file. This command is equivalent to typing Alt+Lfrom anywhere in CAIT. If using this command to turn logging on,you can optionally specify a file name to which the log will bewritten.Syntax logging on [“filename”]| offExample logging onResponse CAIT starts polling the test phone for logging messages.LOGMASKUsed to change the current log mask from the scripting screen or ina script file. If logging is on when this command is executed, the newlog mask is sent to the phone. If not, the log mask is set in CAIT. Usethe check boxes described in “Logging Mask dialog box” on page160 to determine the appropriate hexadecimal mask value for the logmask configuration you desire.This command is provided in two formats with distinctly differentsyntaxes.Syntax 1 logmask [equipment_ID] “mask_value_string”Where equipment_ID is an optional integer value that specifies aDMSS equipment ID and mask_value_string is the new log mask,which is specified as a string, in quotes. The string format lets youcopy log mask values from the Logging Mask dialog box (see“Logging Mask dialog box” on page 160) and paste them into yourscripts. If you omit the equipment_ID specification, the default valueof 1 is used, signifying the CDMA logging mask.Example 1 logmask 4 “FFFFFFFF”Response This turns on the first 32 log codes in the WCDMA logging mask.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 277ScriptCommandListSyntax 2 logmask mask_value_hexWhere mask_value_hex is a hexadecimal value specifying the new logmask.Example 2 logmask 0XFFFFFFFFResponse This turns on the first 32 log codes in the current CDMA loggingmask (equipment ID 1) in CAIT.MAKE_WCDMA_CALLInitiates a call on a WCDMA phone.Syntax make_wcdma_call “digit_string” AMRdigit_string is the number to be called; it must be enclosed inquotation marks.AMR is a number, 0–7, representing the rate of the vocoder, asfollows:0 = 4.75 kbps1 = 5.15 kbps2 = 5.90 kbps3 = 6.70 kbps4 = 7.40 kbps5 = 7.95 kbps6 = 10.2 kbps7 = 12.2 kbpsExample MAKE_WCDMA_CALL "123456" 7MODERequests a mode change of the subscriber station. Many testcommands are only accepted by the subscriber station when it is inoffline mode. In the offline options below, the A and D stand foranalog and digital, respectively.Syntax mode offline-a | offline-d | resetExample 1 mode offline-aResponse Directs the subscriber station to enter the offline analog mode. Afterthis command is sent, it may take several seconds to complete thetransition into the offline mode. Monitor the phone_state (see“PHONE_STATE” on page 282) to see when the transition iscomplete.
  • 278 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryExample 2 mode resetResponse Directs the subscriber station to perform a software restart, and thetest phone will cycle power. This command is not valid unless thephone is already in an offline state first.NV_READRequests an NV (non-volatile memory) item by name or numeric IDfrom the phone. There are hundreds of NV items. For a completelisting of the NV items which can be read, type help nv_read. Someof the items need modifiers to specify which element you want toread.Syntax nv_read item|item_number [modifiers]Example nv_read esnResponse The test phone ESN (electronic serial number of test phone) isrequested.NV_READ_HEXRequests an NV (non-volatile memory) item by name or numeric IDfrom the phone, in hexadecimal format. There are hundreds of NVitems. For a complete listing of the NV items which can be read, typehelp nv_read_hex. Some of the items need modifiers to specifywhich element you want to read.Syntax nv_read_hex item|item_number [modifiers]NV_WRITEProvides a value to be written to the named NV item.Syntax nv_write item|item_number {parameters}Example nv_write slot_cycle_index{1}Response The value 1 is written to the slot cycle index NV item. Note thatbecause different NV items require different types of data, theargument list varies from item to item. Type help nv_write for anargument list. The dot operator ( ) is required, but the content can bea string, address, or numeric. The list may have up to 40 arguments.A comma must separate each item.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 279ScriptCommandListNV_WRITE_ITEMThis command allows you to write an NV item by specifying thenumeric ID assigned to it.Syntax nv_write_item item_number {parameters}item_number specifies the NV item to write.parameters is a list of byte values to be written, separated by spacesor commas.NV_WRITE_ONLINEWrites an NV item as does nv_write, but does so without goingoffline.Syntax nv_write_online item {parameters}Example nv_write_online ringer_level {2}Response The value 2 is written to the ringer level NV item while the phoneremains online.See Also nv_writeOPEN_CAIT_SCREENOpens a named CAIT display window. To view a list of validwindow names, use the LIST_CAIT_SCREENS command describedon page 275.Syntax open_cait_screen “screen_name”OPENLOGOpen a transcript file and writes every line echoed to the screen inthe script scrolling area. An optional ECHO switch enablesrecording of scripting commands within the log file opened. See thecommand “CLOSE_CAIT_SCREEN” on page 252 to close the file.Syntax openlog “log_file_name” [echo]Example openlog “foo.dat” echoResponse The file foo.dat is opened for transcript output. The quotation marksare not required but are recommended for correct interpretation. For
  • 280 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM Proprietaryexample, if the file is named “2test.dat” without using quotations,CAIT would warn of a syntax error. This is because the “2” as thefirst character would be interpreted as a number not a string.Additionally, the presence of the ECHO switch results insubsequent scripting commands being recorded in the file foo.dat.Note The openlog command cannot be nested (only one file can be open at a time).OUTPRequests a port output operation.Syntax outp byte | wordExample outp byte 0x01 12Response Decimal 12 is output to the byte port 0x01.PARM_GETRequests the specified parameters as follows:■ MUX1 = Rate Set 1 Traffic Channel Parameters■ MUX2 = Rate Set 2 Traffic Channel Parameters■ PAGE = Paging Channel■ ACCESS = Access Channel■ LAYER2 = Layer 2 Statistics■ ALL = All of the aboveSyntax parm_get MUX1 | MUX2 | PAGE | ACCESS | LAYER2 | ALLExample parm_get accessResponse The CAIT displays the access channel statistics as follows:Access Channel Statistics 5/20/93 16:26:47*Acc Chn req msgs 740*Acc Chn rsp msgs 0*Probe Tx > 1 17*Probe Tx > 2 8*Probe Tx > 3 4*Probe Tx > 4 3*Probe Tx > 5 1*Num of failed attempts 0
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 281ScriptCommandListPARM_SETSets the specified parameters. A -1 value clears all parameters. Referto Appendix E of the IS-95-A or J-STD-008, Table E-1, CDMARetrievable and Settable Parameters, for the parameter identificationvalues.Syntax parm_set parm_id [value]Example parm_set -1 0Response All parameters are cleared (reset to zero).PASSWORDAllows the user to send the phone’s security password. This is thepassword associated with the DMSS Security Plan, not to beconfused with the Service Programming Code. If a phone has thispassword set, sending this command with the correct password willunlock secure features (memory peek/poke, port I/O). If the wrongpassword is sent, the phone powers off. The password argument isa 16-character string of hexadecimal digits (0–9, A–F), representingthe 8-byte password of the phone.Syntax password “password”Example password “0123456789abcdef”Response The security password of 0x0123456789abcdef is sent to thephone to unlock the secure features of the phone.PAUSEStops reading commands from the script file until a keystroke isentered.Syntax pauseExample pauseResponse A dialog box with the text “Paused ! Press Enter or clickthe OK Button” opens. The execution of the script is suspendedtill the user closes this dialog box.
  • 282 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryPCM_LBTurns the Vocoder PCM Loop Back on or off. This mode feedssamples from the address codec back to the codec effectively loopingmicrophone audio to the handset (or other) speaker.Syntax pcm_lb on | offExample pcm_lb offResponse The Vocoder PCM Loop Back turns off.PEEKThis command causes CAIT to ask the subscriber station for thecontents of a specified region of its memory up to 16 bytes at a time.Syntax peek byte | word | dword | nv_byte | nv_word | nv_dword | vocaddr lengthExample peek byte 0040:0000 4Response Peeks at the 4 bytes starting at memory address 0040:0000.PHONE_STATERequests the current phone state (analog, CDMA), displays stateand event count, which is a count of the number of handoffs, andother state-significant events. Possible phone states are:■ No Service■ Analog States: Initialization, Idle, Voice Channel Initialization,Waiting for Order, Waiting for Answer, Conversation, Release,System Access■ CDMA States: Initialization, Idle, Voice Channel Initialization,Waiting for Order, Waiting for Answer, Conversation, Release,Update Overhead Information, Mobile Station OriginationAttempt, Page Response, Order/Message Response,Registration Access, Message TransmissionSyntax phone_statePILOT_SETSRequests current pilot sets information (members of active,candidate, neighbor sets, PN offset, strength)
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 283ScriptCommandListSyntax pilot_setsExample Active Set Candidate Set Neighbor SetPN Strength PN Strength PN Strength PN Strength* 396 12 76 63 152 63* 236 63 288 63* 328 63 296 63* 24 35 316 63* 488 29* 44 63* 364 26* 204 63* 344 63* 368 63*Remaining Set Pilot Inc: 4PKT_LBTurns the Vocoder Packet Loop Back on or off. This mode returnsvoice packets received on the forward traffic channel back over thereverse traffic channel. For this command to take effect, the phonemust be in a call. The command must be repeated for each call.Syntax pkt_lb on | offExample pkt_lb onResponse Turns the Packet Loop Back on.POKEDirects the subscriber station to set a given memory location to aspecified value. Note that using this command, without anyknowledge of a particular memory location, has the potential todisable the subscriber station.Syntax poke byte | word | dword | nv_byte | nv_word | nv_dword |voc addr valueExample poke word 0040:0000 0xFFFFResponse Pokes (inserts) 0xFFFF into the word at memory address 0040:0000.PR_ LIST_RDAllows the user to read the Preferred Roaming List (PRL) into a file.The NAM parameter indicates which NAM the PRL should be readfrom. The filename parameter must be given in quotation marks andnames the file that the PR list will be read into. If the file alreadyexists, it will be overwritten. If it does not exist, it will be created inthe format readable by the offline QUALCOMM Preferred Roaming
  • 284 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryList Print Tool (print PRL). It is the same format to be written to thephone using the pr_list_wr command or the Product Support Tool(PST) for phones supporting PCS mode.Syntax pr_list_rd nam “filename”Example pr_list_rd 0 “nam1prl.bin”Response The list is printed to a file named nam1prl.bin.PR_LIST_WRAllows the user to write a Preferred Roaming List (PRL) file to thephone. The NAM parameter specifies which NAM the PRL shouldbe written to. The filename must be given in quotation marks andmust be a file that was previously read from a phone using thepr_list_rd command, read from a phone using the PST, or createdusing the QUALCOMM Roaming List Generator (RLG) for phonessupporting PCS mode.Syntax pr_list_wr nam “filename”Example pr_list_wr 0 “nam1prl.bin”Response The nam1prl.bin list is sent to the mobile phone.PRINTPrints a line on the display window.Syntax print “text”Example print “Next we will test the symbol error rate”Response The string “Next we will test the symbol error rate” is printedon the display screen. The quotation marks delimit the string.RCVERSUS1 (analog test command)Returns the message count on the analog control channel.Syntax rcversus1
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 285ScriptCommandListRCVS1 (analog test command)Returns the message count on the analog control channel. Shorthandfor rcversus1.Syntax rcvs1RSSI (analog test command)Returns the current analog RSSI measurement. This command is forModule targets only.Syntax RSSIRUNStarts executing commands from a script file. This also allows onescript file to execute another.Syntax run [script_file_name]Example run test0001.scrResponse CAIT starts running the test0001.scr script file. This command isentered on the command line or contained in a script file. Whenentered on the command line, the file is opened and commands areparsed and executed from the beginning of the file to the end. Whenthis command is contained in a script file, the position in the currentfile is remembered, the new file is run, then processing is resumed inthe original file. Nesting of files up to five deep is supported.RXMUTE (analog test command)Mutes or unmutes the receiver audio signal.Syntax rxmute on | offExample rxmute offResponse Unmutes the receiver audio signal.SATOFF (analog test command)Disables the SAT (supervisory audio tone) transmission.Syntax satoff
  • 286 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietarySATON (analog test command)Transmits a SAT (supervisory audio tone). Value may be 5970, 6000,or 6030 Hz.Syntax saton [value]Example saton 6000Response Transmits a SAT at 6000 Hz.SAVE_CAIT_SCREENSaves the entire application screen in a bitmap (.BMP) file (just likeselecting CAIT Screen from the CAIT Capture menu does). You canoptionally include a quoted string to specify the file name to use. Thebitmap files are saved in the folder where the CAIT program resides.If you specify the name of a file that already exists, the new file willoverwrite the older one. If you do not specify a file name, a defaultname will be used, in the format CAIT_SCREENx.bmp, where x isan integer, beginning with 1, which is incremented for each file yousave.Note This scripting command has one significant limitation: the only portion of theapplication window that can be captured is whatever portion is currently visibleon the display. If the main window of CAIT is partially off-screen, or is blockedby another application’s window, the hidden portion will not be captured.Syntax save_cait_screen ["file_name"]Example save_cait_screen "screen1.bmp"Response Saves the current phone screen to a bitmap file named screen1.bmp.SAVE_PHONE_SCREENThis command saves an image of the current phone screen to abitmap (.BMP) file, which is specified as a quoted string. The bitmapfiles are save in the folder where the CAIT program resides. If youspecify the name of a file that already exists, the new file willoverwrite the older one.Syntax save_phone_screen "file_name"Example save_phone_screen "screen1.bmp"Response Saves the current phone screen to a bitmap file named screen1.bmp.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 287ScriptCommandListSCAN_CONFIGLets you alter the Pilot Scanner’s PN search parameters andalgorithms.The scan_config command requires you to specify the values of allparameters even if you want to change only one of them.For a detailed description of each scan_config parameter, seeAppendix B, “SCAN_CONFIG Parameters,” on page 307.Syntax scan_config scan_mode incr win_siz integ ho_typ log_fmt log_thrlog_mskThe following table lists the possible values for each parameter:Example scan_config 0 3 1 2 0 0 0 0Response Resets PN scanning to scan all PN space using an increment of 3.SCAN_NLISTThis command lets you load the Retriever Pilot Scanner withNeighbor list information to either augment or override the OTANeighbor List, or to provide a pilot list for scanning PN offsets in Listmode.Syntax scan_nlist replace_all active_pn nlist_siz {P1, P2,... P20}Parameter Valuescan_mode 0=A R R R (all PNs), 1=A N N N (list).incr 0=Use pilot_inc, 1,2...=User specified.win_siz 0=Use (PN 64*Incr), 1= WinN, 2... 512=User specified.integ 0=256, 1=360, 2=512, 3=720, 4=1020.ho_typ 0=Within Nlist only, 1=All, 2=None.log_fmt 0=Dense Scanner format, 1=STD QUALCOMM DM format.log_thr 0=All, 1=T_DROP, 2=T_ADD (STD log_fmt only).log_msk 0 = Log mask for the Retriever Dense-Pack packet, pagingchannel overhead messages and GPS data, 0x00109880.1 = Log mask for the Retriever Dense-Pack packet, plusSync, Traffic, Access, Markov Frame Rate, Sparse AGC,Data, etc., 0x0059D9F0.
  • 288 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM Proprietaryreplace_all controls how Retriever uses this list. Use replace_all=1 tocompletely replace the Neighbor list. Use replace_all=0 to appendthe new list to the end of the existing Neighbor list. Retrieversupports up to 20 total pilots in Idle/Scan List mode.active_pn is the Active serving system’s PN to associate this list with.nlist_siz is the length of the list being entered.P1, P2, etc., is the list of pilot PNs to include in the Neighbor list.Example 1 scan_nlist 0 160 2 {24,48}Response Pilots PN=24 and PN=48 are added to Active pilot PN=160’sNeighbor List.Example 2 scan_nlist 1 160 5 {4,16,32,96,104}Response Replaces any existing pilot list with PN offsets 4,16,32,96, and 104 forscanning in List mode.SCAN_OFFTurns the PN scanner OFF and returns the scanner to normal phoneoperation.Syntax scan_offExample scan_offResponse PN scanning ends.SCAN_ONStarts PN scanning using either the default parameters orparameters that have been entered using the scan_config command.Syntax scan_onExample scan_onResponse PN scanning begins.SCAN_PARSEReads in a binary log file containing Dense-Pack searcher packetsand writes out an ASCII file listing the Dense-Pack search scansonly.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 289ScriptCommandListThe Dense-Pack scanner log packet contains the time stamp of thesearch, Rx power at the end of the search, LNA state during thesearch, instantaneous Ec/I0 of each of the four largest energy peaksin the search window of each PN, and each peak’s position (timedelay).Individual Ec values can be computed from this by addingRx + Ec/I0, where Rx represents an estimate of the total power I0.Note The scan_parse command only parses out Dense-Pack searcher packets fromthe binary data.The following is an example of output from the scan_parsecommand:Time PN S Win L Rx E1 E2 E3 E4 P1 P2 P3 P4 WPos00:37:26.087 192 A 256 1 -85.9 -10.5 -19.3 -19.5 -20.0 0102 0071 0119 00e4 f83800:37:26.100 400 R 256 1 -84.9 -18.3 -19.6 -19.7 -20.4 00e0 003d 011d 01b0 f83800:37:26.120 404 R 256 1 -84.9 -18.8 -19.5 -19.8 -20.0 0039 014a 009e 00ac f83800:37:26.135 408 R 256 1 -84.9 -18.2 -19.2 -19.2 -19.6 01da 0042 0100 01c3 f838The columns of scan_parse output contain the following data:Syntax scan_parse log_file_name output_file_nameExample scan_parse M2817330.007 search_scans.txtColumn DataTime CDMA system time at the end of the search period.PN PN offset of the search.S Set membership of the search (Active, Neighbor, Remaining)deduced by Retriever by comparing the searched PN to thecontents of the latest Extended neighbor list message. “N”indicates that Retriever cannot deduce the membership.L LNA (low noise amplifier) state during the search (1=on, 0=off).Rx Estimate of the total receive power in the 1.25 MHz CDMAchannel (can be considered the open loop total signal +interface + noise term I0).E1–E4 Four largest energy peaks’ Ec/I0 found in the search window.P1–P4 Position of each peak in half chip hexadecimal units. A peakposition of 0100 refers to a peak exactly centered in the searchwindow.Wpos Lower 16 bits of the absolute position of the search window.
  • 290 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryResponse The Dense-Pack log file M2817330.007 is parsed and the Dense-Packsearch scans it contains are written to the file search_scans.txt.SCAN_PN_IDIn user interface screen mode, the Retriever Pilot Scanner supportsthe ability to display 4-letter cell sector names rather than PN offsetnumbers. The scan_pn_id command lets you enter these cell sectornames into the phone’s programmable memory.Be aware that at this time, no ability to resolve PN reuse ambiguitieswithin a network is supported. It is assumed that the mainusefulness of the PN name mapping feature will either be innetworks having no PN reuse (small to mid-size networks), or insituations where the user wants to enter a cluster ofuniquely-assigned PNs confined to an area within a larger network.Syntax scan_pn_id pilot_pn namepilot_pn is the PN offset number to map to the cell sector name.name is a 4-letter cell sector name string.Example scan_pn_id 4 MIRXscan_pn_id 8 MIRYscan_pn_id 12 MIRZscan_pn_id 16 SORXscan_pn_id 20 SORYResponse The PN offsets 4, 8, 12, 16, and 20 are assigned the names MIRX,MIRY, MIRZ, SORX, and SORY, respectively.SCAN_RF_CNTLThe Retriever Pilot Scanner can be service programmed with CDMAchannels like a normal commercial phone. However, thescan_rf_cntl command is provided to ensure Pilot Scanner will lockonto and suppress registrations on a particular RF channel.Syntax scan_rf_cntl cdma_channel regcdma_channel is the CDMA channel you want to lock onto. Whencdma_channel is nonzero, the Retriever Pilot Scanner will alwaystune and lock onto this channel, ignoring any service-programmedsystem selection parameters, OTA Channel List hashing, or GlobalService Redirection commands. When cdma_channel is set to zero (0),system selection returns to automatic; that is, it is controlled by the
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 291ScriptCommandListcontents of Retriever’s service-programmed system selection andOTA system commands.reg is a boolean value (0=yes, 1=no) that indicates whether or notRetriever should register on this CDMA channel according to theActive serving sector’s registration parameters (contained in thelatest received Extended System Parameters Message.)Example scan_rf_cntl 2 1Response The Retriever phone locks onto RF channel 2 and suppressesregistration on that channel.SCAN_TRANSReads in a binary log file containing Dense-Pack searcher packetsand writes out another binary log file in which the Dense-Packpackets have been converted to Standard DM Temporal Analyzerpackets.Syntax scan_trans input_file output_fileExample scan_trans M2817330.007 M2817330.outResponse The Dense-Pack log file M2817330.007 is translated and output as alog file in standard DM format file, M2817330.out.SEND_DATAThis command sends the contents of a hexadecimal string to thephone. The hexadecimal data string is translated into a binary bytestream before being transmitted. Any response returned by thephone is displayed in the scripting window in HEX and ASCII.Syntax send_data “hex_string”SEND_DATA_FILEThis command sends the contents of the specified data file to thephone. The data file is treated as binary, and no translation isapplied to its contents. Any data returned by the phone is displayedin the scripting window in HEX and ASCII.Syntax send_data_file “file_name”
  • 292 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietarySEND_IS801_MESSAGEThe send_is801_message command can be used to send IS-801messages to the phone.The gpsOne window, described in “gpsOne information” on page142, displays the gpsOne commands. Refer to the QCTest Serial DataInterface Control Document, 80-B1188-1 for diag messagedescriptions. Refer to the gpsOne Position Determination Messagingand Parameters document, 80-V0726-1, for a description of the IS-801message fields.Syntax send_is801_message gps_control file_name [set_bit_option]gps_control defines messages for acquisition assistance, sensitivityassistance, and position location response.file_name is the name of a file containing text data in the structiteration language toolkit (SILK) input format, describing the IS-801message fields.Caution The templates have values that work with SILK. Providing incorrect values maycause CAIT to hang while the SILK functions wait for additional data.Include the optional set_bit_option parameter to give the mobileadditional information.Examples The values for the gps_control, file_name, and set_bit_optionparameters must be grouped as shown.IS-801 Acquisition assistance message:send_is801_message 1 silkspecAA.txt UseMessageTimeIS-801 Sensitivity assistance message:send_is801_message 2 silkspecSA.txt WipeOffIS-801 Provide position location response message:send_is801_message 5 silkspecPL.txt (Reserved)IS-801 Provide Almanac data message:send_is801_message 8 silkspecAlmanac.txt (Reserved)IS-801 Provide Ephemeris data message:send_is801_message 9 silkspecEphemeris.txt(Reserved)
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 293ScriptCommandListSEQ_NUMSRequests that packets be sent with sequence numbers included.Syntax seq_numsSER_REPORTReports the Symbol Error Rate (SER) counts.Syntax ser_reportExample ser_reportResponse Polls the subscriber station for current SER statistics, withoutresetting the counters.SER_RESETResets the Symbol Error Rate (SER) statistics.Syntax ser_resetExample ser_resetResponse Resets the SER counters.SET_ALARMS_DIRSet the name of the directory containing alarm definition files.Syntax set_alarms_dir directorySET_ATTN (analog test command)Sets the analog power control to a specific value (range 0−7).Syntax set_attn [value]Example set_attn 1Response Power control is set to 1 volt.
  • 294 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietarySET_CAIT_OPTIONThis command sets many options that are found in the CAITConfiguration dialog box, which is described in “ConfiguringCAIT” on page 197.Syntax set_cait_option option valuePossible values for the option and value parameters forSET_CAIT_OPTION are:Option ValueAUTOSAVE_TRANSCRIPT 0 or 1, enabled or disabledCALL_ALARM 0 or 1, enabled or disabledCALL_ALARM_SOUND 0 or 1, enabled or disabledCALL_ALARM_SOUND_FILE "filename"CONFIRM_EXIT 0 or 1, enabled or disabledDONGLE_ALARM 0 or 1, enabled or disabledDONGLE_ALARM_SOUND 0 or 1, enabled or disabledDONGLE_ALARM_SOUND_FILE "filename"FORCE_BAUD baud rate to force (19200, forexample)GPS_ALARM 0 or 1, enabled or disabledGPS_ALARM_SOUND 0 or 1, enabled or disabledGPS_ALARM_SOUND_FILE "filename"GPS_ALT_SPEED_METRIC 0 or 1, enabled or disabledGPS_LAT_LONG_DECIMAL 0 or 1, enabled or disabledLOG_ANNOTATE_WINDOWS 0 or 1, enabled or disabledLOG_DIAG_ERRORS 0 or 1, enabled or disabledLOG_DURATION_LIMIT duration in bytesLOG_FILE_SIZE_LIMIT size in secondsLOG_HIGH_PRIORITY priority valueLOG_LOW_PRIORITY priority valueLOG_MATCHES_MASK 0 or 1, enabled or disabledLOG_MEDIUM_PRIORITY priority valueLOG_NAME_MDM 0 or 1, enabled or disabledPHONE_ALARM 0 or 1, enabled or disabledPHONE_ALARM_SOUND 0 or 1, enabled or disabledPHONE_ALARM_SOUND_FILE "filename"RAISE_TRANSCRIPT 0 or 1, enabled or disabled
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 295ScriptCommandListSET_EXT_INT_TYPESets the type of interrupt (0–2). This command is for Module targetsonly.Syntax set_ext_int_type 0 | 1 | 2SET_EXT_RSSISets the sensitivity and range of RSSI reporting for both CDMA andanalog modes. This command is for Module targets only.Syntax set_ext_rssi {cmd_code, sub_sys, subcmd_code, cdma_rssi_sensitivity,cdma_lower_threshold, cdma_upper_threshold, analog_rssi_sensitivity,analog_lower_threshold, analog_upper_threshold}cmd_code is a 1-byte message ID.sub_sys is a 1-byte identifier for the generic subsystem, used fordiagnostic purposes. The default is 0.subcmd_code is a 1-byte flag. Possible values: 0=Extended state,1=RSSI sensitivity, 3=Masking interrupt.cdma_rssi_sensitivity sets the sensitivity of CDMA RSSI change, indB. The default is 3 dB. If the difference between current RSSI andlast RSSI is larger than this value and within the range of sensitivitytest, the system unit will be notified.REACQUIRE_ON_CTS 0 or 1, enabled or disabledRESTORE_DATA_MODE 0 or 1, enabled or disabledSAVE_DIP_SETTINGS 0 or 1, enabled or disabledSEARCH_ON_115200 0 or 1, enabled or disabledSEARCH_ON_19200 0 or 1, enabled or disabledSEARCH_ON_38400 0 or 1, enabled or disabledSEARCH_ON_57600 0 or 1, enabled or disabledSHOW_SPLASH 0 or 1, enabled or disabledUSE_GPS 0 or 1, enabled or disabledWARN_ON_PHONE_SWITCH 0 or 1, enabled or disabledOption Value
  • 296 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM Proprietarycdma_lower_threshold sets the lower bound of CDMA RSSI inabsolute value, in dB. The normal setting is –80 dB in absolute,which is 80 dB, but there is no default value.cdma_upper_threshold sets the upper bound of CDMA RSSI inabsolute value, in dB (1 mW). The normal setting is –100 dB inabsolute, which is 100 dB (1 mW), but there is no default value.analog_rssi_sensitivity sets the sensitivity of analog RSSI change, indB. The default is 3 dB. If the difference between current RSSI andlast RSSI is larger than this value and within the range of sensitivitytest, the system unit will be notified.analog_lower_threshold sets the lower bound of analog RSSI inabsolute value, in dB. The normal setting is –85 dB in absolute,which is 85 dB, but there is no default value.analog_upper_threshold sets the upper bound of analog RSSI inabsolute value, in dB. The normal setting is –115 dB in absolute,which is 115 dB, but there is no default value.The range of RSSI reporting can be set in absolute values by usingthe cdma_lower_threshold, cdma_upper_threshold,analog_lower_threshold, and analog_upper_threshold parameters. If thecurrent RSSI value and the last RSSI value are both out of this range,the system unit will not be notified, even if the difference betweencurrent RSSI and last RSSI is greater than the RSSI sensitivity setting.Also, the last RSSI value will not be updated as the current RSSI.RSSI sensitivity is set by setting the cdma_rssi_sensitivity andanalog_rssi_sensitivity parameters. These values set the reportingsensitivity for CDMA and analog modes, respectively. However, ifcurrent RSSI or last RSSI, or both, are within the range of RSSI, thedifference between current RSSI and last RSSI is subject to thesensitivity test. If the difference between the absolute value ofcurrent RSSI and the last recorded RSSI value is greater than theRSSI sensitivity setting, the system unit will be notified, and the lastRSSI value will be updated as current RSSI. The default sensitivityfor CDMA and analog is 3 dB. The RSSI range of CDMA and analogis not set by default.Example set_ext_rssi {12, , 1, 1, 80, 100, 1, 85, 115}Response Sets the RSSI sensitivity parameters to one and maintains thresholdlevels at their norm.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 297ScriptCommandListSET_LOG_DIRSets the directory where log files are written, either permanently ortemporarily.Syntax set_log_dir “logging_directory_path” [TEMPORARY]Example set_log_dir “c:cait_logjust4now” TEMPORARYResponse Sets the logging directory to the specified directory until the scriptfinishes running.SET_MAX_FWD_MUXSets the maximum number of supplemental channels. Thiscommand is for MDR targets only.Syntax set_max_fwd_mux service_option max_num_sup_chservice_option is a code representing the type of transmission forwhich you are setting a maximum number of supplementalchannels, as described in the following table.Code Description0 None1 IS-96 Voice2 8K Loopback3 Old 8K Markov4 Data5 IS-96A Voice6 13K (MSM2 only) Voice call7 13K (MSM2 only) Markov call (new)8 New 8K Markov9 13K Loopback10 13K (MSM2 only) Markov call (old)11 EVRC voice option22 Medium Data Rate (also known as High Speed Data) PPP PacketData Service (IS-707A) with rate set 1 forward and reverse. DefaultMux = 9 forward 1 reverse.
  • 298 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM Proprietarymax_num_sup_ch is the maximum number of supplemental channelsyou are specifying, 0–7.Example set_max_fwd_mux 5 3Response Sets the maximum number of supplemental channels for IS-96AVoice calls to 3.SET_NV_DEFS_DIRSets the root of the directory tree from which CAIT gets NV_ITEMdefinitions.Syntax set_nv_defs_dir “directory_name”SET_PORTChanges the port number to which CAIT is listening. This will causeCAIT to loook for a phone connected to the new port.Syntax set_port port_numberport_number is an integer representing the number assigned to theCOM port to which the test phone is connected.SET_SCRIPT_DIRSets the directory from which CAIT gets script files.Syntax set_script_dir “directory_name”23 Medium Data Rate (also known as High Speed Data) PPP PacketData Service (IS-707A) with rate set 1 forward and rate set 2 reverse.Default Mux = 9 forward 2 reverse. This service option is notsupported by MSM3000.24 Medium Data Rate (also known as High Speed Data) PPP PacketData Service (IS-707A) with rate set 2 forward and rate set 1 reverse.Default Mux = 10 forward 1 reverse. This service option is not supportby MSM3000.25 Medium Data Rate (also known as High Speed Data) PPP PacketData Service (IS-707A) with rate set 2 forward and reverse. DefaultMux = 10 forward 2 reverse.Code Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 299ScriptCommandListSET_STATUS_FLAG_MASKSets the status mask flag. This command is for Module targets only.Syntax set_status_flag_mask status_flag_maskstatus_flag_mask is a 2-byte value. The individual bit values eachindicate an event or state, as described in the following table.Example set_status_flag_mask 32192SLEEPToggles the phone’s sleep state.Syntax sleep on | offBit Description0 Digital service: 0=analog service, 1=digital service1 New SMS message. This bit will be reset every two minutes until youpower cycle the module, if the new SMS message is not read. It iscleared to 0 whenever an Extended State Packet Response is sent.2 Maintenance request when set to 1; cleared by the unlock_ordermessage defined by IS-95A3 caller_id_available when set to 1; this bit is cleared when aconversation ends and whenever an Extended State PacketResponse is sent.4 mod_pwr is on when set to 1.5 call_waiting (not implemented)6 NAM_change_alert; module changes NAM to get more preferredservice. This bit is cleared to 0 whenever an Extended State PacketResponse is sent.7 lock_until_pwr_cycle; if this bit is set to 1, Bit 2 is also set to 1. If thisbit is cleared to 0 (by the unlock_order message defined in IS-95A,Bit 2 is also cleared to 0.8 voice_privacy_alert; indicates that voice privacy has been lost orgained during a call. You must enable the voice privacy alert in themodule to activate the voice_privacy function. 0=voice privacy lost;1=voice privacy gained.9–15 Reserved
  • 300 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietarySPCAllows the user to send the service programming code to the phone.The parameter security_code is a string of 6 digits (0−9) enclosed inquotation marks. If the code is incorrect, a message appears andCAIT times out for about 10 seconds. This command is required tobe given before writing or reading certain NV items.Syntax spc “security_code”Example spc “000000”Response Sends the service programming code “000000” to the phone in orderto unlock write access to service programming parameters.SRCH_PARMThe Retriever Pilot Scanner has the ability to operate as a normalphone with some of the parameters from the Extended SystemParameters Message overridden and controlled using the srch_parmcommand. The parameters that can be overwritten include handoffparameters (T_ADD, T_DROP, T_COMP, T_TDROP), searchwindows (Win_A, Win_N, Win_R), and the Neighbor agingparameter NGHBR_MAX_AGE.Be aware of the following:■ Currently the srch_parm command groups search windows andhandoff parameters together. The user must override all of themtogether.■ Retriever currently overrides these system parameters for allserving sectors encountered during the test.■ If handoff parameters T_ADD, T_DROP, and T_COMP arespecified which are different than those being used OTA in thenetwork, Pilot Strength Measurement Messages will be adjustedso that the pilots’ reported energies conform to those whichwould have generated the respective T_ADD, T_DROP, orT_COMP events using the OTA thresholds. That is, if the user’sdesired T_ADD is lower than the actual threshold the system isusing, pilots generating add events may have their reportedenergies adjusted upward in the PSMM, if necessary, to matchthe Over-the-Air T_ADD. This is to force handoffs in networksutilizing certain infrastructure brands which look at pilotenergies in the PSMMs to decide whether or not to actually addthe pilot.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 301ScriptCommandListSyntax srch_parm win_a win_n win_r t_add t_drop t_comp t_tdropnghbr_max_agewin_a, win_n and win_r are IS-95A/J-STD-008 window sizes 0–15.For example, 7=40 chips, 8=60 chips, 9=80 chips, 10=100 chips, andso on.t_add, t_drop, and t_comp are the handoff parameters, specified inhalf-dB units.t_tdrop is the index into the T_TDROP threshold table given inIS-95A/J-STD-008. For example, 2=2 seconds, 3=4 seconds, 4=6seconds, and so on.nghbr_max_age is the maximum number of consecutive NeighborList Update messages not containing a pilot to be retained in theNeighbor set, as defined in IS-95A/J-STD-008.Example srch_parm 7 12 10 28 32 5 3 0Response Sets up the Retriever to operate as a normal phone with thefollowing pre-defined parameters: T_ADD=14dB, T_DROP=16dB,T_COMP=2.5dB, T_TDROP=4 seconds, Win_A=40 chips,Win_N=160 chips, Win_R=100 chips, and NGHBR_MAX_AGE=0.The Retriever will use these parameters for all search and handoffoperations in Sync, Idle, and Traffic states until it is power-cycled.SRCH_95B_SOFT_ENAIn terms of system parameter overrides, the Retriever Pilot Scannersupports enabling the IS-95B extensions to soft-handoff whereby asoft-handoff slope, Add Intercept value, and Drop Intercept valueare applied to the handset’s Traffic-state soft-handoff algorithms.The advantage of these extensions in IS-95B is to reduce the amountof network resources a handset uses for soft-handoff.The srch_95b_soft_ena command allows you to explore “what-if”scenarios looking ahead to IS-95B deployment by sending IS-95Bsoft-handoff parameters to Retriever and enabling the IS-95Bhandoff algorithm.
  • 302 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietarySyntax srch_95b_soft_ena soft_slope add_int drop_int rpt_ota_thrsoft_slope is the IS-95B soft handoff slope in hundredths (0.01) units.add_int is the Add Intercept value in half-dB units.drop_int is the Drop Intercept value in half-dB units.rpt_ota_thr is the Report OTA Threshold enable flag. When enabled(rpt_ota_thr=1), this flag tells the Retriever to adjust energies in thePilot Strength Measurement Message (PSMM) so that events occurconsistent with the existing IS-95A thresholds. This is therecommended setting for Lucent and Motorola infrastructure. Whendisabled (rpt_ota_thr=0), the Retriever sorts all PSMMs in strengthorder. This is the recommended setting for Nortel infrastructure.In IS-95B, pilots can be promoted to the Candidate set without thehandset sending a PSMM. This situation occurs if there is ampleActive set energy such that the dynamic add threshold (controlledby the IS-95B parameters) is higher than T_ADD. If the dynamic addthreshold later drops, a PSMM may be sent to add the Candidatepilot, but the Candidate may have dropped slightly below T_ADD.In order to force this kind of IS-95B add event in IS-95A networksutilizing certain makes of infrastructure, the actual reported energymust be adjusted upward to T_ADD by enabling the rpt_ota_thr flag(rpt_ota_thr=1) so that the IS-95A base station will add the pilot asrequested. Again, the CAIT log files can indicate these events ashaving happened.Example srch_95b_soft_ena 200 4 6 1Response This command enables IS-95B soft-handoff by Retriever with a softslope of 200, Add Intercept value of 4, Drop Intercept of 6, and theReport OTA Threshold enabled as appropriate for a Lucent orMotorola network.ST (analog test command)Starts or stops the transmission of signaling tone.Syntax st on | offExample st onResponse Starts transmission of the signaling tone.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 303ScriptCommandListTERMINATE (analog test command)Stops RCVERSUS1 or WSTS and reports the counts.Syntax terminateTIMESTAMPAllows the user to request that a time stamp be retrieved from thephone and displayed on the scripting screen. The time stamp isdisplayed in the format MM/DD/YY HH:mm:ss.hhh, where MM ismonth, DD is day, YY is year, HH is hour, mm is minutes, ss isseconds, and hhh is milliseconds.Syntax timestampTO_DATA_MODEDirects the phone to switch to data operation mode (where the ATcommand processor is) instead of normal diagnostic mode.Syntax to_data_modeTXMUTE (analog test command)Mutes or unmutes the transmitter audio signal.Syntax txmute on | offExample txmute onResponse Mutes the transmitter audio signal.VERSION_REQUESTDisplays information from the Version Number Response packet, ina similar format to that shown in the Mobile Version window,(described in “Mobile version information” on page 129).Syntax version_request
  • 304 Appendix A: Script Command List QUALCOMM ProprietaryWAITWaits a specified number of seconds before executing the next scriptcommand.Syntax wait [seconds_value]Example wait 20Response The interpreter waits 20 seconds before reading the next commandfrom a script file.WAIT_EVENTCauses script execution to wait for an event, specified by ID or name,to arrive, or for the optional timeout duration to expire. If no timeoutis specified, the command will wait indefinitely (until the script iscancelled by the user). The numeric event IDs are documented inQUALCOMM’s various Serial Data Interface Control documents(ICDs), which are available to Qualcomm subscriber and testequipment licensees. (These documents require a license andagreement beyond that which is required for CAIT.) All knownevent names are shown in the Mobile Messages Configurationdialog box (described in “Mobile Messages Configuration dialogbox” on page 168), and are as documented in the various ICDs.Syntax wait_event event_id | event_name [timeout_in_milliseconds]WAIT_FOR_PHONEThis scripting command is intended for use with automation, orwith a script specified on the command line. In either case, it isdesirable to wait until CAIT finds a phone before allowing theexecution of the scripting or COM automation commands toproceed.The scripting command returns immediately if CAIT is currentlytalking to a phone. If CAIT is looking for a phone, the command willwait until the optional timeout period expires, or until a phone isfound, whichever comes first. If no timeout is provided,WAIT_FOR_PHONE will wait indefinitely.Syntax wait_for_phone [timeout_in_milliseconds]
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 305ScriptCommandListWSTS (analog test command)Returns the word sync count on the analog control channel.Syntax wsts
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 307SCAN_CONFIGParametersB SCAN_CONFIG ParametersBy default, the Retriever Pilot Scanner scans the entire PN space.To change the scan, alter the Pilot Scanner’s PN search parametersand algorithms using the scan_config command. The syntax for thiscommand is:scan_config scan_mode incr win_siz integ ho_typ log_fmt log_thrlog_mskThe following table lists the possible values for each parameter:The scan_config command requires you to specify the values of allparameters even if you want to change only one of them.The sections which follow describe each parameter and the effectchanging it has upon scanner operation and performance.Parameter Valuescan_mode 0=A R R R (all PNs), 1=A N N N (list)incr 0=Use pilot_inc, 1,2... =User specified.win_siz 0=Use (PN 64*Incr), 1= WinN, 2... 512=User specified.integ 0=256, 1=360, 2=512, 3=720, 4=1020.ho_typ 0=Within Nlist only, 1=All, 2=None.log_fmt 0=Dense Scanner format, 1=STD QUALCOMM DM format.log_thr 0=All, 1=T_DROP, 2=T_ADD (STD log_fmt only).log_msk 0 = Log mask for the Retriever Dense-Pack packet, pagingchannel overhead messages and GPS data, 0x00109880.1 = Log mask for the Retriever Dense-Pack packet, plusSync, Traffic, Access, Markov Frame Rate, Sparse AGC,Data, etc., 0x0059D9F0.
  • 308 Appendix B: SCAN_CONFIG Parameters QUALCOMM ProprietarySCAN_MODEThe scan_mode parameter controls how the Retriever Pilot Scannersearches PN space. The options are (0) All PNs and (1) List.All PNs modeIn the All PNs mode, PN offsets are searched sequentially inincrements controlled by the incr parameter (see page 309) asfollows:A, P1, P2, P3... P15, P16, A, P17, P18, P19...For example, if the current serving system Active pilot is PN=356and increment parameter incr=1, Retriever’s search pattern is:356, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,14, 15, 356, 16, 17, 18, 19...If incr=4, Retriever’s search pattern is:356, 0, 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44,48, 52, 56, 60, 356, 64, 68, 72, 76...The search pattern returns to the Active serving system’s pilot onceevery 16 searches. This pattern allows the Retriever Pilot Scanner toconstantly maintain acquisition, demodulation, and CDMA systemtime tracking to the strongest serving cell sector in the CDMAnetwork. Generally, this is associated with the closest proximitycell’s sector face, the antenna field of which the user is in at that pointin the scan. The Retriever Pilot Scanner can be configured either tolock onto that single sector regardless of its strength or to switch tothe best sector by performing idle handoffs.List modeIn List search mode, the scanner performs one of the following scanoperations, depending upon what has been pre-loaded into theRetriever Pilot Scanner:■ Over-the-Air (OTA) Neighbor List onlyA, N1, N2, N3... N15, N16, A, N17, N18, N19...■ User-defined Pilot Scan List onlyA, L1, L2, L3... L15, L16, A, L17, L18, L19...
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 309SCAN_CONFIGParametersFor example, if the current serving system Active pilot is PN=356and the OTA Neighbor List of the current serving sector beingdemodulated is (N1=16, N2=400, N3=164, N4=8), the search patternwill be:356, 8, 16, 164, 400, 8, 16, 164, 400, 8, 16, 164, 400, 8,16, 164, 400, 356, 8, 16, 164, 400...Note The Neighbor list is searched in ascending PN order, with the Retriever PilotScanner returning to the Active pilot once every 16 searches. However, thispattern may change as the scanner occasionally tries to verify candidates foridle handoff.If the user has loaded a pilot list into the Pilot Scanner using thescan_nlist command, the Pilot Scanner searches this list in ascendingPN order instead of (or in addition to) the OTA Neighbor List. Fordetails on scan_nlist, see “SCAN_NLIST” on page 287.INCRThe incr parameter controls how the Pilot Scanner steps through PNspace in All-PNs mode. For example, with the setting incr=4,Retriever searches PN=0,4,8,12,16... in blocks of win_siz chips.By default, Retriever uses the Over-the-Air pilot_inc value containedin the IS-95A or J-STD-008 Extended Neighbor List Message. Thisvalue is recommended because the network plan uses it todetermine what legal PN offsets are assigned to each sector face ofeach cell. However, any value (1,2,3...) can be entered by the user aswell.WIN_SIZThe win_siz parameter controls how many chips delay (or advance)from the Active pilot the searcher scans for each PN. The choices areUse WinN (1), Incr*64 (0), and User specified (2... 512).Incr*64 mode (recommended)By default, the Retriever Pilot Scanner uses Incr*64 (0). In this mode,the entire 32,768-chip PN space is broken up into equal windows ofIncr*64 chips centered on each PN offset on increment incr.Therefore, if incr=4, the PN space will be divided evenly into 128 PNoffset windows, each 256 chips wide. This setting covers the entire32,768 chips of the short-code with no overlap or gaps in time.
  • 310 Appendix B: SCAN_CONFIG Parameters QUALCOMM ProprietaryOn an average, the RF propagation yields approximately 6.5 chipsper mile of propagation delay. This means that if incr=4 andwin_siz=256, cells approximately 19.5 miles away can be uniquelyresolved by the Pilot Scanner.Use WinN and User Specified modesThe Use WinN and User Specified modes are not recommendedunless the user is certain of the purpose and goals of controlling thisvariable.In Use WinN (1) mode, the Retriever Pilot Scanner uses the OTA AirNeighbor window of the Active serving sector for its searchwindow. This mode can be used when it is known that Neighborwindows are well-tailored in a particular area.In User Specified mode, any window size from 2 to 512 can beentered by the user.Note Using either the Use WinN mode or the User Specified mode can result inproblems. If the windows chosen are too small, important RF information maybe missed. If the windows chosen are too large, PN ambiguities may beintroduced.INTEGThe integ parameter controls how long the Retriever Pilot Scanner’ssearcher will dwell coherently at each chip during a sweep of asearch window. The choices are phone default (0), 360 (1), 512 (2),720 (3), and 1020 (4).Using small numbers of integration chips yields faster search scansat the expense of a higher apparent noise floor. Using more chipsyields a lower noise floor at the cost of speed. The default value (thevalue normal QUALCOMM phones utilize) is 512 chips. At thislevel, the apparent noise floor is approximately -20 dB Ec/I0.The following equation estimates the scanner noise floor givenparameter integ:Noise Floor Ec/I0 = 18 - 10 * log10( 13 * integ )
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 311SCAN_CONFIGParametersUsing this equation, the approximate noise floor for the differentsettings is as follows:The column Average Search Speed was obtained by benchmarking theaverage time it takes to complete a scan of the entire PN space (all32,768 chips), assuming that incr=4 and win_siz=256.Speed benchmarks for other incr/win_siz combinations willapproximately track these numbers except when incr is very small(for example, incr=1). For small incr values, the all-PN-space searchspeed will be slower than these values, due to Pilot Scanner softwareprocessing overhead latencies with very frequent searching.HO_TYPThe ho_typ parameter determines how the Retriever Pilot Scannermaintains the channel while scanning PNs.By default, the Retriever Pilot Scanner uses ho_typ=0 to maintain thechannel like a normal operational phone. That is, according toIS-95-A/J-STD-008, the phone tracks the Active pilot (servingsystem), monitors the Neighbor PNs as listed in the ExtendedNeighbor List Message, and performs an Idle Handoff if theNeighbor is sufficiently stronger than the Active to warrant handoff.The user may change the default ho_typ=0 setting to either of thefollowing:■ All (1) allows idle handoffs to all pilots being scanned regardlessof whether they are Neighbors or not.■ None (2) suppresses Idle handoffs entirely. In this mode, theRetriever Pilot Scanner acquires the best serving system, thenstays locked on this system regardless of whether or not an Idlehandoff is possible. This setting is useful for single-sectorcoverage area logging without the complication of Idle handoffsInteg Noise Floor (dB) Average Search Speed (Sec)360 -18.5 1.5512 -20 2.0720 -21.5 3.01020 -23 4.0
  • 312 Appendix B: SCAN_CONFIG Parameters QUALCOMM Proprietarybeing present in the data. It is often referred to as “Sounder”mode.LOG_FMTThe log_fmt parameter controls how the Retriever Pilot Scannerpackages data for remote logging using CAIT. The followinglogging formats are supported:■ Standard DM, for interfacing with QUALCOMM and othervendors’ test gear, displays, and analysis tools■ Dense-Pack, a special format which overcomes the linklimitations of the Standard format, allowing logging of everysearch the Scanner seesBy default, the Retriever Pilot Scanner logs search scans in theDense-Pack format (option 0). If necessary, Dense-Pack format canbe translated into DM format using the scan_trans command. (See“SCAN_TRANS” on page 291.)The content of the Dense-Pack scanner log packet includes the timestamp of the search, Rx power at the end of the search, LNA stateduring the search, instantaneous Ec/I0 of each of the four largestenergy peaks in the search window of each PN, and each peak’sposition (time delay).Individual Ec values can be computed from this by adding Rx +Ec/I0, where Rx represents an estimate of the total power I0.The only difference between Dense-Pack and Standard DM formatis that Dense-Pack uses a condensed searcher packet instead of thenormal DM format.LOG_THRWhen the Retriever Pilot Scanner is logging in Standard DM format,the serial link is limited in the number of searches which can belogged to an external tool such as CAIT. For instance, in acommercial QUALCOMM phone, link bandwidth limitations resultin roughly a one-tenth undersampling during search logging. Thatis, the external device can log only about one-tenth of the actualnumber of searches the phone performs. In Retriever, this effect iseven more pronounced since Retriever uses special hardware andsoftware features to increase several fold its average search scan rateover a conventional commercial phone.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 313SCAN_CONFIGParametersTo log only the most interesting searches Retriever Pilot Scannersees, a thresholding feature is provided, applicable only to standardDM logging mode. The log_thr parameter controls what threshold isused. The choices are as follows:■ If log_thr=1, the Over-the-Air T_DROP threshold is used toweed out searches. Retriever will not log searches whose energyis below that threshold.■ If log_thr=2, the Over-the-Air T_ADD threshold (generally ahigher threshold than T_DROP) is used. Retriever will not logsearches whose energy is below that threshold.■ If log_thr=0, no thresholding will be performed. Retriever willattempt to log all searches with the resultant undersampling.LOG_MSKRetriever’s log file content can be controlled, to a limited extent, bythe log mask applied by CAIT. Two options are available:■ When log_msk=0 (the default), the log mask is 0x00109880. Thislogs only the scanner Dense-Pack packet (or regular-formatsearcher TA/finger packets, depending on log mode), pagingchannel overhead messages, and GPS.■ When log_msk=1 , the log mask is 0x0059D9F0, which is “logall” mode. This mask logs items specified in the default mask, aswell as Sync, Traffic, Access, Markov frame rate, sparse AGC,data, etc. The advantage of this log mask is that it conservesserial link bandwidth for maximum scanner packet throughput.Note that the PN Scanner, while operating in Scanner On mode, willperform a “filtering” operation on overhead messages. That is, theoverhead messages set will appear once when logging starts, andappears again only when Idle handoff or requisition is performed.This technique serves to further conserve link bandwidth for greatersearcher throughput.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 315SampleScriptFilesC Sample Script FilesJ. Sample Script FilesOverviewThis appendix contains two samples of script files. The first sampleis a script to perform service programming on a test phone. Thesecond sample contains three script files that set up and tear downmultiple, mobile-originated calls.Service programming script fileThis sample script file programs a DMSS mobile phone.;================================================================; Name:; srv_prog.scr; Description:; This DM script file performs service programming for a; DMSS mobile phone. Most phones take the same basic set; of parameters. This file should be edited only for those; parameters unique to your phone. These parameters are; detailed below and highlighted in the script commands.; Service programming is performed by commanding the DMSS; to OFFLINE, then programming the new parameters to the non; volatile memory (NV), and finally resetting the DMSS; to use the new parameters.; With mobile releases 116 and later, you must first enter the SPC; (Service Programming Code) before you will have read or write; access to the service programming items.; Dependencies:; This file runs on DM version 240 and higher.;================================================================; Export of this technology may be controlled by the United StatesGovernment.; Diversion contrary to U.S. law prohibited.;; All data and information contained in or disclosed by this document are; confidential and proprietary information of QUALCOMM Incorporated, andall; rights therein are expressly reserved. By accepting this material, the; recipient agrees that this material and the information containedtherein are; held in confidence and in trust and will not be used, copied,reproduced in
  • 316 Appendix C: Sample Script Files QUALCOMM Proprietary; whole or in part, not its contents revealed in any manner to otherswithout; the express written permission of QUALCOMM Incorporated.;; Copyright © 2002 QUALCOMM Incorporated. All rights reserved.;================================================================; EDIT HISTORY FOR MODULE; This section contains comments describing changes made to this; file. Changes are listed in reverse chronological order.; $Header: O:/DMSS/SSDM/VCS/srv_prog.scv 1.5 14 Mar 1996; 13:08:10 JKENT $;when who what, where, why;------ --- ------------------------------------------------;03/06/96 jmk Removed sid_acq lists, added imsi_mcc and imsi_11_12.;08/22/95 jmk CDMA channel defaults non-zero, and added SPC command;06/01/95 jmk a_key, ssd_a and ssd_b are all 2 dwords (qw) now;06/01/95 jmk Removed analog sid_nid programming, also removed; programming for mins 2&3 for sid_nids.;09/20/93 twp Set curr_nam to 0 at end of service programming;06/02/93 twp Shifted to 2 MINS per NAM.;09/30/92 twp Initial release;================================================================; NV-items are programmed using the nv_write command:; nv_write itemname { [nam index,] val1, val2, ..., valn }; Only NAM 0 has meaningful values. Values for NAMs 1-3 are; zeroed out or set to default values.; Some items require a nam index (0-3). The curly braces; are required and they surround the values to be written.; You must supply every value the item expects. Hex values; you supply need the 0x prefix.; Semi-colons introduce comments. Whole line and; to-end-of-line comments are possible.; THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS SHOULD BE SET FOR EACH PHONE:; ------------------------------------------------------; 1. CDMA preferred serving system (System A or System B); 2. Analog preferred serving system (System A or System B); 3. Analog Home SID (the SID of the preferred serving system); 4. Analog first paging channel (for system A or system B); 5. CDMA primary and secondary channels (including PCN, if in; use); 6. CDMA SID/NID pairs (the SID of the preferred serving system); 7. MIN1 and MIN2 parameters.;================================================================print "Start Service Programming"; Enter the Service Programming Code (factory defaulted to 000000); If you don’t have version 116 or later, this command will fail.; This allows access to the SP items (both reading _and_ writing)spc "000000"; Put the DMSS in offline analog modemode offline-a;openlog srv_prog.log ; Uncomment if you want a log; Display the ESN and permanent physical station; configuration parametersnv_read esnnv_read verno_majnv_read verno_minnv_read scmnv_read slot_cycle_indexnv_read mob_cai_revnv_read mob_firm_revnv_read mob_modelprint "Hit any key to continue"pause; NAM parameters.; Preferred serving systemprint "Programming CDMA Preferred Server"nv_write cdma_pref_serv {0, "b only"}nv_write cdma_pref_serv {1, "b only"}nv_write cdma_pref_serv {2, "b only"}nv_write cdma_pref_serv {3, "b only"}
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 317SampleScriptFiles; Analog preferred serving systemprint "Programming Analog Preferred Server"nv_write analog_pref_serv {0, "b only"}nv_write analog_pref_serv {1, "b only"}nv_write analog_pref_serv {2, "b only"}nv_write analog_pref_serv {3, "b only"}; CDMA SIDs to lock outprint "Programming CDMA SID Lock List"nv_write cdma_sid_lock {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}nv_write cdma_sid_lock {1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}nv_write cdma_sid_lock {2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}nv_write cdma_sid_lock {3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; Analog SIDs to lock outprint "Programming Analog SID Lock List"nv_write analog_sid_lock {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}nv_write analog_sid_lock {1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}nv_write analog_sid_lock {2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}nv_write analog_sid_lock {3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; Analog first paging channelprint "Programming Analog First Paging Channel"nv_write analog_firstchp {0, 334} ; Set for the preferred carriernv_write analog_firstchp {1, 334}nv_write analog_firstchp {2, 334}nv_write analog_firstchp {3, 334}; Analog home SIDprint "Programming Analog Home SID"nv_write analog_home_sid {0, 4} ; Set to the preferred carrier SIDnv_write analog_home_sid {1, 0}nv_write analog_home_sid {2, 0}nv_write analog_home_sid {3, 0}; Analog registration settingprint "Programming Analog Registration setting"nv_write analog_reg {0, "whereabouts known"}nv_write analog_reg {1, "whereabouts known"}nv_write analog_reg {2, "whereabouts known"}nv_write analog_reg {3, "whereabouts known"}; Primary CDMA Channels for A carrier and B carrier; CDMA channels are NOT allowed to be 0 anymoreprint "Programming Primary CDMA Channel"nv_write pcdmach {0, 400, 400} ; A and B primary CDMA channelsnv_write pcdmach {1, 283, 384}nv_write pcdmach {2, 283, 384}nv_write pcdmach {3, 283, 384}; Secondary CDMA Channelprint "Programming Secondary CDMA Channel"nv_write scdmach {0, 201, 201} ; set only if secondary channels; offerednv_write scdmach {1, 691, 777}nv_write scdmach {2, 691, 777}nv_write scdmach {3, 691, 777}; Primary PCN Channel; PCN channels aren’t being restricted to non-zero.; Setting these channels is only effective for the "old-style"; system acquisition in PCS. They are replaced by the Preferred; Roaming List in the new method.;print "Programming Preferred Roaming List";pr_list_wr {0, "prl0.bin"};pr_list_wr {1, "prl1.bin"}print "Programming Primary PCN Channel"nv_write ppcnch {0, 177, 177} ; A and B primary PCN channelsnv_write ppcnch {1, 177, 177}nv_write ppcnch {2, 177, 177}nv_write ppcnch {3, 177, 177}; Secondary PCN Channelprint "Programming Secondary PCN Channel"nv_write spcnch {0, 177, 177} ; set only if secondary channels; offerednv_write spcnch {1, 177, 177}nv_write spcnch {2, 177, 177}nv_write spcnch {3, 177, 177}; NAM Checksums must all be 0xffff
  • 318 Appendix C: Sample Script Files QUALCOMM Proprietaryprint "Programming NAM Checksums"nv_write nam_chksum {0, 0xffff}nv_write nam_chksum {1, 0xffff}nv_write nam_chksum {2, 0xffff}nv_write nam_chksum {3, 0xffff}; Authentication NAM items; These are all zero now; Authentication A Keyprint "Programming Authentication NAM items"nv_write a_key {0, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write a_key {1, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write a_key {2, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write a_key {3, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }; Authentication A key checksumprint "Programming Authentication A key checksums"nv_write a_key_chksum {0, 0xffff}nv_write a_key_chksum {1, 0xffff}nv_write a_key_chksum {2, 0xffff}nv_write a_key_chksum {3, 0xffff}; SSD_Aspprint "Programming SSD_A"nv_write ssd_a {0, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write ssd_a {1, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write ssd_a {2, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write ssd_a {3, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }; SSD_Asp checksumprint "Programming SSD_A checksums"nv_write ssd_a_chksum {0, 0xffff}nv_write ssd_a_chksum {1, 0xffff}nv_write ssd_a_chksum {2, 0xffff}nv_write ssd_a_chksum {3, 0xffff}; SSD_Bspprint "Programming SSD_Bsp"nv_write ssd_b {0, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write ssd_b {1, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write ssd_b {2, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }nv_write ssd_b {3, 0x00000000, 0x00000000 }; SSD_Bsp checksumprint "Programming SSD_Bsp checksums"nv_write ssd_b_chksum {0, 0xffff}nv_write ssd_b_chksum {1, 0xffff}nv_write ssd_b_chksum {2, 0xffff}nv_write ssd_b_chksum {3, 0xffff}; MIN items; The 2 MIN1s for each NAM, in order from 0 to 1; THESE ITEMS MUST BE SUPPLIED FOR EACH USE; Notice that because the MIN1 contains a ’-’, it is actually a; string, not a number. The double quotes distinguish it from a; number.;; The first MIN in each NAM is the analog MIN, the second MIN in; each NAM is the CDMA MIN; One active min in NAM0, no active mins in NAM1, NAM2, or NAM3print "Programming MIN1"nv_write min1 {0, "925-9885", "625-1272"}nv_write min1 {1, "0000000", "0000000"}nv_write min1 {2, "0000000", "0000000"}nv_write min1 {3, "0000000", "0000000"}; The 4 MIN2s for each NAM, in order from 0 to 3; THESE ITEMS MUST BE SUPPLIED FOR EACH USEprint "Programming MIN2"nv_write min2 {0, "619", "619"} ; NAM 0 has one active MIN2, 619nv_write min2 {1, "000", "000"} ; NAM 1nv_write min2 {2, "000", "000"}nv_write min2 {3, "000", "000"}; NV_IMSI_MCC_I,print "Programming Mobile Country Code"nv_write imsi_mcc {0, "310"}nv_write imsi_mcc {1, "000"}nv_write imsi_mcc {2, "000"}
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 319SampleScriptFilesnv_write imsi_mcc {3, "000"}; NV_IMSI_11_12_I,print "Programming Mobile Network Code"nv_write imsi_11_12 {0, "00"}nv_write imsi_11_12 {1, "00"}nv_write imsi_11_12 {2, "00"}nv_write imsi_11_12 {3, "00"}; MOB_TERM_HOME registration flagprint "Programming MOB_TERM_HOME"nv_write mob_term_home {0, true, true}nv_write mob_term_home {1, true, true}nv_write mob_term_home {2, true, true}nv_write mob_term_home {3, true, true}; MOB_TERM_FOR_SID registration flagprint "Programming MOB_TERM_FOR_SID"nv_write mob_term_for_sid {0, true, true}nv_write mob_term_for_sid {1, true, true}nv_write mob_term_for_sid {2, true, true}nv_write mob_term_for_sid {3, true, true}; MOB_TERM_FOR_NID registration flagprint "Programming MOB_TERM_FOR_NID"nv_write mob_term_for_nid {0, true, true}nv_write mob_term_for_nid {1, true, true}nv_write mob_term_for_nid {2, true, true}nv_write mob_term_for_nid {3, true, true}; ACCOLCpprint "Programming ACCOLCp"nv_write accolc {0, 0, 0}nv_write accolc {1, 0, 0}nv_write accolc {2, 0, 0}nv_write accolc {3, 0, 0}; CDMA SID/NID pairs; SID/NIDs come in pairs, 4 pairs for each NAM/MIN; combination. The first parameter in the braces is; NAM, the second is the MIN, the rest are SID, NID; pairs. All non-zero SIDs have to have the same; even/odd parity.; SID of 0 is "undefined SID",; NID of 0xffff is "any NID";; Only the CDMA (MIN=1) sid_nid is programmed.; The analog one has no meaning.print "Programming SID/NID pairs"nv_write sid_nid {0, 1, 1,0xffff, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0}nv_write sid_nid {1, 1, 1,0xffff, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0}nv_write sid_nid {2, 1, 1,0xffff, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0}nv_write sid_nid {3, 1, 1,0xffff, 0,0, 0,0, 0,0}; MIN checksumprint "Programming MIN checksums"nv_write min_chksum {0, 0xffff, 0xffff}nv_write min_chksum {1, 0xffff, 0xffff}nv_write min_chksum {2, 0xffff, 0xffff}nv_write min_chksum {3, 0xffff, 0xffff}; Supply a winning bannerprint "Programming banner"nv_write banner { "QUALCOMM" }; Donenv_write curr_nam {0}print "End of Service Programming";closelog
  • 320 Appendix C: Sample Script Files QUALCOMM ProprietaryCall origination test scriptsThese three sample files set up and tear down multiplemobile-originated phone calls. This can also be accomplished usingthe Call Monitor window, as described in “Call monitor” on page143.;================================================================; Name:; orig.scr; Description:; This script will originate 100 mobile to land calls and generate; binary and text log files for post-processing analysis.; USAGE: The ’orig.scr’, ’dial10.scr’ and ’dial.scr’ text files; should be present in the CAIT working directory. The phone; should have service and be connected to the CAIT via; the data cable. From the CAIT <F8> command line prompt,; type "run orig.scr" to start the script. After the script; completes, quit the CAIT (Ctrl-<F10>) and rename the; ’orig.log’ ASCII text file to a unique file name. The text; file may be viewed immediately. The binary log file requires; post-processing with the NPAR parsing utility.;; Dependencies:; This script file calls the ’dial10.scr’ and ’dial.scr’ scripts.;================================================================; Export of this technology may be controlled by the United StatesGovernment.; Diversion contrary to U.S. law prohibited.;; All data and information contained in or disclosed by this document are; confidential and proprietary information of QUALCOMM Incorporated, andall; rights therein are expressly reserved. By accepting this material, the; recipient agrees that this material and the information containedtherein are; held in confidence and in trust and will not be used, copied,reproduced in; whole or in part, not its contents revealed in any manner to otherswithout; the express written permission of QUALCOMM Incorporated.;; Copyright © 2002 QUALCOMM Incorporated. All rights reserved.;================================================================; EDIT HISTORY FOR SCRIPT; This section contains comments describing changes made to this; file. Changes are listed in reverse chronological order.;when who what, where, why;------ --- ------------------------------------------------;02/11/97 sf Initial (commented) release;================================================================print "Starting Origination script..."print " "; Clear all of the phone’s error log entries.err_clr 255; Set an appropriate log mask for QCP-800, QCP-1900 and WLL phones.; NOTE: The CAIT logging feature requires the NPAR post-processing; tool to parse the binary file into readable ASCII text format.logmask 0x0058c9f0wait 1logging on; Record the script messages that scroll by on the <F8> screen.; Viewable in the ’orig.log’ ASCII text file when the script; completes.wait 1openlog orig.log; Clear the Paging/Access/Traffic parameters stored by the phone.; These values can also be viewed in real-time via the; alt-<F4> <F5> <F6> <F7> CAIT screens.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 321SampleScriptFilesparm_set -1 0; Scripts may be called from within the running script (nested up; to 5 deep).; Here, the effect achieves 100 call originations.; OPTION: Comment out ’run dial10.scr’ lines to reduce the desired; number of script originations.run dial10.scrprint "*** 10 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 20 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 30 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 40 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 50 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 60 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 70 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 80 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 90 calls complete ***";run dial10.scrprint "*** 100 calls complete ***"; Retrieve the Paging/Access/Traffic statistics.print " "print "**********Retrievable Phone Parameters*******************"parm_get allprint "*********************************************************"; Turn the CAIT binary logging off (equivalent to alt-L)logging off; Save the <F8> text log (’orig.log’) to the CAIT working; directory.timestampcloselog; Retrieve the phone’s error logs. If abnormal phone behavior is; encountered,; these logs may prove useful to the phone development team. "F"; indicates a; fatal error that should be forwarded to the QUALCOMM Subscriber; Hotline.err_getprint " "print "* Press Ctrl-<F10> to quit CAIT. The binary log file will be saved.*"print " "print "* Remember to rename the ’orig.log’ text file to a unique filename.*"print " "Print " *** Script completed !!! ***"; Audible alert that script has completed (requires the computer’s; speaker volume to be on.; OPTION: Use the ’key’ command to general keypad audio at the phone; (requires the phone’s Key Beep audio level to be on.beepbeepbeepbeep;================================================================; Name:; dial10.scr; Description:; This script will originate ten MtoL calls.; Dependencies:; This script file:; - is called by ’orig.scr’; - calls ’dial.scr’;================================================================
  • 322 Appendix C: Sample Script Files QUALCOMM Proprietary; Export of this technology may be controlled by the United StatesGovernment.; Diversion contrary to U.S. law prohibited.;; All data and information contained in or disclosed by this document are; confidential and proprietary information of QUALCOMM Incorporated, andall; rights therein are expressly reserved. By accepting this material, the; recipient agrees that this material and the information containedtherein are; held in confidence and in trust and will not be used, copied,reproduced in; whole or in part, not its contents revealed in any manner to otherswithout; the express written permission of QUALCOMM Incorporated.;; Copyright © 2002 QUALCOMM Incorporated. All rights reserved.;================================================================; EDIT HISTORY FOR SCRIPT; This section contains comments describing changes made to this; file. Changes are listed in reverse chronological order.;when who what, where, why;------ --- ------------------------------------------------;02/11/97 sf Initial (commented) release;================================================================run dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scrrun dial.scr;================================================================; Name:; dial.scr; Description:; This script will originate one MtoL call.; Dependencies:; This script file:; - is called by ’dial10.scr’ directly; - is called by ’orig.scr’ indirectly;================================================================; Export of this technology may be controlled by the United StatesGovernment.; Diversion contrary to U.S. law prohibited.;; All data and information contained in or disclosed by this document are; confidential and proprietary information of QUALCOMM Incorporated, andall; rights therein are expressly reserved. By accepting this material, the; recipient agrees that this material and the information containedtherein are; held in confidence and in trust and will not be used, copied,reproduced in; whole or in part, not its contents revealed in any manner to otherswithout; the express written permission of QUALCOMM Incorporated.;; Copyright © 2002 QUALCOMM Incorporated. All rights reserved.;================================================================; EDIT HISTORY FOR SCRIPT; This section contains comments describing changes made to this; file. Changes are listed in reverse chronological order.;when who what, where, why;------ --- ------------------------------------------------;02/11/97 sf Initial (commented) release;================================================================
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 323SampleScriptFilesclsprint "Originating call..."print " "timestamppilot_sets; Change the dial string and service option as needed for making; these CDMA service options. Typing ’help dial’ on the <F8>; command line will provide these dialing options for originating; a call to the given phone number:; SRV_OPT COMMENTS; V IS-96A voice (AMPS voice call when in analog mode); V96 IS-96 voice; M "old" 8K Markov; M13 "new" 13K Markov; M8 "new" 8K Markov; LB 8K Loopback; LB13 13K Loopback; NOTE: The dialed digits string must be stored in phone memory; location 99 for a Markov call to be originated with; digits for the QCP-800 (also the recommended procedure; for the QCP-1900 phone). See the QUALCOMM Phone Software; Compatibility Notes for details.dial "555-1212" M13; Modify the ’wait’ command as required to obtain desired call; duration.; The phone_state command is repeated to see call setup; progression.print "Waiting to assure call-setup..."phone_statewait 5phone_statewait 5phone_statewait 5phone_state; ’get_screen’ is not applicable for phones with no UI display; capability, such as wireless local loop (WLL) phones !print "Getting screen and phone state..."timestampget_screenphone_state; Modify the ’wait’ command as required to obtain MS Idle State; duration.print "Terminating call..."dial_endprint "Waiting to assure call tear-down..."wait 8print " "print "-----------------------------------------------"print " "
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 325PredefinedToneandSoundCodesD Predefined Tone andSound CodesK. Sample Script FilesThis appendix is provided as a reference for use with the CAITAUDIO_CONTROL script command when specifying a tone. It listsand briefly describes the predefined tone and complex sounddefinitions available.Predefined tonesThe following table lists tones available for use with theAUDIO_CONTROL command.Code Tone Definition Description0 SND_0 DTMF for 0 key1 SND_1 DTMF for 1 key2 SND_2 DTMF for 2 key3 SND_3 DTMF for 3 key4 SND_4 DTMF for 4 key5 SND_5 DTMF for 5 key6 SND_6 DTMF for 6 key7 SND_7 DTMF for 7 key8 SND_8 DTMF for 8 key9 SND_9 DTMF for 9 key10 SND_POUND DTMF for # key11 SND_STAR DTMF for * key
  • 326 Appendix D: Predefined Tone and Sound Codes QUALCOMM Proprietary12 SND_CTRL Tone for a control key13 SND_2ND Tone for secondary function on a key14 SND_WARN Warning tone (for example, foroverwriting user phone # slot)15 SND_ERR Tone to indicate an error16 SND_TIME Time marker tone17 SND_RING_A 1st Ringer tone18 SND_RING_B 2nd Ringer tone19 SND_RING_C 3rd Ringer tone20 SND_RBACK Ring back (audible ring)21 SND_BUSY Busy tone22 SND_INTERCEPT_A First tone of an intercept23 SND_INTERCEPT_B Second tone of an intercept24 SND_REORDER_TONE Reorder25 SND_PWRUP Power-up tone26 SND_OFF_HOOK_TONE Off-hook tone, IS-95 (CAI 7.7.5.5)27 SND_CALL_WT_TONE Call-waiting tone28 SND_DIAL_TONE_TONE Dial tone29 SND_ANSWER_TONE Answer tone30 SND_HIGH_PITCH_A 1st High pitch for IS-54B alerting31 SND_HIGH_PITCH_B 2nd High pitch for IS-54B alerting32 SND_MED_PITCH_A 1st Medium pitch for IS-54B alerting33 SND_MED_PITCH_B 2nd Medium pitch for IS-54B alerting34 SND_LOW_PITCH_A 1st Low pitch for IS-54B alerting35 SND_LOW_PITCH_B 2nd Low pitch for IS-54B alerting36 SND_TEST_ON Test tone on37 SND_MSG_WAITING Message Waiting Tone38 SND_PIP_TONE_TONE Used for Pip-Pip-Pip-Pip (Vocoder)Tone39 SND_SPC_DT_INDIA Used for India’s Special Dial Tone40 SND_SIGNAL_INDIA Used in Various India Signalling Tones41 SND_DT_TONE_INDIA Used for India’s Normal Dial Tone (andothers)Code Tone Definition Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 327PredefinedToneandSoundCodesComplex soundsThe following table lists complex sounds available for use with theAUDIO_CONTROL command.42 SND_DT_TONE_BRAZIL Used for Brazil’s Dial Tone43-51 are control tones, defined after the last audible tone. This ordering isused by the SND task to determine if a tone is a control tone or not. Controltones affect the timing and sequence of sounds, but are always silent. Asimple silent is also a control tone.43 SND_FIRST_CONTROL_TONE, SND_SILENCESend repeat signal then silence, or, notone at all44 SND_STOP Stop playing list (last item in amulti-tone)45 SND_RPT Repeat list (last item in a multi-tone)46 SND_RPT1 Repeat the previous tone47 SND_RPT_NOSIGNAL Repeat list - do not send repeat signal48 SND_LOOP_BACK2 Loop back 2 items, use duration as aloop count49 SND_LABEL Label for looping50 SND_BACK_TO_LABEL Back to label use duration as a loopcount51 SND_LAST_TONE Use for range checking last toneCode Tone Definition DescriptionCode Sound Definition Description0 SND_ALERT Ringing for incoming call1 SND_WAKEUP Wake-up/Power-up sound2 SND_DIAL_TONE Dial tone3 SND_RING_BACK Ring-back sound4 SND_INTERCEPT Send request interceptedlocally5 SND_REORDER System busy6 SND_BUSY_ALERT Busy Signal7 SND_CONFIRMATION Confirmation Tone
  • 328 Appendix D: Predefined Tone and Sound Codes QUALCOMM Proprietary8 SND_CALL_WAITING Call Waiting9 SND_ANSWER Answer Tone10 SND_OFF_HOOK Off-Hook Warning11 SND_NORMAL_ALERT “Normal” Alerting12 SND_INTR_GROUP_ALERT Intergroup Alerting13 SND_SPCL_ALERT Special/Priority Alerting14 SND_PING_RING “Ping ring”15 SND_IS54B_LONG_H_ALERT IS-54B High Long16 SND_IS54B_SS_H_ALERT IS-54B High Short-short17 SND_IS54B_SSL_H_ALERT IS-54B HighShort-short-long18 SND_IS54B_SS2_H_ALERT IS-54B High Short-short-219 SND_IS54B_SLS_H_ALERT IS-54B HighShort-long-short20 SND_IS54B_SSSS_H_ALERT IS-54B HighShort-short-short-short21 SND_IS54B_PBX_LONG_H_ALERT IS-54B High PBX Long22 SND_IS54B_PBX_SS_H_ALERT IS-54B High PBXShort-short23 SND_IS54B_PBX_SSL_H_ALERT IS-54B High PBXShort-short-long24 SND_IS54B_PBX_SLS_H_ALERT IS-54B High PBXShort-long-short25 SND_IS54B_PBX_SSSS_H_ALERT IS-54B High PBXShort-short-short-short26 SND_IS53A_PPPP_H_ALERT IS-53A High Pip-Pip-Pip-PipAlert27 SND_IS54B_LONG_M_ALERT IS-54B Medium Long28 SND_IS54B_SS_M_ALERT IS-54B Medium Short-short29 SND_IS54B_SSL_M_ALERT IS-54B MediumShort-short-long30 SND_IS54B_SS2_M_ALERT 30 - IS-54B MediumShort-short-231 SND_IS54B_SLS_M_ALERT IS-54B MediumShort-long-shortCode Sound Definition Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 329PredefinedToneandSoundCodes32 SND_IS54B_SSSS_M_ALERT IS-54B MediumShort-short-short-short33 SND_IS54B_PBX_LONG_M_ALERT IS-54B Medium PBX Long34 SND_IS54B_PBX_SS_M_ALERT IS-54B Medium PBXShort-short35 SND_IS54B_PBX_SSL_M_ALERT IS-54B Medium PBXShort-short-long36 SND_IS54B_PBX_SLS_M_ALERT IS-54B Medium PBXShort-long-short37 SND_IS54B_PBX_SSSS_M_ALERT IS-54B Medium PBXShort-short-short-short38 SND_IS53A_PPPP_M_ALERT IS-53A MediumPip-Pip-Pip-Pip Alert39 SND_IS54B_LONG_L_ALERT IS-54B Low Long40 SND_IS54B_SS_L_ALERT IS-54B Low Short-short41 SND_IS54B_SSL_L_ALERT IS-54B Low Short-short-long42 SND_IS54B_SS2_L_ALERT IS-54B Low Short-short-243 SND_IS54B_SLS_L_ALERT IS-54B Low Short-long-short44 SND_IS54B_SSSS_L_ALERT IS-54B LowShort-short-short-short45 SND_IS54B_PBX_LONG_L_ALERT IS-54B Low PBX Long46 SND_IS54B_PBX_SS_L_ALERT IS-54B Low PBX Short-short47 SND_IS54B_PBX_SSL_L_ALERT IS-54B Low PBXShort-short-long48 SND_IS54B_PBX_SLS_L_ALERT IS-54B Low PBXShort-long-short49 SND_IS54B_PBX_SSSS_L_ALERT IS-54B Low PBXShort-short-short-short50 SND_IS53A_PPPP_L_ALERT IS-53A Low Pip-Pip-Pip-PipAlert51 SND_FADE_TONE Tone to inform user of a fade52 SND_SVC_CHANGE Inform user of a service areachange53 SND_HORN_ALERT Horn alert54 SND_ABRV_REORDER Abbreviated System busyCode Sound Definition Description
  • 330 Appendix D: Predefined Tone and Sound Codes QUALCOMM Proprietary55 SND_ABRV_INTERCEPT Abbreviated Send requestintercepted locally56 SND_ALTERNATE_REORDER Alternate reorder57 SND_MESSAGE_ALERT Message Waiting Signal58 SND_ABRV_ALERT Abbreviated alert59 SND_PIP_TONE Pip Tone (Voice MailWaiting)60 SND_RING_1 User selectable ring 161 SND_RING_2 User selectable ring 262 SND_RING_3 User selectable ring 363 SND_RING_4 User selectable ring 464 SND_RING_5 User selectable ring 565 SND_RING_6 User selectable ring 666 SND_RING_7 User selectable ring 767 SND_RING_8 User selectable ring 868 SND_RING_9 User selectable ring 969 SND_LAST_SND Use for range checking lastsoundCode Sound Definition Description
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 331CAITAutomationInterfaceE CAIT Automation InterfaceThe CAIT automation interface provides a COM interface to CAITthat can be used by external programs. It supports both polled andevent based interactions with other programs. Use of the methodsprovided by this interface requires knowledge of the serial datainterfaces of the QUALCOMM CDMA Dual-mode SubscriberStation (DMSS), which are described in the following documentsthat are available to QUALCOMM subscriber and test equipmentlicensees:■ QCTest CDMA 1x and 1xEV Interface Control Document,80-B1188-1■ QCTest 1x Interface Control Document, 80-B1417-1■ QCTest Interface Control Document for WCDMA, 80-B1308-1■ QCTest Interface Control Document for UMTS, 80-B1429-1■ QCTest Interface Control Document for GSM & GPRS, 80-B5525-1Note These documents require a license and agreement beyond that which isrequired for CAIT.Your programs can use the CAIT ICAITController interface tomanage an advise-style interaction with CAIT as well as to poll forinformation from the test phone, including both a generic DIAGpolled requests/responses and a dictionary lookup method that willpermit a client to request the value of any symbol stored in the CAITdictionary.Programs requiring a long-term connection with CAIT, or deliveryof log messages via a callback mechanism can implement theICAITEventSink interface, and pass that interface to CAIT via theICAITController interface. The methods of the ICAITEventSinkinterface are called to effect delivery of messages to which the clienthas subscribed, such as the various searcher or signaling messages.
  • 332 Appendix E: CAIT Automation Interface QUALCOMM ProprietaryICAITControllerMethod: SendDIAGHRESULT SendDIAG (SAFEARRAY *DIAGRequestBuffer,SAFEARRAY **DIAGResponseBuffer)Passes a DIAGRequestBuffer to CAIT, which sends it to the mobile.The mobile’s response is returned in DIAGResponseBuffer forprocessing by the client. The DIAGResponseBuffer contains thecontents of the specific DIAG response returned by the mobile. Itscontents may be cast to diag_rsp_pkt_type.Method: RunCommandHRESULT RunCommand (BSTR ScriptCommand,BSTR *ScriptResponse)Sends a scripting command to CAIT for execution. The response(same as shown in the CAIT Scripting window) is returned to theclient.Method: LookupSymbolHRESULT LookupSymbol (BSTR Symbol,VARIANT* Value)Looks up any symbol, expressed as a string, in the CAIT dictionary,and returns the value currently bound to that symbol.Method: SubscribeLogMessageHRESULT SubscribeLogMessage (long LogCode,unsigned long dwCookie)Requests delivery of ICAITEvent callbacks whenever CAIT receivesa log message matching the LogCode parameter.Method: UnsubscribeLogMessageHRESULT UnsubscribeLogMessage (long LogCode,unsigned long dwCookie)Requests that delivery of ICAITEvent callbacks cease for logmessages matching the LogCode parameter.Method: UnsubscribeAllLogMessagesHRESULT UnsubscribeAllLogMessages(unsigned long dwCookie)
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 333CAITAutomationInterfaceRequests that delivery of ICAITEvent callbacks cease for all logmessages.Method: SubscribeDIAGHRESULT SubscribeDIAG (long CommandCode,Long Period,unsigned long dwCookie)Schedules the delivery of a particular DIAG command to the mobileevery Period number of milliseconds. The DIAG response to thesecommands will be delivered back to the client via theICAITEvent::DIAGMessage() callback mechanism.Method: UnsubscribeDIAGHRESULT UnsubscribeDIAG (long CommandCode,unsigned long dwCookie)Requests that delivery of ICAITEvent::DIAGMessage() callbacksrelating to CommandCode cease, and to give CAIT an opportunityto remove the requested CommandCode from its scheduler’s queue.Method: UnsubscribeAllDIAGHRESULT UnsubscribeAllDIAG (unsigned long dwCookie)Requests that delivery of ICAITEvent::DIAGMessage() cease.Method: SendLogHRESULT SendLog (SAFEARRAY *LogBuffer)Sends the LogBuffer to CAIT. CAIT then writes the contents of thebuffer to the current log file if logging has previously been activated.The DIAGResponseBuffer may contain any data as long as it isformatted as if it were a DIAG_LOG_F diag packet. The contents ofLogBuffer must be internally consistent, with a valid log header thatincludes an accurate length. A timestamp will be applied by CAITto maintain consistency with log packets that come before and afterit in the log file. The SAFEARRAY must be a 1-dimension array ofbytes.
  • 334 Appendix E: CAIT Automation Interface QUALCOMM ProprietaryICAITEventSinkMethod: LogMessageHRESULT LogMessage (SAFEARRAY *LogMessageBuffer)Called whenever the CAIT receives a log message to which the clienthas subscribed. The LogMessageBuffer contains the contents of thespecific log_type structure returned by the mobile, with the DIAGresponse header stripped off.Method: DIAGMessageHRESULT DIAGMessage (SAFEARRAY *DIAGResponseBuffer)Called whenever the CAIT receives a response to a DIAG request towhich the client has subscribed. The DIAGResponseBuffer containsthe contents of the specific DIAG response returned by the mobile.Its contents may be cast to diag_rsp_pkt_type.Method: PhoneLostHRESULT PhoneLost (long esn)Called whenever CAIT loses communication with the mobile.Method: PhoneAcquiredHRESULT PhoneAcquired (long esn)Called whenever CAIT goes into communicating state with amobile. The esn is returned so that the client can choose to identifyphone swaps.
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 335CellConfigurationFileFormatF Cell Configuration FileFormatCAIT enables you to import and export cell configuration files. Inorder for these files to be imported and recognized by CAIT, theymust be in the comma delimited (CSV) format.If you are creating or importing a CSV file, there are several thingsto keep in mind.■ The contents of the first row (shown above) should always usethe same headers. They are: Sector Name, PN Offset, Color,Latitude, Longitude, and Base ID. No additional columns orheaders should be added.■ The Sector Name values can be no more than 24 characters inlength.■ Color names may be used as well as the numerical equivalentthat was required previously. The color names that may be usedare• Red (RGB 255)• Brown (RGB 4210816)• Green (RGB 32768)• Lime (RGB 65280)
  • 336 Appendix F: Cell Configuration File Format QUALCOMM Proprietary• Gray (RGB 8421504)• Pink (RGB 12615935)• Blue (RGB 16711680)• Cyan (RGB 16776960)• Orange (RGB 33023)• White (RGB 16777215)If desired, the color names may be truncated to the first threeletters only. Additionally, upper or lowercase color names maybe used.In the previous illustration, note that there are several differentformats displayed for latitude and longitude. Once this file has beenimported into CAIT, you can use the CAIT Configuration dialog box(Configure CAIT on the Options menu) to adjust the latitude andlongitude settings on the GPS tab.Under Display Latitude and Longitude, select either As decimaldegrees or As degrees, minutes, seconds, depending on how youwould like the data displayed. Decimal degrees can be stated to fivedecimal places (for example, 44.00194).
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 337Numerics1xEVAT status 75finger information 77forward link statistics 80pilot sets 78protocol summary 85reverse link statistics 82RLP statistics 83AAbout box 13Active Set Configuration window 134Active Set Information window 135AKEY command 247ANNOTATE command 248APPEND_LOG command 248APR_LIST_WR command 248APR_LIST_WR_683 command 248AUDIO_CONTROL command 249Automation interface 331BBAUD_RATE command 250BEEP command 250CCAITconfiguring 197described 1main window 8CAIT Configuration dialog box 197CAIT_VERSION command 251CAITController interface 332CAITEventSink interface 334Call Monitor 143configuring 197CALL_INFO command 251Capturing CAIT displays 11CARRIER command 251CDATA command 251Cell Configuration dialog box 206CLOSE_CAIT_SCREEN command 252,279CLOSELOG command 252CLS command 252CMML, defined 12Common Channel Statistics window 59Communications Statistics window 48Communications statistics, overview 47COMP command 252COMPUTE_RTC_LONG_CODE_MASKcommand 252Concatenating log files 179Configuration profiles 223Configuring Retriever parameters 307Conversion utilities 174Copy protection 5CWAIT command 253DData Testing window 62DATA_PARM_GET Command 253Defining a phone 214DIAL command 253DIAL_CST command 255DIAL_END command 255DIP Switches dialog box 132DIPSW command 256Document revisions xiiiDP_READ command 256DP_WRITE command 256DTMF command 256EEND_WCDMA_CALL command 257ERR_CLR command 257ERR_GET command 257EXIT_CAIT command 257Index
  • 338 QUALCOMM ProprietaryFFactory Test Mode 138FEATURE_QUERY command 258Finger Placement window 34Forms, user-defined 227Friendly Viewer 180FTM_ACQUIRE command 258FTM_ACQUIRE_HDR_PILOT command258FTM_ACQUIRE_HDR_SYSTEM_TIMEcommand 259FTM_ASSIGN_FWD_FCH command 259FTM_ASSIGN_FWD_SCH command 260FTM_ASSIGN_REV_FCH command 260FTM_ASSIGN_REV_SCH command 261FTM_DEASSIGN_HDR_CHANNELScommand 262FTM_DEMOD_HDR_CC_MAC_FTCcommand 262FTM_LOOPBACK_FCH command 262FTM_LOOPBACK_SCH command 263FTM_MODULATE_REV_ACCESS_CHcommand 263FTM_MODULATE_REV_TRAFFIC_CHcommand 264FTM_SET_MODE command 265FTM_SYNC command 265GGET_BAUD_RATES command 265GET_CAIT_OPTION command 265GET_EXT_STATE command 267GET_PORT command 267GET_SCREEN command 267GET_SMS command 268GPS Info window 127GPS Position Server 219GPS, configuring 197GPS_LAST_PKT command 268, 268HHardware requirements of CAIT 2HDR_DIPSW_CLEAR_ALL command269HDR_DIPSW_RD_MASK command 269HDR_DIPSW_RESET command 270HDR_DIPSW_SET command 270HDR_DIPSW_SET_MASK command 270HELP command 269Help in CAIT 13HL_PR_LIST_RD command 270HL_PR_LIST_WR command 270HO_TYP parameter of SCAN_CONFIG311HS_LOCK command 271IINCR parameter of SCAN_CONFIG 309INP command 271Installing CAIT 6, 6multiple phone support 6INTEG parameter of SCAN_CONFIG 310IS2000 MUX statistics 56KKEY command 271KEY_HOLD command 275LLIST_CAIT_SCREENS command 275LIST_PROFILES command 275LOAD_PROFILE command 275LOAD-SYNTH command 275Log filesannotating 158viewing in CAIT 159Log Mobile Power-up Messages option174LOG_FMT parameter of SCAN_CONFIG312LOG_MSK parameter of SCAN_CONFIG313LOG_ON_DEMAND command 276LOG_THR parameter of SCAN_CONFIG312Logging and messages, overview 153LOGGING command 276Logging Mask dialog box 160Logging Statusmenu 157window 154Logging, configuring 197LOGMASK command 276
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 339MMAKE_WCDMA_CALL command 277Map data CDs, locating files on 182Map filesloading 184locating 182setting up layers and labels 185MapManager program 181accessing 181viewing data in 188Markov Statistics window 49MDR Status window 71Memory peek/poke 136Menus in CAIT 9Metadata, defined 12Mobile Messagesconfiguration 168menu 166Mobile Messages window 165Mobile screen display 150Mobile Version window 129MODE command 277Multiple phones, installing for use with 6MUX1 and Layer 2 Statistics window 51MUX2 Statistics window 54NNV_READ command 278NV_READ_HEX command 278NV_WRITE command 278NV_WRITE_ITEM command 279NV_WRITE_ONLINE command 279OOPENLOG command 279OUTP command 280PPaging and Access Statistics window 57PARM_GET command 280PARM_SET command 281Parsing log files 180PASSWORD command 281PAUSE command 281Pausing CAIT Displays 12PCM_LB command 282PEEK command 282Phone port, configuring 197Phone, defining in CAIT 214PHONE_STATE command 282Pilot Sets window 130PILOT_SETS command 282PKT_LB command 283PN Graph 38, 44PN Grid 36PN reuse, enabling 208POKE command 283PR_ LIST_RD command 283PR_LIST_WR command 284PRINT command 284QQPCH Information 138RRCVERSUS1 command 284RCVS1 command 285Real-time mapping 181Retriever configuration dialog box 209Retriever parameters, configuring 307RLP statistics 72RSSI command 285RUN command 285RXMUTE command 285SSATOFF command 285SATON command 286SAVE_CAIT_SCREEN command 286SAVE_PHONE_SCREEN command 286SCAN_CONFIG command 287parameters 307SCAN_MODE parameter ofSCAN_CONFIG 308SCAN_NLIST command 287SCAN_OFF command 288SCAN_ON command 288SCAN_PARSE command 288SCAN_PN_ID command 290SCAN_RF_CNTL command 290SCAN_TRANS command 291Script command format 195Scripting directory, configuring 197Scripting window 191
  • 340 QUALCOMM ProprietaryScripting, overview 191Scripts, using 193SEND_DATA command 291SEND_DATA_FILE command 291SEND_IS801_MESSAGE command 292SEQ_NUMS command 293SER_REPORT command 293SER_RESET command 293Service Configuration window 136SET_ALARMS_DIR command 293SET_ATTN command 293, 295SET_CAIT_OPTION command 294SET_EXT_INT_TYPE command 295SET_LOG_DIR command 297SET_MAX_FWD_MUX command 297SET_NV_DEFS_DIR command 298SET_PORT command 298SET_SCRIPT_DIR command 298SET_STATUS_FLAG_MASK command299Setting up CAIT 3installing CAIT software 6, 6security key 5test phone 4Signal analysis, overview 15Signal Graphs window 28configuring 31Signal Information window 32SLEEP command 299SPC command 300SRCH_95B_SOFT_ENA command 301SRCH_PARM command 300ST command 302Starting CAIT 7Status and control functions, overview123Status Bar 10Status window 123Symbols used in this manual xivSystem requirements, hardware 2TTDSO statistics 73Technical support information xivTemporal Analyzerconfiguration 25display under noise floor 20Temporal Analyzer (cont.)menu 16signal power limit, changing 22time-offset scaling, changing 21viewing displays in 18window 15TERMINATE command 303TIMESTAMP command 303TO_DATA_MODE command 303TXMUTE command 303UUninstalling CAIT 13Upgrading CAIT 12User-defined forms 227adding buttons 239adding tab pages to 240creating new 227defining cell contents 233defining cell formatting 235designing 229editing conventions in 229editing, renaming, or deleting 245reverting to saved 229saving 228setting properties of 241VVERSION_REQUEST command 303Viewing log files 180WWAIT command 304WAIT_EVENT command 304WAIT_FOR_PHONE command 304WCDMAblock error rate 90call monitor 147downlink TFCS 93layer 1 state 91MAC channel mapping 106MAC parameters 107NAS circuit-switched connectionmanagement 112NAS errors 109NAS mobility management 109
  • QUALCOMM Proprietary QCTest CAIT 3.1 User’s Guide 341WCDMA (cont.)NAS packet-switched connectionmanagement 117physical channels 94Pilot Scanner window 42RLC downlink AM channel parame-ters 101RLC downlink ciphering 97RLC downlink TM channel parame-ters 98RLC logical channel setup 102RLC uplink AM channel parameters99RLC uplink TM channel parameters98RLC uplink UM channel parameters96RRC status 104system status 126Temporal Analyzer window 27transport channels 95What is CMML? 12WIN_SIZ parameter of SCAN_CONFIG309WSTS command 305